[go: up one dir, main page]

TWI857161B - Pattern forming method, photosensitive resin composition, method for manufacturing laminate, and method for manufacturing semiconductor element - Google Patents

Pattern forming method, photosensitive resin composition, method for manufacturing laminate, and method for manufacturing semiconductor element Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI857161B
TWI857161B TW109135595A TW109135595A TWI857161B TW I857161 B TWI857161 B TW I857161B TW 109135595 A TW109135595 A TW 109135595A TW 109135595 A TW109135595 A TW 109135595A TW I857161 B TWI857161 B TW I857161B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
area
preferred
acid
exposure process
Prior art date
Application number
TW109135595A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW202125122A (en
Inventor
榎本雄一郎
中村敦
Original Assignee
日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Publication of TW202125122A publication Critical patent/TW202125122A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI857161B publication Critical patent/TWI857161B/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • C08G73/06Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G73/10Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • C08G73/06Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G73/10Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08G73/12Unsaturated polyimide precursors
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • C08G73/06Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G73/22Polybenzoxazoles
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/028Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with photosensitivity-increasing substances, e.g. photoinitiators
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/032Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders
    • G03F7/037Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders the binders being polyamides or polyimides
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/038Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable
    • G03F7/0382Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable the macromolecular compound being present in a chemically amplified negative photoresist composition
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/039Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists
    • G03F7/0392Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists the macromolecular compound being present in a chemically amplified positive photoresist composition
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/20Exposure; Apparatus therefor
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/20Exposure; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/2002Exposure; Apparatus therefor with visible light or UV light, through an original having an opaque pattern on a transparent support, e.g. film printing, projection printing; by reflection of visible or UV light from an original such as a printed image
    • G03F7/2004Exposure; Apparatus therefor with visible light or UV light, through an original having an opaque pattern on a transparent support, e.g. film printing, projection printing; by reflection of visible or UV light from an original such as a printed image characterised by the use of a particular light source, e.g. fluorescent lamps or deep UV light
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/20Exposure; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/2022Multi-step exposure, e.g. hybrid; backside exposure; blanket exposure, e.g. for image reversal; edge exposure, e.g. for edge bead removal; corrective exposure
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/26Processing photosensitive materials; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/30Imagewise removal using liquid means
    • G03F7/32Liquid compositions therefor, e.g. developers

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Exposure And Positioning Against Photoresist Photosensitive Materials (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Photosensitive Polymer And Photoresist Processing (AREA)
  • Macromolecular Compounds Obtained By Forming Nitrogen-Containing Linkages In General (AREA)

Abstract

本發明提供一種所獲得之圖案的形狀優異之圖案形成方法、用於上述圖案形成方法之感光性樹脂組成物、包括上述圖案形成方法之積層體的製造方法及包括上述圖案形成方法之電子元件的製造方法。圖案形成方法包括:第一區域曝光製程,對由感光性樹脂組成物構成之感光膜的一部分區域亦即第一區域進行選擇性曝光;第二區域曝光製程,對第二區域進行選擇性曝光;及顯影製程,對上述第二區域曝光製程後的感光膜進行顯影,包含在上述第一區域中之至少一部分區域和包含在上述第二區域中之至少一部分區域為共用區域,上述感光性樹脂組成物包含特定的樹脂及感光劑。The present invention provides a pattern forming method in which the obtained pattern has an excellent shape, a photosensitive resin composition used in the above pattern forming method, a method for manufacturing a laminate including the above pattern forming method, and a method for manufacturing an electronic component including the above pattern forming method. The pattern forming method includes: a first area exposure process, selectively exposing a part of the photosensitive film composed of the photosensitive resin composition, namely the first area; a second area exposure process, selectively exposing the second area; and a developing process, developing the photosensitive film after the second area exposure process, at least a part of the area included in the above first area and at least a part of the area included in the above second area are common areas, and the above photosensitive resin composition includes a specific resin and a photosensitive agent.

Description

圖案形成方法、感光性樹脂組成物、積層體的製造方法及半導體元件的製造方法Pattern forming method, photosensitive resin composition, method for manufacturing laminate, and method for manufacturing semiconductor element

本發明有關於一種圖案形成方法、感光性樹脂組成物、積層體的製造方法及半導體元件的製造方法。The present invention relates to a pattern forming method, a photosensitive resin composition, a method for manufacturing a laminate, and a method for manufacturing a semiconductor element.

聚醯亞胺、聚苯并㗁唑等樹脂的耐熱性及絕緣性等優異,因此可用於各種用途。作為上述用途並沒有特別限定,但若以實際安裝用半導體元件為例,則可舉出將包含該等樹脂之圖案用作絕緣膜或密封材料的素材或保護膜的情況。又,包含該等樹脂之圖案亦用作撓性基板的基底膜或覆蓋膜等。Resins such as polyimide and polybenzoxazole have excellent heat resistance and insulation properties, and therefore can be used for various purposes. The above-mentioned uses are not particularly limited, but if a semiconductor element for actual mounting is taken as an example, a pattern containing such resins can be used as a material or protective film for an insulating film or a sealing material. In addition, a pattern containing such resins is also used as a base film or a cover film of a flexible substrate.

例如在上述用途中,聚醯亞胺、聚苯并㗁唑等樹脂以包含該等樹脂或其前驅物之感光性樹脂組成物的形態使用。 例如藉由塗佈等將該種感光性樹脂組成物適用於基材上,之後根據需要進行曝光、顯影、加熱等,藉此能夠在基材上形成硬化之樹脂。 能夠藉由公知的塗佈方法等適用感光性樹脂組成物,因此,可以說例如所適用的感光性樹脂組成物的形狀、大小、適用位置等設計的自由度高等製造上的適應性優異。從除了聚醯亞胺、聚苯并㗁唑等所具有之高性能以外,該種製造上的適應性優異的觀點考慮,越發期待包含該等樹脂之感光性樹脂組成物在產業上的應用拓展。For example, in the above-mentioned applications, resins such as polyimide and polybenzoxazole are used in the form of a photosensitive resin composition containing the resin or its precursor. For example, the photosensitive resin composition is applied to a substrate by coating, and then exposed, developed, heated, etc. as needed, so that a cured resin can be formed on the substrate. The photosensitive resin composition can be applied by a known coating method, so it can be said that the manufacturing adaptability is excellent, such as the high degree of freedom in designing the shape, size, and application position of the applied photosensitive resin composition. In addition to the high performance of polyimide, polybenzoxazole, etc., the excellent adaptability in manufacturing is considered, and the application of photosensitive resin compositions containing these resins in the industry is increasingly expected to expand.

例如,專利文獻1中記載有一種感光性樹脂組成物的硬化方法,其特徵為對由聚苯并㗁唑前驅物和重氮醌構成之感光性樹脂組成物進行曝光、顯影並製作圖案之後,進一步進行整體曝光並硬化。For example, Patent Document 1 describes a method for curing a photosensitive resin composition, which is characterized in that a photosensitive resin composition composed of a polybenzoxazole precursor and diazoquinone is exposed, developed, and patterned, and then the entire composition is exposed and cured.

[專利文獻1]日本特開平9-146273號公報[Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 9-146273

以往,將包含聚醯亞胺或聚苯并㗁唑、該等的前驅物之感光性樹脂組成物適用於基材並進行曝光顯影,之後根據需要加熱而形成圖案。 在上述圖案的形成中,期望提供一種所獲得之圖案的形狀優異之圖案形成方法。In the past, a photosensitive resin composition containing polyimide or polybenzoxazole and a precursor thereof was applied to a substrate and exposed and developed, and then heated as needed to form a pattern. In the formation of the above-mentioned pattern, it is desired to provide a pattern forming method in which the shape of the obtained pattern is excellent.

本發明的目的在於提供一種所獲得之圖案的形狀優異之圖案形成方法、用於上述圖案形成方法之感光性樹脂組成物、包括上述圖案形成方法之積層體的製造方法及包括上述圖案形成方法之電子元件的製造方法。The object of the present invention is to provide a pattern forming method in which the obtained pattern has an excellent shape, a photosensitive resin composition used in the above-mentioned pattern forming method, a method for manufacturing a laminate including the above-mentioned pattern forming method, and a method for manufacturing an electronic component including the above-mentioned pattern forming method.

以下,示出本發明的代表性實施態樣的例子。 <1>一種圖案形成方法,其係包括: 第一區域曝光製程,其係對由感光性樹脂組成物構成之感光膜的一部分區域亦即第一區域進行選擇性曝光; 第二區域曝光製程,其係對上述第一區域曝光製程後的感光膜的一部分區域亦即第二區域進行選擇性曝光;及 顯影製程,其係對上述第二區域曝光製程後的感光膜進行顯影, 包含在上述第一區域中之至少一部分區域和包含在上述第二區域中之至少一部分區域為共用區域, 上述感光性樹脂組成物包含選自包括聚醯亞胺、聚醯亞胺前驅物、聚苯并㗁唑及聚苯并㗁唑前驅物之群組中之至少1種樹脂、以及感光劑。 <2>如<1>所述之圖案形成方法,其係包括: 第三區域曝光製程,其係對上述第二區域曝光製程後的感光膜的一部分區域亦即第三區域進行選擇性曝光;及 第四區域曝光製程,其係對上述第三區域曝光製程後的感光膜的一部分區域亦即第四區域進行選擇性曝光, 上述顯影製程係對上述第四區域曝光製程後的感光膜進行顯影之製程,包含在上述第三區域中之至少一部分區域和包含在上述第一區域、上述第二區域及上述第四區域中的任一個區域中之至少一部分區域為共用區域,且包含在上述第四區域中之至少一部分區域和包含在上述第一區域、上述第二區域及上述第三區域中的任一個區域中之至少一部分區域為共用區域。 <3>如<1>或<2>所述之圖案形成方法,其中 包括在上述顯影製程之前的對感光膜的一部分區域進行曝光之製程中,作為某一曝光製程的結束至另一曝光製程的開始為止的時間且不包括其他曝光製程之時間為0.1秒以上。 <4>如<1>至<3>之任一項所述之圖案形成方法,其中 上述第一區域曝光製程及上述第二區域曝光製程中的曝光波長為300~450nm。 <5>如<1>至<4>之任一項所述之圖案形成方法,其中 由上述感光性樹脂組成物構成之感光膜的膜厚為10μm以上。 <6>如<1>至<5>之任一項所述之圖案形成方法,其中 將有機溶劑用作顯影液來進行上述顯影製程中的顯影。 <7>如<1>至<6>之任一項所述之圖案形成方法,其中 包含在上述第一區域及上述第二區域這兩者中之區域的面積相對於上述第一區域的總面積的比例為50%~100%。 <8>如<1>至<7>之任一項所述之圖案形成方法,其中 上述樹脂係聚醯亞胺前驅物。 <9>如<1>至<8>之任一項所述之圖案形成方法,其中 上述樹脂具有自由基聚合性基團。 <10>如<1>至<9>之任一項所述之圖案形成方法,其中 上述感光性樹脂組成物進一步包含自由基交聯劑。 <11>如<1>至<10>之任一項所述之圖案形成方法,其中 上述感光性樹脂組成物進一步包含敏化劑。 <12>一種感光性樹脂組成物,其係用於形成<1>至<11>之任一項所述之圖案形成方法中的上述感光膜。 <13>一種積層體的製造方法,其係包括<1>至<11>之任一項所述之圖案形成方法。 <14>一種電子元件的製造方法,其係包括<1>至<11>之任一項所述之圖案形成方法或<13>所述之積層體的製造方法。 [發明效果]Hereinafter, examples of representative embodiments of the present invention are shown. <1> A pattern forming method, comprising: A first area exposure process, which is to selectively expose a first area, which is a part of a photosensitive film composed of a photosensitive resin composition; A second area exposure process, which is to selectively expose a second area, which is a part of the photosensitive film after the first area exposure process; and A developing process, which is to develop the photosensitive film after the second area exposure process, At least a part of the area included in the first area and at least a part of the area included in the second area are common areas, The photosensitive resin composition includes at least one resin selected from the group including polyimide, polyimide precursor, polybenzoxazole and polybenzoxazole precursor, and a photosensitive agent. <2> The pattern forming method as described in <1>, which includes: a third area exposure process, which is to selectively expose a part of the photosensitive film after the second area exposure process, namely the third area; and a fourth area exposure process, which is to selectively expose a part of the photosensitive film after the third area exposure process, namely the fourth area, the above-mentioned development process is a process for developing the photosensitive film after the fourth area exposure process, at least a part of the area included in the third area and at least a part of the area included in any one of the first area, the second area and the fourth area are a common area, and at least a part of the area included in the fourth area and at least a part of the area included in any one of the first area, the second area and the third area are a common area. <3> A pattern forming method as described in <1> or <2>, wherein in a process of exposing a part of the photosensitive film before the above-mentioned development process, the time from the end of a certain exposure process to the start of another exposure process and excluding the time of other exposure processes is 0.1 seconds or more. <4> A pattern forming method as described in any one of <1> to <3>, wherein the exposure wavelength in the above-mentioned first area exposure process and the above-mentioned second area exposure process is 300 to 450nm. <5> A pattern forming method as described in any one of <1> to <4>, wherein the film thickness of the photosensitive film composed of the above-mentioned photosensitive resin composition is 10μm or more. <6> A pattern forming method as described in any one of <1> to <5>, wherein an organic solvent is used as a developer to carry out development in the above-mentioned development process. <7> A method for forming a pattern as described in any one of <1> to <6>, wherein the area of the area included in both the first region and the second region is 50% to 100% relative to the total area of the first region. <8> A method for forming a pattern as described in any one of <1> to <7>, wherein the resin is a polyimide precursor. <9> A method for forming a pattern as described in any one of <1> to <8>, wherein the resin has a free radical polymerizable group. <10> A method for forming a pattern as described in any one of <1> to <9>, wherein the photosensitive resin composition further comprises a free radical crosslinking agent. <11> A method for forming a pattern as described in any one of <1> to <10>, wherein the photosensitive resin composition further comprises a sensitizer. <12> A photosensitive resin composition, which is used to form the above-mentioned photosensitive film in the pattern forming method described in any one of <1> to <11>. <13> A method for manufacturing a laminate, which includes the pattern forming method described in any one of <1> to <11>. <14> A method for manufacturing an electronic component, which includes the pattern forming method described in any one of <1> to <11> or the method for manufacturing a laminate described in <13>. [Effect of the invention]

根據本發明,提供一種所獲得之圖案的形狀優異之圖案形成方法、用於上述圖案形成方法之感光性樹脂組成物、包括上述圖案形成方法之積層體的製造方法及包括上述圖案形成方法之電子元件的製造方法。According to the present invention, a method for forming a pattern having an excellent shape, a photosensitive resin composition used in the above-mentioned pattern forming method, a method for manufacturing a laminate including the above-mentioned pattern forming method, and a method for manufacturing an electronic component including the above-mentioned pattern forming method are provided.

以下,對本發明的主要實施形態進行說明。然而,本發明並不限於所明示之實施形態。 在本說明書中利用“~”記號表示之數值範圍表示將記載於“~”的前後之數值分別作為下限值及上限值包括之範圍。 在本說明書中“製程”這一術語不僅表示獨立的製程,只要能夠實現該製程的所需作用,則亦表示包括無法與其他製程明確區分之製程。 關於本說明書中的基團(原子團)的標記,未標註經取代及未經取代之標記同時包括不具有取代基之基團(原子團)和具有取代基之基團(原子團)。例如,“烷基”不僅包括不具有取代基之烷基(未經取代的烷基),還包括具有取代基之烷基(取代烷基)。 在本說明書中,“曝光”只要沒有特別說明,除了利用光的曝光以外,還包括利用電子束、離子束等粒子束之曝光。又,作為用於曝光之光,可舉出水銀燈的明線光譜、以準分子雷射為代表之遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X射線、電子束等光化射線或放射線。 在本說明書中,“(甲基)丙烯酸酯”表示“丙烯酸酯”及“甲基丙烯酸酯”這兩者或其中任一個,“(甲基)丙烯酸”表示“丙烯酸”及“甲基丙烯酸”這兩者或其中任一個,“(甲基)丙烯醯基”表示“丙烯醯基”及“甲基丙烯醯基”這兩者或其中任一個。 在本說明書中,結構式中的Me表示甲基,Et表示乙基,Bu表示丁基,Ph表示苯基。 在本說明書中,總固體成分表示從組成物的總成分去除溶劑之成分的總質量。又,在本說明書中,固體成分濃度係除了溶劑以外的其他成分相對於組成物的總質量的質量百分率。 在本說明書中,只要沒有特別說明,則重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)基於凝膠滲透層析法(GPC測定),並定義為聚苯乙烯換算值。在本說明書中,重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)例如能夠利用HLC-8220GPC(TOSOH CORPORATION製),並使用保護管柱HZ-L、TSKgel Super HZM-M、TSKgel Super HZ4000、TSKgel Super HZ3000、TSKgel Super HZ2000(TOSOH CORPORATION製)作為管柱來求出。該等分子量只要沒有特別說明,將使用THF(四氫呋喃)測定者作為洗提液。又,只要沒有特別說明,GPC測定中的檢測使用UV線(紫外線)的波長254nm檢測器。 在本說明書中,關於構成積層體之各層的位置關係,記載為“上”或“下”時,所關注的複數層中成為基準的層的上側或下側存在其他層即可。亦即,在成為基準的層與上述其他層之間可進一步夾有第3層或第3要件,而成為基準的層與上述其他層無需接觸。又,只要沒有特別說明,將對基材堆疊層之方向稱為“上”,或在存在光硬化性層時,將從基材朝向光硬化性層的方向稱為“上”,將其相反方向稱為“下”。此外,該等上下方向的設定是為了本說明書中的便利,在實際態樣中,本說明書中的“上”方向亦可以與鉛垂上朝向不同。 在本說明書中,只要沒有特別說明,作為組成物中包含之各成分,組成物可以包含符合該成分的2種以上的化合物。又,只要沒有特別說明,組成物中的各成分的含量表示符合該成分的所有化合物的合計含量。 在本說明書中,只要沒有特別說明,溫度為23℃,氣壓為101,325Pa(1氣壓),相對濕度為50%RH。 在本說明書中,較佳態樣的組合為更佳態樣。The main embodiments of the present invention are described below. However, the present invention is not limited to the embodiments indicated. In this specification, the numerical range indicated by the symbol "~" indicates a range including the numerical values before and after "~" as the lower limit and the upper limit, respectively. In this specification, the term "process" not only indicates an independent process, but also includes processes that cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes as long as the desired effect of the process can be achieved. Regarding the marking of groups (atomic groups) in this specification, the marking of unsubstituted and unsubstituted includes both groups (atomic groups) without substituents and groups (atomic groups) with substituents. For example, "alkyl" includes not only alkyl groups without substituents (unsubstituted alkyl groups) but also alkyl groups with substituents (substituted alkyl groups). In this specification, "exposure" includes exposure using particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams, in addition to exposure using light, unless otherwise specified. In addition, as light used for exposure, the bright line spectrum of mercury lamps, far ultraviolet rays represented by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, electron beams and other actinic rays or radiation can be cited. In this specification, "(meth)acrylate" means both or either of "acrylate" and "methacrylate", "(meth)acrylic acid" means both or either of "acrylic acid" and "methacrylic acid", and "(meth)acryl" means both or either of "acryl" and "methacryl". In this specification, Me in the structural formula represents a methyl group, Et represents an ethyl group, Bu represents a butyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group. In this specification, the total solid content means the total mass of the components excluding the solvent from the total components of the composition. In addition, in this specification, the solid content concentration is the mass percentage of the components other than the solvent relative to the total mass of the composition. In this specification, unless otherwise specified, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) are based on gel permeation chromatography (GPC measurement) and are defined as polystyrene conversion values. In this specification, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) can be obtained, for example, by using HLC-8220GPC (manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION) and using protective columns HZ-L, TSKgel Super HZM-M, TSKgel Super HZ4000, TSKgel Super HZ3000, TSKgel Super HZ2000 (manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION) as columns. Unless otherwise specified, the molecular weights are measured using THF (tetrahydrofuran) as an eluent. In addition, unless otherwise specified, the detection in the GPC measurement uses a UV (ultraviolet) detector with a wavelength of 254nm. In this specification, when the positional relationship of each layer constituting the laminate is described as "upper" or "lower", it is sufficient that other layers exist on the upper or lower side of the reference layer among the multiple layers concerned. That is, a third layer or a third element may be further sandwiched between the reference layer and the other layers mentioned above, and the reference layer and the other layers mentioned above do not need to be in contact. In addition, unless otherwise specified, the direction of stacking layers on the substrate is called "upper", or when there is a photocurable layer, the direction from the substrate toward the photocurable layer is called "upper", and the opposite direction is called "lower". In addition, the setting of these upper and lower directions is for the convenience of this specification, and in actual forms, the "upper" direction in this specification may also be different from the vertical upper direction. In this specification, unless otherwise specified, as each component contained in the composition, the composition may contain two or more compounds that meet the requirements of the component. In addition, unless otherwise specified, the content of each component in the composition represents the total content of all compounds that meet the requirements of the component. In this specification, unless otherwise specified, the temperature is 23°C, the air pressure is 101,325Pa (1 atmosphere), and the relative humidity is 50%RH. In this specification, the combination of the best state is the best state.

(圖案形成方法) 本發明的圖案形成方法包括:第一區域曝光製程,對由感光性樹脂組成物構成之感光膜的一部分區域亦即第一區域進行選擇性曝光;第二區域曝光製程,對上述第一區域曝光製程後的感光膜的一部分區域亦即第二區域進行選擇性曝光;及顯影製程,對上述第二區域曝光製程後的感光膜進行顯影,包含在上述第一區域中之至少一部分區域和包含在上述第二區域中之至少一部分區域為共用區域,上述感光性樹脂組成物包含選自包括聚醯亞胺、聚醯亞胺前驅物、聚苯并㗁唑及聚苯并㗁唑前驅物之群組中之至少1種樹脂(以下,亦稱為“特定樹脂”)、以及感光劑。(Pattern forming method) The pattern forming method of the present invention includes: a first area exposure process, selectively exposing a part of a photosensitive film composed of a photosensitive resin composition, namely a first area; a second area exposure process, selectively exposing a part of a photosensitive film after the first area exposure process, namely a second area; and a developing process, developing the photosensitive film after the second area exposure process, at least a part of the area included in the first area and at least a part of the area included in the second area are common areas, and the photosensitive resin composition includes at least one resin selected from the group including polyimide, polyimide precursor, polybenzoxazole and polybenzoxazole precursor (hereinafter, also referred to as "specific resin"), and a photosensitive agent.

在本發明的圖案形成方法中獲得之圖案的形狀優異。 獲得上述效果之機制尚不明確,但可推測如下。The pattern obtained in the pattern forming method of the present invention has an excellent shape. The mechanism for obtaining the above effect is not yet clear, but it can be inferred as follows.

以往,對由包含聚醯亞胺或聚苯并㗁唑或該等的前驅物及感光劑之感光性樹脂組成物形成之感光膜進行曝光及顯影,之後根據需要進行加熱等而形成圖案。 本發明人等進行深入研究之結果,發現藉由對由上述感光性樹脂組成物形成之感光膜進行上述第一區域曝光製程及上述第二區域曝光製程,可以抑制曝光顯影後的圖案的形狀成為錐狀或倒錐狀。 推測這是因為,藉由分成第一區域曝光製程、第二區域曝光製程而不是一次曝光來進行曝光,能夠減少因1次曝光而從感光劑產生之自由基、酸等的量,其結果,上述自由基、酸等在感光膜中的擴散得到了抑制。 在本發明中,將形成有圖案之基板的表面與圖案的側面所成之角稱為錐角,將錐角顯著小於90°時(例如,錐角小於80°時等)的圖案形狀稱為倒錐狀,將錐角顯著超過90°時(例如,錐角超過100°時等)的圖案形狀稱為錐狀。 在本發明中,圖案的形狀優異表示錐角接近90°。 例如,感光膜係後述之負型感光膜時,認為尤其在感光膜的厚度方向上的曝光光源側部分的感光膜中,由於曝光光的能量強,因此感光劑容易被感光,例如容易產生自由基、酸等。又,認為在感光膜的厚度方向上的與曝光光源相反的一側(例如,基材側)部分的感光膜中,由於曝光光減弱且曝光光的能量較弱,因此感光劑不易被感光,例如不易產生自由基、酸等。其結果,組成物的硬化程度在感光膜中的上述曝光光源側和上述基材側出現差異,因此認為圖案形狀容易成為倒錐狀。 又,感光膜係後述之正型感光膜時,認為尤其在感光膜中的厚度方向上的曝光光源側,由於曝光光的能量強而感光劑容易被感光,例如容易產生酸。又,認為在感光膜中的厚度方向上的與曝光光源相反的一側(例如,基材側),由於曝光光減弱且能量較弱,因此感光劑不易被感光,例如不易產生酸。其結果,組成物在顯影液中的溶解性在感光膜中的上述曝光光源側和上述基材側出現差異,因此認為圖案形狀容易成為錐狀。 將曝光分成第一區域曝光製程及第二區域曝光製程來對該種負型感光膜或正型感光膜進行曝光時,在第一區域曝光製程與第二區域曝光製程之間存在不進行曝光之時間,因此認為之後的自由基、酸等的擴散得到抑制,抑制圖案形狀成為倒錐狀或錐狀。In the past, a photosensitive film formed of a photosensitive resin composition containing polyimide or polybenzoxazole or a precursor thereof and a photosensitive agent was exposed and developed, and then heated as needed to form a pattern. As a result of in-depth research, the inventors found that by performing the above-mentioned first area exposure process and the above-mentioned second area exposure process on the photosensitive film formed by the above-mentioned photosensitive resin composition, the shape of the pattern after exposure and development can be suppressed from becoming a cone or an inverted cone. This is presumably because by performing the exposure in the first area exposure process and the second area exposure process instead of a single exposure, the amount of free radicals, acids, etc. generated from the photosensitive agent due to a single exposure can be reduced, and as a result, the diffusion of the above-mentioned free radicals, acids, etc. in the photosensitive film is suppressed. In the present invention, the angle between the surface of the substrate on which the pattern is formed and the side surface of the pattern is called a taper angle, and the shape of the pattern when the taper angle is significantly less than 90° (for example, when the taper angle is less than 80°, etc.) is called an inverted taper, and the shape of the pattern when the taper angle is significantly greater than 90° (for example, when the taper angle is greater than 100°, etc.) is called a taper. In the present invention, the excellent shape of the pattern means that the taper angle is close to 90°. For example, when the photosensitive film is a negative photosensitive film described later, it is considered that the photosensitive film, especially in the portion of the photosensitive film on the side of the exposure light source in the thickness direction of the photosensitive film, has a strong energy of the exposure light, so that the photosensitive agent is easily exposed to light, such as easily generating free radicals, acids, etc. Furthermore, it is believed that in the part of the photosensitive film on the side opposite to the exposure light source in the thickness direction of the photosensitive film (for example, the substrate side), the exposure light is weakened and the energy of the exposure light is weak, so the photosensitive agent is not easily exposed to light, for example, it is not easy to generate free radicals, acids, etc. As a result, the degree of hardening of the composition differs between the above-mentioned exposure light source side and the above-mentioned substrate side in the photosensitive film, so it is believed that the pattern shape is easy to become an inverted cone. Furthermore, when the photosensitive film is a positive photosensitive film described later, it is believed that the photosensitive agent is easily exposed to light, for example, it is easy to generate acid, especially on the exposure light source side in the thickness direction of the photosensitive film, because the energy of the exposure light is strong. Furthermore, it is believed that on the side opposite to the exposure light source in the thickness direction of the photosensitive film (for example, the substrate side), the exposure light is weakened and the energy is weak, so the photosensitive agent is not easily exposed to light, for example, it is not easy to generate acid. As a result, the solubility of the composition in the developer differs between the exposure light source side and the substrate side in the photosensitive film, so it is believed that the pattern shape is likely to become a cone. When the exposure is divided into a first area exposure process and a second area exposure process to expose such a negative photosensitive film or a positive photosensitive film, there is a time when no exposure is performed between the first area exposure process and the second area exposure process, so it is believed that the subsequent diffusion of free radicals, acids, etc. is suppressed, and the pattern shape is suppressed from becoming an inverted cone or a cone.

關於包括第一區域曝光製程及第二區域曝光製程之圖案形成方法,在專利文獻1中既沒有記載亦沒有提示。 以下,對本發明的圖案形成方法進行詳細說明。Patent document 1 neither describes nor suggests a pattern forming method including a first area exposure process and a second area exposure process. The pattern forming method of the present invention is described in detail below.

本發明的圖案形成方法包括第一區域曝光製程和第二區域曝光製程。 又,本發明的圖案形成方法除了包括第一區域曝光製程和第二區域曝光製程以外,亦可以進一步包括後述之第三區域曝光製程、第四區域曝光製程、其他曝光製程等製程。 在本發明中,將第一區域曝光製程、第二區域曝光製程、第三區域曝光製程、第四區域曝光製程、其他曝光製程等包括感光膜的曝光之製程亦簡單統稱為“曝光製程”。The pattern forming method of the present invention includes a first area exposure process and a second area exposure process. In addition, the pattern forming method of the present invention may further include a third area exposure process, a fourth area exposure process, other exposure processes, etc. described later in addition to the first area exposure process and the second area exposure process. In the present invention, the first area exposure process, the second area exposure process, the third area exposure process, the fourth area exposure process, other exposure processes, etc., which include the exposure of the photosensitive film, are also simply collectively referred to as "exposure processes".

<第一區域曝光製程> 本發明的圖案形成方法包括對由感光性樹脂組成物構成之感光膜的一部分進行曝光之第一區域曝光製程。 在第一區域曝光製程中,後述之感光劑感光,上述感光膜在顯影液中的溶解度發生變化。 具體而言,例如感光劑係後述之光聚合起始劑時,在感光膜中進行聚合,第一區域製程後的感光膜在顯影液中的溶解度下降。 又,例如感光劑係後述之光酸產生劑,顯影液係後述之鹼顯影液時,在感光膜中產生酸,在顯影液中的溶解度增加。 進而,例如感光劑係後述之光酸產生劑,顯影液係後述之有機溶劑時,在感光膜中產生酸,在顯影液中的溶解度下降。 如上所述,在第一區域曝光製程中,可以藉由感光劑的感光,促進特定樹脂或交聯劑中包含之交聯性基團與其他基團的鍵結反應,藉此改變感光膜在顯影液中的溶解度,亦可以利用藉由基於感光劑的感光之化學變化而產生之生成物來改變感光膜在顯影液中的溶解度。<First area exposure process> The pattern forming method of the present invention includes a first area exposure process for exposing a portion of a photosensitive film composed of a photosensitive resin composition. In the first area exposure process, the photosensitive agent described later is exposed to light, and the solubility of the photosensitive film in the developer changes. Specifically, for example, when the photosensitive agent is a photopolymerization initiator described later, polymerization is carried out in the photosensitive film, and the solubility of the photosensitive film in the developer after the first area process decreases. Also, for example, when the photosensitive agent is a photoacid generator described later, and the developer is an alkaline developer described later, acid is generated in the photosensitive film, and the solubility in the developer increases. Furthermore, for example, when the photosensitive agent is a photoacid generator described later and the developer is an organic solvent described later, acid is generated in the photosensitive film and the solubility in the developer decreases. As described above, in the first area exposure process, the photosensitive agent can be used to promote the bonding reaction between the crosslinking group contained in the specific resin or crosslinking agent and other groups, thereby changing the solubility of the photosensitive film in the developer. The solubility of the photosensitive film in the developer can also be changed by using the product generated by the chemical change based on the photosensitive agent.

亦即,本發明中的感光膜可以為正型感光膜,亦可以為負型感光膜。 正型感光膜係指在第一區域曝光製程及第二區域曝光製程等曝光製程中被曝光之部分(曝光部)藉由顯影液被去除之感光膜,負型感光膜係指在上述曝光製程中未被曝光之部分(非曝光部)藉由顯影液被去除之感光膜。 又,在本發明中,將利用藉由曝光從感光劑產生之酸的觸媒作用之感光膜亦稱為化學增幅型感光膜。化學增幅型感光膜包含具有酸分解性基等極性轉換基之樹脂和光酸產生劑為較佳。 感光膜的厚度並沒有特別限定,從容易獲得本發明的效果的觀點考慮,5μm以上為較佳,10μm以上為更佳。上述厚度的上限並沒有特別限定,50μm以下為較佳,30μm以下為更佳。That is, the photosensitive film in the present invention can be a positive photosensitive film or a negative photosensitive film. The positive photosensitive film refers to a photosensitive film in which the exposed portion (exposed portion) is removed by a developer in the exposure process such as the first area exposure process and the second area exposure process, and the negative photosensitive film refers to a photosensitive film in which the portion (non-exposed portion) not exposed in the above exposure process is removed by a developer. In addition, in the present invention, the photosensitive film that utilizes the catalytic effect of the acid generated from the photosensitive agent by exposure is also called a chemically amplified photosensitive film. The chemically amplified photosensitive film preferably includes a resin having a polar conversion group such as an acid-decomposable group and a photoacid generator. The thickness of the photosensitive film is not particularly limited, but from the perspective of easily obtaining the effects of the present invention, 5 μm or more is preferred, and 10 μm or more is more preferred. The upper limit of the thickness is not particularly limited, but 50 μm or less is preferred, and 30 μm or less is more preferred.

關於第一區域曝光製程中的曝光波長,作為後述之感光劑具有靈敏度之波長而適當設定即可,190~580nm為較佳,240~550nm為更佳,300~450nm為進一步較佳,300~420nm為特佳。Regarding the exposure wavelength in the first area exposure process, it can be appropriately set as the wavelength to which the photosensitive agent described later has sensitivity. 190-580nm is preferred, 240-550nm is more preferred, 300-450nm is further preferred, and 300-420nm is particularly preferred.

關於曝光波長,若以與光源(曝光方法)的關係描述,則可舉出(1)半導體雷射(波長830nm、532nm、488nm、405nm、375nm等)、(2)金屬鹵化物燈、(3)高壓水銀燈、g射線(波長436nm)、h射線(波長405nm)、i射線(波長365nm)、寬(g、h、i射線的3種波長)、(4)準分子雷射、KrF準分子雷射(波長248nm)、ArF準分子雷射(波長193nm)、F2準分子雷射(波長157nm)、(5)極紫外線;EUV(波長13.6nm)、(6)電子束、(7)YAG雷射的二次諧波(波長532nm)及三次諧波(波長355nm)等。關於本發明的感光性樹脂組成物,基於i射線之曝光為較佳。藉此,尤其可得到高曝光靈敏度。從操作性和生產性的觀點考慮,高壓水銀燈的寬(g、h、i射線的3種波長)光源或半導體雷射405nm亦較佳。 又,從無需使用光罩等遮罩圖案、即使使用遮罩圖案,使用自由度亦提高、容易去除不需要的波長或容易增加曝光照度且能夠縮短曝光時間、或者能夠延長曝光光源的壽命等觀點考慮,半導體雷射等使用雷射光源之曝光為較佳。Regarding exposure wavelength, if we describe it in terms of its relationship with the light source (exposure method), we can cite (1) semiconductor lasers (wavelengths of 830nm, 532nm, 488nm, 405nm, 375nm, etc.), (2) metal halide lamps, (3) high-pressure mercury lamps, g-rays (wavelength 436nm), h-rays (wavelength 405nm), i-rays (wavelength 365nm), wide (g, h, i-rays) ray (3 wavelengths), (4) excimer laser, KrF excimer laser (wavelength 248nm), ArF excimer laser (wavelength 193nm), F2 excimer laser (wavelength 157nm), (5) extreme ultraviolet; EUV (wavelength 13.6nm), (6) electron beam, (7) second harmonic wave (wavelength 532nm) and third harmonic wave (wavelength 355nm) of YAG laser, etc. Regarding the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, exposure based on i-ray is preferred. In this way, high exposure sensitivity can be obtained in particular. From the perspective of operability and productivity, a wide (3 wavelengths of g, h, and i-rays) light source of a high-pressure mercury lamp or a semiconductor laser 405nm is also preferred. Furthermore, exposure using a laser light source such as a semiconductor laser is preferred from the perspectives that there is no need to use a mask pattern such as a photomask, even if a mask pattern is used, the degree of freedom of use is increased, it is easy to remove unnecessary wavelengths or to increase exposure illumination and shorten the exposure time, or it is possible to extend the life of the exposure light source.

作為在第一區域曝光製程中對感光膜的一部分進行曝光之方法,可舉出使用公知的光罩之曝光方法、藉由雷射曝光等對感光膜的一部分進行曝光之曝光方法等。As a method of exposing a portion of the photosensitive film in the first area exposure process, there can be cited an exposure method using a known mask, an exposure method of exposing a portion of the photosensitive film by laser exposure, etc.

<第二區域曝光製程> 本發明的圖案形成方法包括在第一區域曝光製程後進行且對上述第一區域曝光製程後的感光膜的一部分區域亦即第二區域進行選擇性曝光之第二區域曝光製程。 除了包含在上述第一區域中之至少一部分區域和包含在上述第二區域中之至少一部分區域為共用區域以外,第二區域曝光製程能夠以與第一區域曝光製程相同的方法進行。<Second area exposure process> The pattern forming method of the present invention includes a second area exposure process which is performed after the first area exposure process and selectively exposes a part of the photosensitive film after the first area exposure process, namely, the second area. The second area exposure process can be performed in the same manner as the first area exposure process, except that at least a part of the area included in the first area and at least a part of the area included in the second area are common areas.

關於第二區域曝光製程中的曝光波長,作為後述之感光劑具有靈敏度之波長而適當設定即可,190~580nm為較佳,240~550nm為更佳,300~450nm為進一步較佳,300~420nm為特佳。 又,第二區域曝光製程中的曝光波長可以與第一區域曝光製程中的曝光波長相同,亦可以不同,但相同為較佳。Regarding the exposure wavelength in the second area exposure process, it can be appropriately set as the wavelength to which the photosensitizer described later has sensitivity, 190 to 580 nm is preferred, 240 to 550 nm is more preferred, 300 to 450 nm is further preferred, and 300 to 420 nm is particularly preferred. In addition, the exposure wavelength in the second area exposure process can be the same as the exposure wavelength in the first area exposure process, or it can be different, but it is preferred that they are the same.

第二區域曝光製程中的曝光方法並沒有特別限定,能夠利用與第一區域曝光製程中的曝光方法相同的曝光方法。 又,第二區域曝光製程中的曝光方法可以與第一區域曝光製程中的曝光方法相同,亦可以不同,但相同為較佳。The exposure method in the second area exposure process is not particularly limited, and the same exposure method as the exposure method in the first area exposure process can be used. In addition, the exposure method in the second area exposure process can be the same as the exposure method in the first area exposure process, or can be different, but the same is preferred.

包含在上述第一區域及上述第二區域這兩者中之區域的面積相對於上述第一區域的總面積的比例為50~100%為較佳,70~100%為更佳,80~100%為進一步較佳,90~100%為特佳。 將上述比例設為100%亦為本發明的圖案形成方法的較佳態樣中的一態樣。The ratio of the area of the area included in both the first area and the second area to the total area of the first area is preferably 50-100%, more preferably 70-100%, further preferably 80-100%, and particularly preferably 90-100%. Setting the above ratio to 100% is also one of the preferred aspects of the pattern forming method of the present invention.

<第三區域曝光製程、第四區域曝光製程> 本發明的圖案形成方法包括對上述第二區域曝光製程後的感光膜的一部分區域亦即第三區域進行選擇性曝光之第三區域曝光製程,上述顯影製程係對上述第三區域曝光製程後的感光膜進行顯影之製程,包含在上述第三區域中之至少一部分區域和包含在上述第一區域、上述第二區域中的任一個區域中之至少一部分區域為共用區域為較佳。 又,本發明的圖案形成方法包括對上述第二區域曝光製程後的感光膜的一部分區域亦即第三區域進行選擇性曝光之第三區域曝光製程及對上述第三區域曝光製程後的感光膜的一部分區域亦即第四區域進行選擇性曝光之第四區域曝光製程,上述顯影製程係對上述第四區域曝光製程後的感光膜進行顯影之製程,包含在上述第三區域中之至少一部分區域和包含在上述第一區域、上述第二區域及上述第四區域中的任一個區域中之至少一部分區域為共用區域,且包含在上述第四區域中之至少一部分區域和包含在上述第一區域、上述第二區域及上述第三區域中的任一個區域中之至少一部分區域為共用區域為較佳。<Third area exposure process, fourth area exposure process> The pattern forming method of the present invention includes a third area exposure process for selectively exposing a portion of the photosensitive film after the second area exposure process, namely, the third area. The developing process is a process for developing the photosensitive film after the third area exposure process. It is preferred that at least a portion of the third area and at least a portion of the first area or the second area are a common area. Furthermore, the pattern forming method of the present invention includes a third area exposure process for selectively exposing a portion of the photosensitive film after the second area exposure process, namely, the third area, and a fourth area exposure process for selectively exposing a portion of the photosensitive film after the third area exposure process, namely, the fourth area. The developing process is a process for developing the photosensitive film after the fourth area exposure process. At least a portion of the area included in the third area and at least a portion of the area included in any one of the first area, the second area, and the fourth area are a common area, and it is preferred that at least a portion of the area included in the fourth area and at least a portion of the area included in any one of the first area, the second area, and the third area are a common area.

第三區域曝光製程及第四區域曝光製程能夠藉由與上述第一區域曝光製程相同的方法進行。 又,第三區域曝光製程及第四區域曝光製程中的曝光波長可以分別與第一區域曝光製程中的曝光波長相同,亦可以不同,但相同為較佳。 又,第三區域曝光製程及第四區域曝光製程中的曝光方法可以分別與第一區域曝光製程中的曝光方法相同,亦可以不同,但相同為較佳。The third area exposure process and the fourth area exposure process can be performed by the same method as the first area exposure process. In addition, the exposure wavelengths in the third area exposure process and the fourth area exposure process can be the same as the exposure wavelength in the first area exposure process, or they can be different, but it is better to be the same. In addition, the exposure methods in the third area exposure process and the fourth area exposure process can be the same as the exposure method in the first area exposure process, or they can be different, but it is better to be the same.

包含在上述第三區域和至少在上述第一區域、上述第二區域及上述第四區域中的任一個區域中之區域包含這兩者中之區域的面積相對於上述第三區域的總面積的比例為50~100%為較佳,70~100%為更佳,80~100%為進一步較佳,90~100%為特佳。 將上述比例設為100%亦為本發明的圖案形成方法的較佳態樣中的一態樣。 包含在上述第四區域和至少在上述第一區域、上述第二區域及上述第三區域中的任一個區域中之區域包含這兩者中之區域的面積相對於上述第四區域的總面積的比例為50~100%為較佳,70~100%為更佳,80~100%為進一步較佳,90~100%為特佳。 將上述比例設為100%亦為本發明的圖案形成方法的較佳態樣中的一態樣。The ratio of the area of the area included in the third area and at least any one of the first area, the second area and the fourth area to the total area of the third area is preferably 50-100%, 70-100% is more preferably, 80-100% is further preferably, and 90-100% is particularly preferably. Setting the above ratio to 100% is also one of the preferred embodiments of the pattern forming method of the present invention. The ratio of the area of the area included in the fourth area and at least any one of the first area, the second area and the third area to the total area of the fourth area is preferably 50-100%, 70-100% is more preferably, 80-100% is further preferably, and 90-100% is particularly preferably. Setting the above ratio to 100% is also one of the preferred embodiments of the pattern forming method of the present invention.

<其他曝光製程> 本發明的圖案形成方法可以在上述第四製程之後進一步包括除了上述第一區域曝光製程、第二區域曝光製程、第三區域曝光製程、第四區域曝光製程以外的其他曝光製程。 本發明的圖案形成方法包括對上述第四區域曝光製程後的感光膜的一部分區域亦即其他區域進行選擇性曝光之其他曝光製程,上述顯影製程係對上述其他曝光製程後的感光膜進行顯影之製程,包含在上述其他區域中之至少一部分區域和包含在上述第一區域、上述第二區域、上述第三區域、上述第四區域及另一其他曝光製程中的其他區域中的任一個區域中之至少一部分區域為共用區域為較佳。 其他曝光製程能夠藉由與上述第一區域曝光製程相同的方法進行。 又,其他曝光製程可以為對感光膜整體進行曝光(整體曝光)之製程而不是對由感光性樹脂組成物構成之感光膜的一部分進行曝光之製程。 又,其他曝光製程中的曝光波長可以與第一區域曝光製程中的曝光波長相同,亦可以不同,但相同為較佳。 又,其他曝光製程中的曝光方法分別可以與第一區域曝光製程中的曝光方法相同,亦可以不同,但相同為較佳。 關於對感光膜進行曝光之製程(包括上述第一區域曝光製程、上述第二區域曝光製程、上述第三區域曝光製程、上述第四區域曝光製程及上述其他曝光製程),本發明的圖案形成方法合計包括2~10次為較佳,包括3~8次為更佳,包括4~7次為進一步較佳。<Other exposure processes> The pattern forming method of the present invention may further include other exposure processes other than the first area exposure process, the second area exposure process, the third area exposure process, and the fourth area exposure process after the fourth area exposure process. The pattern forming method of the present invention includes other exposure processes for selectively exposing a part of the photosensitive film after the fourth area exposure process, i.e., other areas. The developing process is a process for developing the photosensitive film after the other exposure process. It is preferred that at least a part of the area included in the other area and at least a part of the area included in any of the first area, the second area, the third area, the fourth area, and other areas in another other exposure process are common areas. Other exposure processes can be performed by the same method as the first area exposure process. Furthermore, other exposure processes may be processes for exposing the entire photosensitive film (whole exposure) rather than processes for exposing a portion of the photosensitive film composed of a photosensitive resin composition. Furthermore, the exposure wavelength in other exposure processes may be the same as the exposure wavelength in the first area exposure process, or may be different, but it is preferred that they are the same. Furthermore, the exposure methods in other exposure processes may be the same as the exposure methods in the first area exposure process, or may be different, but it is preferred that they are the same. Regarding the process for exposing the photosensitive film (including the above-mentioned first area exposure process, the above-mentioned second area exposure process, the above-mentioned third area exposure process, the above-mentioned fourth area exposure process, and the above-mentioned other exposure processes), the pattern forming method of the present invention preferably includes 2 to 10 times in total, preferably includes 3 to 8 times, and more preferably includes 4 to 7 times.

包含在上述其他區域和至少在上述第一區域、上述第二區域、上述第三區域、上述第四區域及另一其他曝光製程中的其他區域中的任一個區域中之區域包含這兩者中之區域的面積相對於上述其他區域的總面積的比例為50~100%為較佳,70~100%為更佳,80~100%為進一步較佳,90~100%為特佳。 將上述比例設為100%亦為本發明的圖案形成方法的較佳態樣中的一態樣。 又,感光膜中包含之被曝光2次以上的區域的總面積相對於至少被曝光1次的區域的總面積的比例為50~100%為較佳,70~100%為更佳,80~100%為進一步較佳,90~100%為特佳。 將上述比例設為100%亦為本發明的圖案形成方法的較佳態樣中的一態樣。The ratio of the area of the area included in the other areas and at least in any one of the first area, the second area, the third area, the fourth area and other areas in another exposure process to the total area of the other areas is preferably 50-100%, more preferably 70-100%, further preferably 80-100%, and particularly preferably 90-100%. Setting the above ratio to 100% is also one of the preferred aspects of the pattern forming method of the present invention. Furthermore, the ratio of the total area of the regions exposed more than twice to the total area of the regions exposed at least once in the photosensitive film is preferably 50 to 100%, more preferably 70 to 100%, further preferably 80 to 100%, and particularly preferably 90 to 100%. Setting the above ratio to 100% is also one of the preferred aspects of the pattern forming method of the present invention.

<間隔> 在本發明的圖案形成方法中,包括在上述顯影製程之前的對感光膜的一部分區域進行曝光之製程中,作為某一曝光製程的結束至另一曝光製程的開始為止的時間且不包括其他曝光製程之時間為0.1秒以上為較佳,0.5秒以上為更佳,1秒以上為進一步較佳,5秒以上為特佳。上述時間的上限並沒有特別限定,例如設為24小時以下等即可。 在本發明中,將作為某一曝光製程的結束至另一曝光製程的開始為止的時間且不包括其他曝光製程之時間亦稱為“間隔”。 認為藉由設置上述間隔,因感光劑的感光而產生之自由基、酸等的擴散得到抑制而圖案形狀優異。 例如,感光膜係包含交聯劑等藉由感光膜中的成分的交聯(自由基交聯劑的聚合或其他交聯劑的交聯等)而在顯影液中的溶解性發生變化之感光膜時,認為在上述間隔期間進行交聯,場的運動性下降。因此,認為在間隔之後進一步被曝光時產生之自由基、酸等的擴散得到抑制。 又,例如,感光膜係包含具有酸分解性基等極性轉換基之特定樹脂等藉由感光膜中的成分的脫保護等結構變化而在顯影液中的溶解性發生變化之感光膜時,認為場的極性在上述間隔期間增大,極性分子的擴散性下降。因此,認為在間隔之後進一步被曝光時產生之酸等的擴散得到抑制。 作為一例,進行第一區域曝光製程~第四區域曝光製程的共計4次曝光作為曝光製程時,能夠以第一區域曝光製程、10秒的間隔、第二區域曝光製程、10秒的間隔、第三區域曝光製程、10秒的間隔、第四區域曝光製程的順序進行曝光。 包括3次以上的對感光膜進行曝光之製程時,上述曝光之間的間隔存在複數個,上述複數個間隔分別可以相同,亦可以不同。又,上述間隔存在複數個時,上述複數個間隔中,至少1個間隔為0.1秒以上為較佳,0.5秒以上為更佳,1秒以上為進一步較佳,5秒以上為特佳。上述間隔的上限並沒有特別限定,例如設為24小時以下等即可。 例如,作為另一例,進行第一區域曝光製程~第四區域曝光製程的共計4次曝光作為曝光製程時,亦能夠以第一區域曝光製程、5秒的間隔、第二區域曝光製程、10秒的間隔、第三區域曝光製程、15秒的間隔、第四區域曝光製程的順序進行曝光。 又,相反地,進行第一區域曝光製程~第四區域曝光製程的共計4次曝光作為曝光製程時,亦能夠以第一區域曝光製程、15秒的間隔、第二區域曝光製程、10秒的間隔、第三區域曝光製程、5秒的間隔、第四區域曝光製程的順序進行曝光。<Interval> In the pattern forming method of the present invention, in the process of exposing a part of the photosensitive film before the above-mentioned development process, the time from the end of a certain exposure process to the start of another exposure process excluding the time of other exposure processes is preferably 0.1 seconds or more, 0.5 seconds or more is more preferably, 1 second or more is further preferably, and 5 seconds or more is particularly preferably. The upper limit of the above-mentioned time is not particularly limited, for example, it can be set to 24 hours or less. In the present invention, the time from the end of a certain exposure process to the start of another exposure process excluding the time of other exposure processes is also referred to as "interval". It is believed that by setting the above-mentioned interval, the diffusion of free radicals, acids, etc. generated by the photosensitization of the photosensitive agent is suppressed and the pattern shape is excellent. For example, when the photosensitive film is a photosensitive film that contains a crosslinking agent and the like, and the solubility in the developer changes due to the crosslinking of the components in the photosensitive film (polymerization of free radical crosslinking agent or crosslinking of other crosslinking agents, etc.), it is believed that crosslinking occurs during the above interval, and the mobility of the field decreases. Therefore, it is believed that the diffusion of free radicals, acids, etc. generated when further exposed after the interval is suppressed. Also, for example, when the photosensitive film is a photosensitive film that contains a specific resin having a polar conversion group such as an acid-decomposable group and the like, and the solubility in the developer changes due to the structural changes such as deprotection of the components in the photosensitive film, it is believed that the polarity of the field increases during the above interval, and the diffusibility of the polar molecules decreases. Therefore, it is believed that the diffusion of acids, etc. generated when further exposed after the interval is suppressed. For example, when a total of 4 exposures from the first area exposure process to the fourth area exposure process are performed as the exposure process, the exposure can be performed in the order of the first area exposure process, 10 seconds interval, the second area exposure process, 10 seconds interval, the third area exposure process, 10 seconds interval, and the fourth area exposure process. When the process includes more than 3 times of exposure of the photosensitive film, there are multiple intervals between the above exposures, and the multiple intervals can be the same or different. Moreover, when there are multiple intervals, it is preferred that at least one interval among the multiple intervals is 0.1 seconds or more, 0.5 seconds or more is more preferred, 1 second or more is further preferred, and 5 seconds or more is particularly preferred. The upper limit of the above interval is not particularly limited, for example, it can be set to less than 24 hours. For example, as another example, when a total of 4 exposures from the first area exposure process to the fourth area exposure process are performed as the exposure process, the exposure can also be performed in the order of the first area exposure process, 5 seconds interval, the second area exposure process, 10 seconds interval, the third area exposure process, 15 seconds interval, and the fourth area exposure process. In addition, conversely, when a total of 4 exposures from the first area exposure process to the fourth area exposure process are performed as the exposure process, the exposure can also be performed in the order of the first area exposure process, 15 seconds interval, the second area exposure process, 10 seconds interval, the third area exposure process, 5 seconds interval, and the fourth area exposure process.

<曝光波長> 在上述態樣中,本發明的圖案形成方法中上述第一區域曝光製程及上述第二區域曝光製程中的曝光波長為300~450nm為較佳,300~420nm為更佳。 又,本發明的圖案形成方法包括上述第三區域曝光製程及上述第四區域曝光製程時,上述第一區域曝光製程、上述第二區域曝光製程、上述第三區域曝光製程及上述第四區域曝光製程中的曝光波長為300~450nm為較佳,300~420nm為更佳。<Exposure wavelength> In the above-mentioned aspect, the exposure wavelength in the first area exposure process and the second area exposure process in the pattern forming method of the present invention is preferably 300-450nm, and 300-420nm is more preferably. In addition, when the pattern forming method of the present invention includes the third area exposure process and the fourth area exposure process, the exposure wavelength in the first area exposure process, the second area exposure process, the third area exposure process, and the fourth area exposure process is preferably 300-450nm, and 300-420nm is more preferably.

<曝光量> 在本發明的圖案形成方法中,感光膜藉由第一區域曝光製程、第二區域曝光製程等曝光製程被曝光之曝光量(感光膜中的基於第一區域曝光製程、第二區域曝光製程、第三區域曝光製程等複數次曝光之曝光量的合計量)以感光劑具有靈敏度之波長下的曝光能量換算計,100~10,000mJ/cm2 為較佳,200~8,000mJ/cm2 為更佳。 又,複數次曝光中的焦點位置可以相同,亦可以不同。 第一區域曝光製程、第二區域曝光製程等各製程中的曝光量並沒有特別限定,合計只要在上述曝光量的範圍內,則各製程中的曝光量可以相同,亦可以不同。 進而,第一區域曝光製程、第二區域曝光製程等各製程中的曝光輸出可以相同,亦可以不同。例如,在第二區域曝光製程中,以高於第一區域曝光製程的曝光輸出進行曝光亦較佳。進行第一區域曝光製程~第四區域曝光製程的共計4次曝光時,以與後續製程相當程度的高曝光輸出進行曝光亦較佳。<Exposure amount> In the pattern forming method of the present invention, the exposure amount of the photosensitive film exposed by the first area exposure process, the second area exposure process, and the like (the total exposure amount in the photosensitive film based on multiple exposures such as the first area exposure process, the second area exposure process, and the third area exposure process) is preferably 100 to 10,000 mJ/ cm2 , and more preferably 200 to 8,000 mJ/ cm2 , calculated by the exposure energy at the wavelength to which the photosensitive agent has sensitivity. In addition, the focal position in the multiple exposures can be the same or different. The exposure amount in each process such as the first area exposure process and the second area exposure process is not particularly limited. As long as the total is within the above-mentioned exposure amount range, the exposure amount in each process can be the same or different. Furthermore, the exposure output in each process such as the first area exposure process and the second area exposure process can be the same or different. For example, in the second area exposure process, it is also preferable to perform exposure at a higher exposure output than in the first area exposure process. When performing a total of four exposures from the first area exposure process to the fourth area exposure process, it is also preferable to perform exposure at a high exposure output equivalent to that of the subsequent process.

<曝光後加熱製程> 本發明的圖案形成方法可以包括在曝光後加熱之製程(曝光後加熱製程)。 曝光後加熱製程可以在上述第一區域曝光製程、第二區域曝光製程等曝光製程之後、顯影製程之前進行,亦可以在第一區域曝光製程之後1次、在第二區域曝光製程之後1次等每次對感光膜進行曝光製程時進行1次,亦可以每進行1次對感光膜進行曝光之製程時確定是否進行曝光後加熱製程。 曝光後加熱製程中的加熱溫度係50℃~140℃為較佳,60℃~120℃為更佳。 曝光後加熱製程中的加熱時間係1分鐘~300分鐘為較佳,5分鐘~120分鐘為更佳。 關於曝光後加熱製程中的升溫速度,從加熱開始時的溫度至最高加熱溫度係1~12℃/分鐘為較佳,2~10℃/分鐘為更佳,3~10℃/分鐘為進一步較佳。 又,升溫速度可以在加熱期間適當變更。 作為曝光後加熱製程中的加熱方法,並沒有特別限定,能夠使用公知的加熱板、烘箱、紅外線加熱器等。 又,加熱時,藉由流通氮、氦、氬等惰性氣體,在低氧濃度的氣氛下進行亦較佳。<Post-exposure heating process> The pattern forming method of the present invention may include a post-exposure heating process (post-exposure heating process). The post-exposure heating process may be performed after the exposure process such as the first area exposure process and the second area exposure process and before the development process, or may be performed once after the first area exposure process and once after the second area exposure process each time the photosensitive film is exposed, or may determine whether to perform the post-exposure heating process each time the photosensitive film is exposed. The heating temperature in the post-exposure heating process is preferably 50°C to 140°C, and more preferably 60°C to 120°C. The heating time in the post-exposure heating process is preferably 1 minute to 300 minutes, and more preferably 5 minutes to 120 minutes. Regarding the heating rate in the post-exposure heating process, it is preferably 1 to 12°C/minute from the temperature at the start of heating to the maximum heating temperature, more preferably 2 to 10°C/minute, and even more preferably 3 to 10°C/minute. In addition, the heating rate can be appropriately changed during the heating period. There is no particular limitation on the heating method in the post-exposure heating process, and a known heating plate, oven, infrared heater, etc. can be used. In addition, when heating, it is also preferably carried out in an atmosphere with a low oxygen concentration by circulating an inert gas such as nitrogen, helium, and argon.

<膜形成製程> 本發明的圖案形成方法可以包括由感光性樹脂組成物形成感光膜之膜形成製程。 第一區域曝光製程中的上述感光膜可以為藉由膜形成製程形成之感光膜,亦可以為藉由購入等方法獲得之感光膜。 膜形成製程係將感光性樹脂組成物適用於基材來形成膜(層狀)並獲得感光膜之製程為較佳。<Film-forming process> The pattern-forming method of the present invention may include a film-forming process for forming a photosensitive film from a photosensitive resin composition. The photosensitive film in the first area exposure process may be a photosensitive film formed by a film-forming process, or may be a photosensitive film obtained by a purchase method or the like. The film-forming process is preferably a process for applying a photosensitive resin composition to a substrate to form a film (layer) and obtain a photosensitive film.

〔基材〕 基材的種類能夠根據用途適當設定,但並沒有特別限制,可舉出矽、氮化矽、多晶矽、氧化矽、非晶矽等半導體製作基材、石英、玻璃、光學膜、陶瓷材料、蒸鍍膜、磁性膜、反射膜、Ni、Cu、Cr、Fe等金屬基材、紙、SOG(Spin On Glass:旋塗玻璃)、TFT(薄膜晶體管)陣列基材、電漿顯示面板(PDP)的電極板等。 在本發明中,尤其,半導體製作基材為較佳,矽基材、Cu基材、鑄模基材為更佳。 又,該等基材的表面上可以設置密接層、氧化層等層。 又,基材的形狀並沒有特別限定,可以為圓形形狀,亦可以為矩形形狀。 可以在該等基材的表面上設置有由六甲基二矽氮烷(HMDS)等形成之密接層或氧化層等層。 又,基材的形狀並沒有特別限定,可以為圓形形狀,亦可以為矩形形狀。 作為基材的尺寸,若為圓形形狀,則直徑例如為100~450mm,較佳為200~450mm。若為矩形形狀,例如短邊的長度為100~1000mm,較佳為200~700mm。 又,作為基材,例如使用板狀的基材(基板)。[Substrate] The type of substrate can be appropriately set according to the purpose, but there is no particular limitation. Examples include semiconductor substrates such as silicon, silicon nitride, polycrystalline silicon, silicon oxide, and amorphous silicon, quartz, glass, optical films, ceramic materials, evaporated films, magnetic films, reflective films, metal substrates such as Ni, Cu, Cr, and Fe, paper, SOG (Spin On Glass), TFT (Thin Film Transistor) array substrates, and electrode plates of plasma display panels (PDP). In the present invention, semiconductor substrates are particularly preferred, and silicon substrates, Cu substrates, and casting substrates are more preferred. In addition, a bonding layer, an oxide layer, and the like may be provided on the surface of the substrates. In addition, the shape of the substrate is not particularly limited, and it can be circular or rectangular. A layer such as a close contact layer or an oxide layer formed by hexamethyldisilazane (HMDS) or the like can be provided on the surface of the substrate. In addition, the shape of the substrate is not particularly limited, and it can be circular or rectangular. As for the size of the substrate, if it is circular, the diameter is, for example, 100 to 450 mm, preferably 200 to 450 mm. If it is rectangular, for example, the length of the short side is 100 to 1000 mm, preferably 200 to 700 mm. In addition, as the substrate, for example, a plate-shaped substrate (substrate) is used.

又,在樹脂層的表面、金屬層的表面形成感光膜時,樹脂層或金屬層成為基材。Furthermore, when a photosensitive film is formed on the surface of the resin layer or the surface of the metal layer, the resin layer or the metal layer becomes a base material.

作為將感光性樹脂組成物適用於基材之方法,塗佈為較佳。As a method of applying the photosensitive resin composition to the substrate, coating is preferred.

具體而言,作為適用方法,可例示浸塗法、氣刀塗佈法、簾式塗佈法、線棒塗佈法、凹版塗佈法、擠壓塗佈法、噴塗法、旋塗法、狹縫塗佈法及噴墨法等。從感光膜的厚度均勻性的觀點考慮,更佳為旋塗法、狹縫塗佈法、噴塗法、噴墨法,從容易獲得本發明的效果之觀點考慮,狹縫塗佈法為較佳。根據方法調整適當的固體成分濃度或塗佈條件,藉此能夠得到所需厚度的感光膜。又,能夠根據基材的形狀適當選擇塗佈方法,只要為晶圓等圓形基材,則旋塗法或噴塗法、噴墨法等為較佳,且只要為矩形基材,則狹縫塗佈法或噴塗法、噴墨法等為較佳。在旋塗法的情況下,例如能夠以500~2,000rpm的轉速適用10秒~1分鐘左右。根據感光性樹脂組成物的黏度或所設定的膜厚,以300~3,500rpm的轉速適用10~180秒亦較佳。又,為了獲得均勻的膜厚,亦能夠組合複數種轉速來進行塗佈。 又,亦能夠適用將藉由上述賦予方法預先在偽支撐體上賦予而形成之塗膜轉印在基材上之方法。 關於轉印方法,在本發明中,亦能夠較佳地利用日本特開2006-023696號公報的0023、0036~0051段或日本特開2006-047592號公報的0096~0108段中記載之製作方法。 又,亦可以進行在基材的端部去除多餘膜之製程。關於該種製程的例子,可舉出邊緣珠移除(EBR)、氣刀、背面沖洗等。亦可以採用如下預濕製程:將樹脂組成物塗佈於基材之前,對基材塗佈各種溶劑以提高基材的潤濕性之後,塗佈樹脂組成物。Specifically, applicable methods include dip coating, air knife coating, curtain coating, wire rod coating, gravure coating, extrusion coating, spray coating, spin coating, slit coating, and inkjet coating. From the perspective of uniform thickness of the photosensitive film, spin coating, slit coating, spray coating, and inkjet coating are more preferred. From the perspective of easily obtaining the effects of the present invention, slit coating is preferred. By adjusting the appropriate solid component concentration or coating conditions according to the method, a photosensitive film of a desired thickness can be obtained. Furthermore, the coating method can be appropriately selected according to the shape of the substrate. For circular substrates such as wafers, spin coating, spray coating, inkjet coating, etc. are preferred, and for rectangular substrates, slit coating, spray coating, inkjet coating, etc. are preferred. In the case of spin coating, for example, it can be applied at a rotation speed of 500 to 2,000 rpm for about 10 seconds to 1 minute. Depending on the viscosity of the photosensitive resin composition or the set film thickness, it is also preferred to apply at a rotation speed of 300 to 3,500 rpm for 10 to 180 seconds. Furthermore, in order to obtain a uniform film thickness, multiple rotation speeds can be combined for coating. Furthermore, a method of transferring a coating formed by pre-imparting the coating on a pseudo support by the above-mentioned imparting method to a substrate can also be applied. Regarding the transfer method, in the present invention, the production method described in paragraphs 0023, 0036 to 0051 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2006-023696 or paragraphs 0096 to 0108 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2006-047592 can also be preferably used. Furthermore, a process of removing excess film at the end of the substrate can also be performed. Examples of such processes include edge bead removal (EBR), air knife, back rinsing, etc. The following pre-wetting process may also be used: before applying the resin composition to the substrate, various solvents are applied to the substrate to improve the wettability of the substrate, and then the resin composition is applied.

<乾燥製程> 本發明的圖案形成方法可以包括在膜形成製程(層形成製程)之後乾燥所形成之膜(層)以去除溶劑之製程(乾燥製程)。 較佳之乾燥溫度為50~150℃,70℃~130℃為更佳,90℃~110℃為進一步較佳。作為乾燥時間,可例示30秒~20分鐘,1分鐘~10分鐘為較佳,3分鐘~7分鐘為更佳。<Drying process> The pattern forming method of the present invention may include a process (drying process) of drying the formed film (layer) to remove the solvent after the film forming process (layer forming process). The preferred drying temperature is 50 to 150°C, 70 to 130°C is more preferred, and 90 to 110°C is further preferred. As the drying time, 30 seconds to 20 minutes can be exemplified, 1 minute to 10 minutes is preferred, and 3 minutes to 7 minutes is more preferred.

<顯影製程> 本發明的圖案形成方法包括藉由顯影液對上述曝光後的上述感光膜進行顯影來獲得圖案之顯影製程。 藉由進行顯影,去除曝光部及非曝光部中的一個。顯影方法只要能夠形成所需圖案,則並沒有特別限制,例如可舉出噴嘴噴出、噴灑噴霧、基材的顯影液浸漬等,可較佳地利用噴嘴噴出。顯影製程能夠採用向基材連續供應顯影液之製程、以大致靜止狀態保持在基材上之製程、利用超音波等使顯影液振動之製程及將該等組合之製程等。<Developing process> The pattern forming method of the present invention includes a developing process for obtaining a pattern by developing the above-mentioned photosensitive film after exposure with a developer. By developing, one of the exposed part and the non-exposed part is removed. There is no particular limitation on the developing method as long as the desired pattern can be formed. For example, it can be sprayed with a nozzle, sprayed with a mist, immersed in the developer of the substrate, etc., and it is preferably sprayed with a nozzle. The developing process can adopt a process of continuously supplying the developer to the substrate, a process of keeping the developer on the substrate in a substantially static state, a process of vibrating the developer using ultrasound, etc., and a process of combining these.

顯影使用顯影液來進行。作為顯影液,若為負型顯影,則能夠使用去除未曝光部分(非曝光部)之顯影液,又,若為正型顯影,則能夠使用去除經曝光部分(曝光部)之顯影液,並沒有特別限制。 關於本發明之顯影製程中的顯影,將有機溶劑用作顯影液來進行為較佳,將相對於顯影液的總質量包含50質量%以上的有機溶劑之顯影液用作顯影液來進行為更佳。 又,顯影液可以包含公知的界面活性劑。 在本發明中,將鹼顯影液用作顯影液之情況稱為鹼顯影,將相對於顯影液的總質量包含50質量%以上的有機溶劑之顯影液用作顯影液之情況稱為溶劑顯影。Development is performed using a developer. As a developer, if it is negative development, a developer that removes the unexposed part (non-exposed part) can be used, and if it is positive development, a developer that removes the exposed part (exposed part) can be used, and there is no particular limitation. Regarding the development in the development process of the present invention, it is preferred to use an organic solvent as a developer, and it is more preferred to use a developer containing 50% or more of the organic solvent relative to the total mass of the developer as a developer. In addition, the developer may contain a known surfactant. In the present invention, the case where an alkaline developer is used as a developer is referred to as alkaline development, and the case where a developer containing 50% by mass or more of an organic solvent relative to the total mass of the developer is used as a developer is referred to as solvent development.

在鹼顯影中,作為顯影液,有機溶劑的含量相對於顯影液的總質量成為10質量%以下的顯影液為較佳,成為5質量%以下的顯影液為更佳,成為1質量%以下的顯影液為進一步較佳,不含有機溶劑的顯影液為特佳。 鹼顯影中的顯影液係pH為10~15的水溶液為更佳。 作為鹼顯影中的顯影液所包含之鹼化合物,例如,可舉出氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、碳酸鈉、碳酸鉀、碳酸氫鈉、碳酸氫鉀、矽酸鈉、矽酸鉀、偏矽酸鈉、偏矽酸鉀、氨或胺等。作為胺,例如,可舉出乙胺、正丙胺、二乙胺、二-正丙胺、三乙胺、甲基二乙胺、烷醇胺、二甲基乙醇胺、三乙醇胺、氫氧化第四銨、氫氧化四甲基銨(TMAH)或氫氧化四乙基銨等。其中,不含金屬的鹼化合物為較佳,銨化合物為更佳。 作為鹼化合物,例如使用TMAH時,TMAH的含量相對於顯影液的總質量為0.01~10質量%為較佳,0.1~5質量%為更佳,0.3~3質量%為進一步較佳。 鹼化合物可以為僅1種,亦可以為2種以上。鹼化合物為2種以上時,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。In alkali development, a developer having an organic solvent content of 10 mass % or less relative to the total mass of the developer is preferred, a developer having an organic solvent content of 5 mass % or less is more preferred, a developer having an organic solvent content of 1 mass % or less is further preferred, and a developer containing no organic solvent is particularly preferred. The developer in alkali development is preferably an aqueous solution having a pH of 10 to 15. As the alkali compound contained in the developer in alkali development, for example, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, potassium bicarbonate, sodium silicate, potassium silicate, sodium metasilicate, potassium metasilicate, ammonia or amine can be cited. As amines, for example, ethylamine, n-propylamine, diethylamine, di-n-propylamine, triethylamine, methyldiethylamine, alkanolamine, dimethylethanolamine, triethanolamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) or tetraethylammonium hydroxide, etc. can be cited. Among them, alkali compounds that do not contain metal are preferred, and ammonium compounds are more preferred. As alkali compounds, for example, when TMAH is used, the content of TMAH relative to the total mass of the developer is preferably 0.01 to 10 mass%, more preferably 0.1 to 5 mass%, and further preferably 0.3 to 3 mass%. The alkali compound may be only one or more than two. When there are two or more alkali compounds, it is preferred that the total is within the above range.

在溶劑顯影中,顯影液包含90%以上有機溶劑為更佳。本發明中,顯影液包含ClogP值為-1~5的有機溶劑為較佳,包含ClogP值為0~3的有機溶劑為更佳。ClogP值能夠藉由在ChemBioDraw(化學生物圖)中輸入結構式而作為計算值求出。In solvent development, the developer preferably contains 90% or more of an organic solvent. In the present invention, the developer preferably contains an organic solvent having a ClogP value of -1 to 5, and more preferably contains an organic solvent having a ClogP value of 0 to 3. The ClogP value can be calculated by inputting the structural formula in ChemBioDraw.

關於有機溶劑,作為酯類,例如可較佳地舉出乙酸乙酯、乙酸正丁酯、甲酸戊酯、乙酸異戊酯、乙酸異丁酯、丙酸丁酯、丁酸異丙酯、丁酸乙酯、丁酸丁酯、乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、γ-丁內酯、ε-己內酯、δ-戊內酯、烷氧基乙酸烷基酯(例:烷氧基乙酸甲酯、烷氧基乙酸乙酯、烷氧基乙酸丁酯(例如,甲氧基乙酸甲酯、甲氧基乙酸乙酯、甲氧基乙酸丁酯、乙氧基乙酸甲酯、乙氧基乙酸乙酯等))、3-烷氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例:3-烷氧基丙酸甲酯、3-烷氧基丙酸乙酯等(例如,3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、3-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯等))、2-烷氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例:2-烷氧基丙酸甲酯、2-烷氧基丙酸乙酯、2-烷氧基丙酸丙酯等(例如,2-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、2-甲氧基丙酸丙酯、2-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基丙酸乙酯))、2-烷氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯及2-烷氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯(例如,2-甲氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯等)、丙酮酸甲酯、丙酮酸乙酯、丙酮酸丙酯、乙醯乙酸甲酯、乙醯乙酸乙酯、2-氧代丁酸甲酯、2-氧代丁酸乙酯等,以及作為醚類,例如可較佳地舉出二乙二醇二甲醚、四氫呋喃、乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、甲基賽路蘇乙酸酯、乙基賽路蘇乙酸酯、二乙二醇單甲醚、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇單丁醚、丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單丙醚乙酸酯等,以及作為酮類,例如可較佳地舉出甲基乙基酮、環己酮、環戊酮、2-庚酮、3-庚酮、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮等,以及作為芳香族烴類,例如可較佳地舉出甲苯、二甲苯、大茴香醚、檸檬烯等,以及作為亞碸類,可較佳地舉出二甲基亞碸。As for the organic solvent, examples of the esters include preferably ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, γ-butyrolactone, ε-caprolactone, δ-valerolactone, alkyl alkoxy acetates (e.g., methyl alkoxy acetate, ethyl alkoxy acetate, butyl alkoxy acetate (e.g., methyl methoxy acetate, ethyl methoxy acetate, butyl methoxy acetate, methyl ethoxy acetate, ethyl ethoxy acetate, etc.) ), 3-alkoxy alkyl propionates (e.g., methyl 3-alkoxypropionate, ethyl 3-alkoxypropionate, etc. (e.g., methyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, etc.)), 2-alkoxy alkyl propionates (e.g., methyl 2-alkoxypropionate, ethyl 2-alkoxypropionate, propyl 2-alkoxypropionate, etc. (e.g., methyl 2-methoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate, etc.) ethyl propionate)), methyl 2-alkoxy-2-methylpropionate and ethyl 2-alkoxy-2-methylpropionate (for example, methyl 2-methoxy-2-methylpropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxy-2-methylpropionate, etc.), methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, propyl pyruvate, methyl acetylacetate, ethyl acetylacetate, methyl 2-oxobutyrate, ethyl 2-oxobutyrate, and the like, and as ethers, for example, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl thiourea acetate, ethyl Examples of the preferred ketones include methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, and examples of the preferred aromatic hydrocarbons include toluene, xylene, anisole, limonene, and examples of the preferred sulfoxides include dimethyl sulfoxide.

本發明中,尤其環戊酮、γ-丁內酯為較佳,環戊酮為更佳。又,顯影液包含有機溶劑時,能夠使用1種有機溶劑或混合使用2種以上。 顯影液可以進一步包含其他成分。作為其他成分,例如,可舉出公知的界面活性劑和公知的消泡劑等。 〔顯影液的供給方法〕 只要能夠形成所需圖案,則顯影液的供給方法並沒有特別限制,可舉出將基材浸漬於顯影液中之方法、用噴嘴在基材上供給顯影液之覆液顯影或連續供給顯影液之方法。噴嘴的種類並沒有特別限制,可舉出直流噴嘴、噴淋頭噴嘴、噴霧噴嘴等。 從顯影液的滲透性、非圖像部的去除性、製造上的效率的觀點考慮,將顯影液用直流噴嘴供給之方法、或用噴霧噴嘴連續供給之方法為較佳,從顯影液對圖像部的滲透性的觀點考慮,用噴霧噴嘴供給之方法為更佳。 又,可以採用如下製程:用直流噴嘴連續供給顯影液之後,旋轉基材以從基材上去除顯影液,旋轉乾燥後再次用直流噴嘴連續供給之後,旋轉基材以從基材上去除顯影液,亦可以將該製程重複複數次。 又,作為顯影製程中的顯影液的供給方法,能夠採用在基材上連續供給顯影液之製程、顯影液以大致靜止狀態保持在基材上之製程、利用超音波等使顯影液在基材上振動之製程及將該等組合之製程等。In the present invention, cyclopentanone and γ-butyrolactone are particularly preferred, and cyclopentanone is more preferred. In addition, when the developer contains an organic solvent, one organic solvent can be used or two or more organic solvents can be used in combination. The developer may further contain other components. As other components, for example, known surfactants and known defoaming agents can be cited. [Developer supply method] As long as the desired pattern can be formed, the developer supply method is not particularly limited, and examples include a method of immersing the substrate in the developer, a method of supplying the developer on the substrate with a nozzle, or a method of continuously supplying the developer. The type of nozzle is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include direct current nozzles, shower head nozzles, and mist nozzles. From the perspective of developer permeability, non-image removal, and manufacturing efficiency, it is preferable to supply developer with a direct current nozzle or to supply developer continuously with a mist nozzle. From the perspective of developer permeability to the image area, it is more preferable to supply developer with a mist nozzle. In addition, the following process can be adopted: after continuously supplying the developer with a DC nozzle, the substrate is rotated to remove the developer from the substrate, and after rotating and drying, the developer is continuously supplied with a DC nozzle again, and the substrate is rotated to remove the developer from the substrate, and the process can be repeated several times. In addition, as a method for supplying the developer in the developing process, a process of continuously supplying the developer on the substrate, a process of keeping the developer on the substrate in a substantially static state, a process of vibrating the developer on the substrate using ultrasound, etc., and a process combining these processes can be adopted.

作為顯影時間,5秒~10分鐘為較佳,10秒~5分鐘為更佳。顯影時的顯影液的溫度並沒有特別限定,通常能夠在10~45℃下進行,在20~40℃下進行為更佳。The developing time is preferably 5 seconds to 10 minutes, more preferably 10 seconds to 5 minutes. The temperature of the developing solution during the developing is not particularly limited, but can usually be carried out at 10 to 45°C, more preferably 20 to 40°C.

在顯影製程中,可以在使用顯影液之處理之後,進一步進行沖洗。又,亦可以採用在與圖案接觸之顯影液未完全乾燥之前供給沖洗液等方法。 溶劑顯影的情況下,用與顯影液不同的有機溶劑進行沖洗為較佳。 鹼顯影的情況下,用純水進行沖洗為較佳。 沖洗時間係10秒~10分鐘為較佳,20秒~5分鐘為更佳,5秒~1分鐘為進一步較佳。 沖洗時的沖洗液的溫度並沒有特別限定,10~45℃為較佳,18℃~30℃為更佳。 作為沖洗液包含有機溶劑時的有機溶劑,作為酯類,例如可較佳地舉出乙酸乙酯、乙酸正丁酯、甲酸戊酯、乙酸異戊酯、乙酸異丁酯、丙酸丁酯、丁酸異丙酯、丁酸乙酯、丁酸丁酯、乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、γ-丁內酯、ε-己內酯、δ-戊內酯、烷氧基乙酸烷基酯(例如,烷氧基乙酸甲酯、烷氧基乙酸乙酯、烷氧基乙酸丁酯(例如,甲氧基乙酸甲酯、甲氧基乙酸乙酯、甲氧基乙酸丁酯、乙氧基乙酸甲酯、乙氧基乙酸乙酯等))、3-烷氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例如,3-烷氧基丙酸甲酯、3-烷氧基丙酸乙酯等(例如,3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、3-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯等))、2-烷氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例如,2-烷氧基丙酸甲酯、2-烷氧基丙酸乙酯、2-烷氧基丙酸丙酯等(例如,2-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、2-甲氧基丙酸丙酯、2-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基丙酸乙酯))、2-烷氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯及2-烷氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯(例如,2-甲氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯等)、丙酮酸甲酯、丙酮酸乙酯、丙酮酸丙酯、乙醯乙酸甲酯、乙醯乙酸乙酯、2-氧代丁酸甲酯、2-氧代丁酸乙酯等,以及作為醚類,例如可較佳地舉出二乙二醇二甲醚、四氫呋喃、乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、甲基賽路蘇乙酸酯、乙基賽路蘇乙酸酯、二乙二醇單甲醚、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇單丁醚、丙二醇單甲醚(PGME)、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(PGMEA)、丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單丙醚乙酸酯等,以及作為酮類,例如可較佳地舉出甲基乙基酮、環己酮、環戊酮、2-庚酮、3-庚酮、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮等,以及作為芳香族烴類,例如可較佳地舉出甲苯、二甲苯、大茴香醚、檸檬烯等,以及作為亞碸類,可較佳地舉出二甲基亞碸,以及作為醇類,可較佳地舉出甲醇、乙醇、丙醇、異丙醇、丁醇、戊醇、辛醇、二乙二醇、丙二醇、甲基異丁基甲醇、三乙二醇等,以及作為醯胺類,可較佳地舉出N-甲基吡咯啶酮、N-乙基吡咯啶酮、二甲基甲醯胺等。 沖洗液包含有機溶劑時,能夠使用1種有機溶劑或混合使用2種以上。本發明中,尤其,環戊酮、γ-丁內酯、二甲基亞碸、N-甲基吡咯啶酮、環己酮、PGMEA、PGME為較佳,環戊酮、γ-丁內酯、二甲基亞碸、PGMEA、PGME為更佳,環己酮、PGMEA為進一步較佳。 沖洗液包含有機溶劑時,沖洗液的50質量%以上為有機溶劑為較佳,70質量%以上為有機溶劑為更佳,90質量%以上為有機溶劑為進一步較佳。又,沖洗液的100質量%可以為有機溶劑。 沖洗液可以進一步包含其他成分。 作為其他成分,例如,可舉出公知的界面活性劑和公知的消泡劑等。 〔沖洗液的供給方法〕 只要能夠形成所需圖案,則沖洗液的供給方法並沒有特別限制,可舉出將基材浸漬於沖洗液中之方法、基材上的覆液顯影、用噴淋頭在基材上供給沖洗液之方法、藉由直流噴嘴等方法在基材上連續供給沖洗液之方法。 從沖洗液的滲透性、非圖像部的去除性、製造上的效率性的觀點考慮,用噴淋頭噴嘴、直流噴嘴、噴灑噴嘴等供給沖洗液之方法為較佳,用噴霧噴嘴連續供給之方法為更佳。從沖洗液對圖像部的滲透性的觀點考慮,用噴霧噴嘴供給之方法為更佳。噴嘴的種類並沒有特別限制,可舉出直流噴嘴、噴淋頭噴嘴、噴霧噴嘴等。 亦即,沖洗製程係利用直流噴嘴對上述曝光後的膜供給或連續供給沖洗液之製程為較佳,藉由噴霧噴嘴供給沖洗液之製程為更佳。 又,作為沖洗製程中的沖洗液的供給方法,能夠採用在基材上連續供給沖洗液之製程、沖洗液以大致靜止狀態保持在基材上之製程、利用超音波等使沖洗液在基材上振動之製程及將該等組合之製程等。In the development process, after the treatment with the developer, further rinsing can be performed. Alternatively, a method such as supplying a rinsing solution before the developer in contact with the pattern is completely dried can be adopted. In the case of solvent development, it is preferred to use an organic solvent different from the developer for rinsing. In the case of alkali development, it is preferred to use pure water for rinsing. The rinsing time is preferably 10 seconds to 10 minutes, more preferably 20 seconds to 5 minutes, and even more preferably 5 seconds to 1 minute. The temperature of the rinsing solution during rinsing is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10 to 45°C, and more preferably 18°C to 30°C. When the rinsing liquid contains an organic solvent, the organic solvent may be preferably esters such as ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, γ-butyrolactone, ε-caprolactone, δ-valerolactone, alkyl alkoxy acetates (e.g., methyl alkoxy acetate, ethyl alkoxy acetate, butyl alkoxy acetate (e.g., methyl methoxy acetate, ethyl methoxy acetate, butyl methoxy acetate, methyl ethoxy acetate, ethyl ethoxy acetate, etc.)), alkyl 3-alkoxy propionates (e.g., 3- Alkoxy propionic acid methyl esters, 3-alkoxy propionic acid ethyl esters, etc. (for example, 3-methoxy propionic acid methyl ester, 3-methoxy propionic acid ethyl ester, 3-ethoxy propionic acid methyl ester, 3-ethoxy propionic acid ethyl ester, etc.)), 2-alkoxy propionic acid alkyl esters (for example, 2-alkoxy propionic acid methyl ester, 2-alkoxy propionic acid ethyl ester, 2-alkoxy propionic acid propyl esters, etc. (for example, 2-methoxy propionic acid methyl ester, 2-methoxy propionic acid ethyl ester, 2-methoxy propionic acid propyl ester, 2-ethoxy propionic acid methyl ester, 2-ethoxy propionic acid ethyl ester)), 2-alkoxy-2-methyl propionic acid methyl ester and 2-alkoxy-2-methyl propionic acid ethyl ester (for example, 2-methoxy-2-methyl As ethers, for example, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl thiocyanate, ethyl thiocyanate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME), propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA), propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate can be preferably cited. etc., and as ketones, for example, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, etc., and as aromatic hydrocarbons, for example, toluene, xylene, anisole, limonene, etc., and as sulfoxides, dimethyl sulfoxide, and as alcohols, methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, pentanol, octanol, diethylene glycol, propylene glycol, methyl isobutyl carbinol, triethylene glycol, etc., and as amides, N-methylpyrrolidone, N-ethylpyrrolidone, dimethylformamide, etc. are preferably mentioned. When the rinse liquid contains an organic solvent, one organic solvent can be used or two or more organic solvents can be used in combination. In the present invention, cyclopentanone, γ-butyrolactone, dimethyl sulfoxide, N-methylpyrrolidone, cyclohexanone, PGMEA, and PGME are particularly preferred, cyclopentanone, γ-butyrolactone, dimethyl sulfoxide, PGMEA, and PGME are more preferred, and cyclohexanone and PGMEA are further preferred. When the rinse liquid contains an organic solvent, it is preferred that 50% by mass or more of the rinse liquid is an organic solvent, it is more preferred that 70% by mass or more of the rinse liquid is an organic solvent, and it is further preferred that 90% by mass or more of the rinse liquid is an organic solvent. Furthermore, 100% by mass of the rinse liquid can be an organic solvent. The rinse liquid may further contain other components. As other components, for example, a known surfactant and a known defoaming agent can be cited. [Method of supplying the rinse liquid] As long as the desired pattern can be formed, the method of supplying the rinse liquid is not particularly limited, and examples include a method of immersing the substrate in the rinse liquid, liquid development on the substrate, a method of supplying the rinse liquid to the substrate with a shower head, and a method of continuously supplying the rinse liquid to the substrate by a direct current nozzle. From the perspective of the permeability of the rinse liquid, the removal of the non-image area, and the efficiency of manufacturing, it is better to supply the rinse liquid using a shower nozzle, a direct current nozzle, a spray nozzle, etc., and it is better to supply it continuously using a spray nozzle. From the perspective of the permeability of the rinse liquid to the image area, it is better to supply it using a spray nozzle. There is no particular limitation on the type of nozzle, and direct current nozzles, shower nozzles, spray nozzles, etc. can be cited. That is, the rinsing process is preferably a process in which a rinsing liquid is supplied or continuously supplied to the film after exposure using a direct current nozzle, and a process in which a rinsing liquid is supplied using a spray nozzle is more preferred. In addition, as a method for supplying the rinsing liquid in the rinsing process, a process in which the rinsing liquid is continuously supplied to the substrate, a process in which the rinsing liquid is kept on the substrate in a substantially static state, a process in which the rinsing liquid is vibrated on the substrate using ultrasound or the like, and a process in which these are combined can be adopted.

<加熱製程> 本發明的製造方法包括將經顯影之上述膜加熱之製程(加熱製程)為較佳。 在加熱製程中,例如感光膜包含聚醯亞胺前驅物或聚苯并㗁唑前驅物等前驅物時或者感光膜包含交聯劑等交聯性成分等時,能夠獲得已硬化之圖案(亦稱為“硬化膜”)。 在膜形成製程(層形成製程)、乾燥製程及顯影製程之後包括加熱製程為較佳。在加熱製程中,例如,能夠進行未反應的交聯劑的交聯等。作為加熱製程中層的加熱溫度(最高加熱溫度),50℃以上為較佳,80℃以上為更佳,140℃以上為進一步較佳,150℃以上為更進一步較佳,160℃以上為又進一步較佳,170℃以上為再進一步較佳。作為上限,500℃以下為較佳,450℃以下為更佳,350℃以下為進一步較佳,250℃以下為更進一步較佳,220℃以下為又進一步較佳。<Heating process> The manufacturing method of the present invention preferably includes a process (heating process) of heating the developed film. In the heating process, for example, when the photosensitive film contains a precursor such as a polyimide precursor or a polybenzoxazole precursor, or when the photosensitive film contains a crosslinking component such as a crosslinking agent, a cured pattern (also called a "cured film") can be obtained. It is preferred to include a heating process after the film formation process (layer formation process), the drying process, and the development process. In the heating process, for example, crosslinking of unreacted crosslinking agents can be performed. As the heating temperature (maximum heating temperature) of the middle layer in the heating process, 50°C or higher is preferred, 80°C or higher is more preferred, 140°C or higher is further preferred, 150°C or higher is further preferred, 160°C or higher is further preferred, and 170°C or higher is further preferred. As the upper limit, 500°C or lower is preferred, 450°C or lower is more preferred, 350°C or lower is further preferred, 250°C or lower is further preferred, and 220°C or lower is further preferred.

關於加熱,從加熱開始時的溫度至最高加熱溫度以1~12℃/分鐘的升溫速度進行為較佳,2~10℃/分鐘為更佳,3~10℃/分鐘為進一步較佳。藉由將升溫速度設為1℃/分鐘以上,能夠確保生產性的同時防止酸或溶劑的過度揮發,藉由將升溫速度設為12℃/分鐘以下,能夠緩和圖案的殘存應力。此外,能夠快速加熱的烘箱的情況下,從加熱開始時的溫度至最高加熱溫度以1~8℃/秒的升溫速度進行為較佳,2~7℃/秒為更佳,3~6℃/秒為進一步較佳。Regarding heating, it is preferred that the heating rate be 1 to 12°C/minute from the temperature at the start of heating to the maximum heating temperature, more preferably 2 to 10°C/minute, and even more preferably 3 to 10°C/minute. By setting the heating rate to 1°C/minute or more, it is possible to ensure productivity while preventing excessive volatilization of acid or solvent, and by setting the heating rate to 12°C/minute or less, it is possible to alleviate the residual stress of the pattern. In addition, in the case of an oven capable of rapid heating, it is preferred that the heating rate be 1 to 8°C/second from the temperature at the start of heating to the maximum heating temperature, more preferably 2 to 7°C/second, and even more preferably 3 to 6°C/second.

加熱開始時的溫度為20℃~150℃為較佳,20℃~130℃為更佳,25℃~120℃為進一步較佳。加熱開始時的溫度係指,開始加熱至最高加熱溫度之製程時的溫度。例如,將感光性樹脂組成物適用於基材上之後進行乾燥時,為該乾燥後的膜(層)的溫度,例如從比感光性樹脂組成物中含有之溶劑的沸點低30~200℃的溫度開始逐漸升溫為較佳。The temperature at the start of heating is preferably 20°C to 150°C, more preferably 20°C to 130°C, and even more preferably 25°C to 120°C. The temperature at the start of heating refers to the temperature at the start of the process of heating to the maximum heating temperature. For example, when a photosensitive resin composition is applied to a substrate and then dried, it is the temperature of the dried film (layer), and it is preferably to gradually increase the temperature from a temperature 30 to 200°C lower than the boiling point of the solvent contained in the photosensitive resin composition.

加熱時間(最高加熱溫度下的加熱時間)為10~360分鐘為較佳,20~300分鐘為更佳,30~240分鐘為進一步較佳。The heating time (heating time at the highest heating temperature) is preferably 10 to 360 minutes, more preferably 20 to 300 minutes, and further preferably 30 to 240 minutes.

尤其形成多層積層體時,從硬化膜的層間的密接性的觀點考慮,於180℃~320℃的加熱溫度下進行加熱為較佳,於180℃~260℃下進行加熱為更佳。其原因尚不確定,但認為是因為藉由設為該溫度,層間的特定樹脂的乙炔基彼此進行交聯反應。In particular, when forming a multi-layer laminate, from the viewpoint of the adhesion between the layers of the cured film, heating is preferably performed at a heating temperature of 180°C to 320°C, and more preferably at 180°C to 260°C. The reason for this is not yet certain, but it is believed that this is because the acetylene groups of the specific resin between the layers undergo a cross-linking reaction.

加熱可以分階段進行。作為例子,可以進行以3℃/分鐘從25℃升溫至180℃,且在180℃下保持60分鐘,以2℃/分鐘從180℃升溫至200℃,且在200℃下保持120分鐘之前處理製程。作為前處理製程之加熱溫度為100~200℃為較佳,110~190℃為更佳,120~185℃為進一步較佳。在該前處理製程中,如美國專利第9159547號說明書中記載,照射紫外線的同時進行處理亦較佳。藉由該等前處理製程能夠提高膜的特性。前處理製程在10秒~2小時左右的短時間內進行即可,15秒~30分鐘為更佳。前處理可以為兩階段以上的製程,例如可以在100~150℃的範圍內進行前處理製程1,然後於150~200℃的範圍內進行前處理製程2。Heating can be performed in stages. For example, the pre-treatment process can be performed by heating from 25°C to 180°C at 3°C/min and maintaining at 180°C for 60 minutes, and then heating from 180°C to 200°C at 2°C/min and maintaining at 200°C for 120 minutes. The heating temperature of the pre-treatment process is preferably 100-200°C, more preferably 110-190°C, and even more preferably 120-185°C. In the pre-treatment process, as described in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 9159547, it is also preferred to perform the treatment while irradiating with ultraviolet rays. The properties of the membrane can be improved by such pre-treatment processes. The pretreatment process can be performed in a short time of about 10 seconds to 2 hours, preferably 15 seconds to 30 minutes. The pretreatment can be a process of more than two stages, for example, pretreatment process 1 can be performed in the range of 100 to 150°C, and then pretreatment process 2 can be performed in the range of 150 to 200°C.

進而,可以在加熱之後進行冷卻,作為該情況下的冷卻速度,1~5℃/分鐘為較佳。Furthermore, cooling may be performed after heating, and the cooling rate in this case is preferably 1 to 5°C/minute.

關於加熱製程,從防止特定樹脂分解的方面考慮,藉由流通氮、氦、氬等惰性氣體等,在低氧濃度的氣氛下進行為較佳。氧濃度為50ppm(體積比)以下為較佳,20ppm(體積比)以下為更佳。 作為加熱製程中的加熱方法,並沒有特別限定,例如可舉出加熱板、紅外爐、電熱式烘箱、熱風式烘箱等。Regarding the heating process, it is better to carry out the process in an atmosphere with low oxygen concentration by circulating inert gases such as nitrogen, helium, and argon in order to prevent the decomposition of specific resins. The oxygen concentration is preferably 50ppm (volume ratio) or less, and more preferably 20ppm (volume ratio) or less. There is no particular limitation on the heating method in the heating process, and examples thereof include a heating plate, an infrared furnace, an electric oven, and a hot air oven.

<金屬層形成製程> 本發明的圖案形成方法包括在第一區域曝光製程、第二區域曝光製程等曝光製程後的圖案的表面形成金屬層之金屬層形成製程為較佳。<Metal layer forming process> The pattern forming method of the present invention preferably includes a metal layer forming process in which a metal layer is formed on the surface of the pattern after the first area exposure process, the second area exposure process, and the like.

作為金屬層,並沒有特別限定,能夠使用現有的金屬種類,可例示銅、鋁、鎳、釩、鈦、鉻、鈷、金、鎢及包含該等金屬之合金,銅及鋁為更佳,銅為進一步較佳。The metal layer is not particularly limited, and existing metals can be used. Examples thereof include copper, aluminum, nickel, vanadium, titanium, chromium, cobalt, gold, tungsten, and alloys containing these metals. Copper and aluminum are more preferred, and copper is further preferred.

金屬層的形成方法並沒有特別限定,能夠適用現有的方法。例如,能夠利用日本特開2007-157879號公報、日本特表2001-521288號公報、日本特開2004-214501號公報、日本特開2004-101850號公報中記載之方法。例如,可考慮光微影、剝離、電解電鍍、無電解電鍍、蝕刻、印刷及組合該等之方法等。更具體而言,可舉出組合濺射、光微影及蝕刻之圖案化方法、組合光微影與電解電鍍之圖案化方法。The method for forming the metal layer is not particularly limited, and existing methods can be applied. For example, methods described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2007-157879, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2001-521288, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2004-214501, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 2004-101850 can be used. For example, photolithography, stripping, electrolytic plating, electroless plating, etching, printing, and methods combining these methods can be considered. More specifically, a patterning method combining sputtering, photolithography, and etching, and a patterning method combining photolithography and electrolytic plating can be cited.

作為金屬層的厚度,可以舉出在最厚的部分為0.01~100μm的例子,0.1~50μm為較佳,1~10μm為更佳。The thickness of the metal layer may be, for example, 0.01 to 100 μm at the thickest portion, preferably 0.1 to 50 μm, and more preferably 1 to 10 μm.

<用途> 作為能夠適用藉由本發明的圖案形成方法獲得之圖案的領域,可舉出半導體元件的絕緣膜、再配線層用層間絕緣膜、應力緩衝膜等。除此以外,可舉出密封膜、基板材料(柔性印刷電路板的基底膜或覆蓋膜、層間絕緣膜)或藉由對如上述實際安裝用途的絕緣膜進行蝕刻而形成圖案之情況等。關於該等用途,例如,能夠參考Science & Technology Co.,Ltd.“聚醯亞胺的高功能化和應用技術”2008年4月、柿本雅明/監修、CMC技術圖書館“聚醯亞胺材料的基礎和開發”2011年11月發行、日本聚醯亞胺・芳香族系高分子研究會/編“最新聚醯亞胺 基礎和應用”NTS,2010年8月等。<Application> As fields to which the pattern obtained by the pattern forming method of the present invention can be applied, there can be cited insulating films for semiconductor elements, interlayer insulating films for redistribution layers, stress buffer films, etc. In addition, there can be cited sealing films, substrate materials (base films or cover films of flexible printed circuit boards, interlayer insulating films), or situations in which patterns are formed by etching insulating films for actual mounting purposes such as the above. For such applications, for example, reference can be made to Science & Technology Co., Ltd., “Advanced Functionality and Application Technology of Polyimide”, April 2008, supervised by Masaaki Kakimoto, CMC Technical Library, “Fundamentals and Development of Polyimide Materials”, November 2011, and Japan Polyimide and Aromatic Polymer Research Society, “Latest Polyimide: Fundamentals and Applications”, NTS, August 2010.

又,藉由本發明的圖案形成方法獲得之圖案的亦能夠用於膠印版面或網版版面等版面的製造、蝕刻成型部件的用途、電子尤其微電子中的保護漆及介電層的製造等中。Furthermore, the pattern obtained by the pattern forming method of the present invention can also be used in the manufacture of offset printing plates or screen plates, the use of etched parts, the manufacture of protective varnishes and dielectric layers in electronics, especially microelectronics, etc.

(積層體的製造方法) 本發明的積層體的製造方法包括本發明的圖案形成方法為較佳。 藉由本發明的積層體的製造方法獲得之積層體係包含2層以上圖案之積層體,亦可以設為積層有3~7層之積層體。 本發明的積層體中包含之圖案可以為上述硬化膜。 在上述積層體中包含之2層以上的上述圖案中,至少1個為藉由本發明的圖案形成方法獲得之圖案,從改善圖案形狀的觀點考慮,上述積層體中包含之所有圖案係藉由本發明的圖案形成方法獲得之圖案為較佳。 關於上述積層體,包含2層以上圖案且在任意上述圖案彼此之間包含金屬層之態樣為較佳。上述金屬層藉由上述金屬層形成製程形成為較佳。 作為上述積層體,例如,可舉出將至少包含依次積層有第一圖案、金屬層、第二圖案這3個層之層結構之積層體作為較佳者。 上述第一圖案及上述第二圖案均為藉由本發明的圖案形成方法獲得之圖案為較佳。用於形成上述第一圖案之本發明的感光性樹脂組成物和用於形成上述第二圖案之本發明的感光性樹脂組成物可以為組成相同的組成物,亦可以為組成不同的組成物。本發明的積層體中的金屬層可較佳地用作再配線層等金屬配線。(Manufacturing method of laminate) The manufacturing method of the laminate of the present invention preferably includes the pattern forming method of the present invention. The laminate obtained by the manufacturing method of the laminate of the present invention is a laminate including two or more layers of patterns, and may also be a laminate including 3 to 7 layers. The pattern included in the laminate of the present invention may be the above-mentioned cured film. Among the above-mentioned two or more layers of patterns included in the above-mentioned laminate, at least one is a pattern obtained by the pattern forming method of the present invention. From the viewpoint of improving the shape of the pattern, it is preferred that all the patterns included in the above-mentioned laminate are patterns obtained by the pattern forming method of the present invention. Regarding the above-mentioned laminate, it is preferred that it includes more than two patterns and includes a metal layer between any of the above-mentioned patterns. It is preferred that the above-mentioned metal layer is formed by the above-mentioned metal layer forming process. As the above-mentioned laminate, for example, a laminate having a layer structure including at least three layers stacked in sequence, namely, a first pattern, a metal layer, and a second pattern, can be cited as a preferred one. It is preferred that both the above-mentioned first pattern and the above-mentioned second pattern are patterns obtained by the pattern forming method of the present invention. The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention used to form the above-mentioned first pattern and the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention used to form the above-mentioned second pattern can be a composition of the same composition or a composition of different compositions. The metal layer in the multilayer body of the present invention can be preferably used as a metal wiring such as a redistribution layer.

<積層製程> 本發明的積層體的製造方法包括積層製程為較佳。 積層製程係包括在圖案或金屬層的表面再次依次進行(a)膜形成製程(層形成製程)、(b)第一區域曝光製程、(c)第二區域曝光製程、(d)顯影製程之一系列製程。 然而,可以為僅重複(a)的膜形成製程之後,進行(b)第一區域曝光製程以後的製程之態樣。又,在上述(c)第二區域曝光製程之後,可以包括1個或複數個第三區域曝光製程、第四區域曝光製程等進行曝光之製程。 又,在上述(d)顯影製程之後,可以包括上述加熱製程。 又,在(d)顯影製程之後,可以包括上述金屬層形成製程。積層製程中可以適當地進一步包括上述乾燥製程等是毋庸置疑的。<Lamination process> The method for manufacturing a laminated body of the present invention preferably includes a lamination process. The lamination process includes a series of processes including (a) a film forming process (layer forming process), (b) a first area exposure process, (c) a second area exposure process, and (d) a developing process, which are performed again in sequence on the surface of the pattern or metal layer. However, it is possible to perform processes after the (b) first area exposure process after repeating the film forming process of (a). Furthermore, after the above-mentioned (c) second area exposure process, a process for exposure such as one or more third area exposure processes, fourth area exposure processes, etc. may be included. Furthermore, after the above-mentioned (d) developing process, the above-mentioned heating process may be included. Furthermore, after the (d) development process, the above-mentioned metal layer forming process may be included. It is needless to say that the above-mentioned drying process may be further included in the lamination process as appropriate.

在積層製程之後,進一步進行積層製程時,在上述曝光製程之後、上述顯影製程之後、上述加熱製程之後或上述金屬層形成製程之後,亦可以進一步進行表面活化處理製程。作為表面活化處理,可例示電漿處理。When further performing a layering process after the layering process, a surface activation process may be further performed after the exposure process, after the development process, after the heating process, or after the metal layer forming process. As the surface activation process, plasma treatment may be exemplified.

上述積層製程進行2~5次為較佳,進行3~5次為更佳。 例如,可舉出樹脂層/金屬層/樹脂層/金屬層/樹脂層/金屬層之類的將樹脂層設為2層以上且20層以下的結構,設為3層以上且7層以下的結構為較佳,設為3層以上且5層以下的結構為進一步較佳。 又,積層製程中的各層可以為組成、形狀、膜厚等相同的層,亦可以為不同的層。 <表面活化處理製程> 本發明的硬化膜的製造方法可以包括對上述金屬層及感光性樹脂組成物層的至少一部分進行表面活化處理之表面活化處理製程。 表面活化處理製程通常在金屬層形成製程之後進行,但可以在上述曝光顯影製程之後,對感光性樹脂組成物層進行表面活化處理製程之後進行金屬層形成製程。 表面活化處理可以僅對金屬層的至少一部分進行,亦可以僅對曝光後的感光性樹脂組成物層的至少一部分進行,亦可以對金屬層及曝光後的感光性樹脂組成物層這兩者的至少一部分進行。表面活化處理對金屬層的至少一部分進行為較佳,對金屬層中在表面形成感光性樹脂組成物層之一部分或全部區域進行表面活化處理為較佳。如上所述,藉由對金屬層的表面進行表面活化處理,能夠提高與設置於其表面之樹脂層的密接性。 又,表面活化處理亦對曝光後的感光性樹脂組成物層(樹脂層)的一部分或全部進行為較佳。如上所述,藉由對感光性樹脂組成物層的表面進行表面活化處理,能夠提高與設置於經表面活化處理之表面之金屬層或樹脂層的密接性。 作為表面活化處理,具體而言,可以選自各種原料氣體(氧、氫、氬、氮、氮/氫混合氣體、氬/氧混合氣體等)的電漿處理、電暈放電處理、基於CF4 /O2 、NF3 /O2 、SF6 、NF3 、NF3 /O2 之蝕刻處理、基於紫外線(UV)臭氧法之表面處理、浸漬於鹽酸水溶液來去除氧化覆膜之後浸漬於包含具有胺基和硫醇基中的至少1種的化合物之有機表面處理劑中的處理、使用刷子之機械性粗面化處理,電漿處理為較佳,尤其將氧作為原料氣體之氧電漿處理為較佳。電暈放電處理的情況下,能量係500~200,000J/m2 為較佳,1,000~100,000J/m2 為更佳,10,000~50,000J/m2 為最佳。The above-mentioned lamination process is preferably performed 2 to 5 times, and more preferably 3 to 5 times. For example, a structure of resin layer/metal layer/resin layer/metal layer/resin layer/metal layer can be cited, wherein the number of resin layers is 2 or more and 20 or less, 3 or more and 7 or less, and 3 or more and 5 or less. In addition, each layer in the lamination process may be the same in composition, shape, film thickness, etc., or may be different. <Surface activation treatment process> The method for producing a cured film of the present invention may include a surface activation treatment process of performing a surface activation treatment on at least a portion of the above-mentioned metal layer and the photosensitive resin composition layer. The surface activation treatment process is usually performed after the metal layer forming process, but the metal layer forming process may be performed after the above-mentioned exposure and development process and after the photosensitive resin composition layer is subjected to the surface activation treatment process. The surface activation treatment may be performed only on at least a portion of the metal layer, may be performed only on at least a portion of the exposed photosensitive resin composition layer, or may be performed on at least a portion of both the metal layer and the exposed photosensitive resin composition layer. It is preferred that the surface activation treatment be performed on at least a portion of the metal layer, and it is preferred that the surface activation treatment be performed on a portion or the entire region of the metal layer where the photosensitive resin composition layer is formed on the surface. As described above, by performing the surface activation treatment on the surface of the metal layer, the adhesion with the resin layer disposed on the surface can be improved. In addition, it is preferred that the surface activation treatment be performed on a portion or the entirety of the photosensitive resin composition layer (resin layer) after exposure. As described above, by performing the surface activation treatment on the surface of the photosensitive resin composition layer, the adhesion with the metal layer or the resin layer disposed on the surface subjected to the surface activation treatment can be improved. Specifically, the surface activation treatment may be selected from plasma treatment using various raw material gases (oxygen, hydrogen, argon, nitrogen, nitrogen/hydrogen mixed gas, argon/oxygen mixed gas, etc.), corona discharge treatment, etching treatment based on CF4 / O2 , NF3 / O2 , SF6 , NF3 , NF3 / O2 , surface treatment based on ultraviolet (UV) ozone method, treatment of removing oxide film by immersion in aqueous hydrochloric acid solution and then immersion in an organic surface treatment agent containing a compound having at least one of an amino group and a thiol group, and mechanical roughening treatment using a brush. Plasma treatment is preferred, and oxygen plasma treatment using oxygen as the raw material gas is particularly preferred. In the case of corona discharge treatment, the energy is preferably 500-200,000 J/ m2 , more preferably 1,000-100,000 J/ m2 , and most preferably 10,000-50,000 J/ m2 .

本發明中,尤其在設置金屬層之後,進一步以覆蓋上述金屬層的方式,形成上述感光性樹脂組成物的圖案之態樣為較佳。具體而言,可舉出以(a)膜形成製程(層形成製程)、(b)第一區域曝光製程、(c)第二區域曝光製程、(d)顯影製程、(e)金屬層形成製程的順序重複之態樣。藉由交替進行形成圖案之上述(a)~(d)的製程和金屬層形成製程,能夠交替積層圖案和金屬層。In the present invention, it is particularly preferred that after the metal layer is provided, a pattern of the photosensitive resin composition is further formed by covering the metal layer. Specifically, a pattern of (a) film formation process (layer formation process), (b) first area exposure process, (c) second area exposure process, (d) development process, and (e) metal layer formation process is repeated in this order. By alternately performing the above-mentioned processes (a) to (d) for forming a pattern and the metal layer formation process, the pattern and the metal layer can be alternately stacked.

(電子元件的製造方法) 本發明亦公開包括本發明的圖案形成方法或本發明的積層體的製造方法之半導體元件的製造方法。作為將本發明的感光性樹脂組成物用於形成再配線層用層間絕緣膜之半導體元件的具體例,能夠參考日本特開2016-027357號公報的0213~0218段的記載及圖1的記載,並將該等內容編入本說明書中。 以下,對在本發明的圖案形成方法、本發明的積層體的製造方法或本發明的半導體元件的製造方法中使用之感光性樹脂組成物的詳細內容進行說明。(Method for manufacturing electronic components) The present invention also discloses a method for manufacturing a semiconductor component including the pattern forming method of the present invention or the method for manufacturing a laminate of the present invention. As a specific example of a semiconductor component in which the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is used to form an interlayer insulating film for a redistribution layer, reference can be made to paragraphs 0213 to 0218 and FIG. 1 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2016-027357, and such contents are incorporated into this specification. The following describes the details of the photosensitive resin composition used in the pattern forming method of the present invention, the method for manufacturing a laminate of the present invention, or the method for manufacturing a semiconductor component of the present invention.

(感光性樹脂組成物) 本發明的感光性樹脂組成物係在本發明的圖案形成方法、本發明的積層體的製造方法或本發明的半導體元件的製造方法中使用之感光性樹脂組成物。 本發明的感光性樹脂組成物包含選自包括聚醯亞胺、聚醯亞胺前驅物、聚苯并㗁唑及聚苯并㗁唑前驅物之群組中之至少1種樹脂、以及感光劑。 以下,對本發明的感光性樹脂組成物中包含之各成分的詳細內容進行說明。(Photosensitive resin composition) The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is a photosensitive resin composition used in the pattern forming method of the present invention, the manufacturing method of the laminate of the present invention, or the manufacturing method of the semiconductor element of the present invention. The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains at least one resin selected from the group including polyimide, polyimide precursor, polybenzoxazole and polybenzoxazole precursor, and a photosensitive agent. The following describes the details of each component contained in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention.

<特定樹脂> 本發明的感光性樹脂組成物包含選自包括聚醯亞胺、聚醯亞胺前驅物、聚苯并㗁唑及聚苯并㗁唑前驅物之群組中之至少1種樹脂(特定樹脂)。 作為特定樹脂,本發明的感光性樹脂組成物包含聚醯亞胺或聚醯亞胺前驅物為較佳,包含聚醯亞胺前驅物為更佳。 又,特定樹脂具有自由基聚合性基團為較佳。 特定樹脂具有自由基聚合性基團時,感光性樹脂組成物包含後述之光自由基聚合起始劑作為感光劑為較佳,包含後述之光自由基聚合起始劑作為感光劑且包含後述之自由基交聯劑為更佳,包含後述之光自由基聚合起始劑作為感光劑、包含後述之自由基交聯劑且包含後述之敏化劑為進一步較佳。例如,由該種感光性樹脂組成物形成負型感光層。 又,特定樹脂可以具有酸分解性基等極性轉換基。 特定樹脂具有酸分解性基時,感光性樹脂組成物包含後述之光酸產生劑作為感光劑為較佳。例如,由該種感光性樹脂組成物形成作為化學增幅型的正型感光層或負型感光層。<Specific resin> The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains at least one resin (specific resin) selected from the group consisting of polyimide, polyimide precursor, polybenzoxazole and polybenzoxazole precursor. As the specific resin, the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention preferably contains polyimide or polyimide precursor, and more preferably contains polyimide precursor. In addition, the specific resin preferably has a free radical polymerizable group. When the specific resin has a radical polymerizable group, the photosensitive resin composition preferably includes the photoradical polymerization initiator described below as a photosensitive agent, more preferably includes the photoradical polymerization initiator described below as a photosensitive agent and includes the radical crosslinking agent described below, and further preferably includes the photoradical polymerization initiator described below as a photosensitive agent, includes the radical crosslinking agent described below, and includes the sensitizer described below. For example, a negative photosensitive layer is formed by such a photosensitive resin composition. In addition, the specific resin may have a polar conversion group such as an acid-decomposable group. When the specific resin has an acid-decomposable group, the photosensitive resin composition preferably includes the photoacid generator described below as a photosensitive agent. For example, a positive-type photosensitive layer or a negative-type photosensitive layer of a chemically amplified type is formed from the photosensitive resin composition.

〔聚醯亞胺前驅物〕 本發明中使用之聚醯亞胺前驅物並不特別限定其種類等,包含由下述式(2)表示之重複單元為較佳。 式(2) [化學式1] 在式(2)中,A1 及A2 分別獨立地表示氧原子或NH,R111 表示2價有機基團,R115 表示4價有機基團,R113 及R114 分別獨立地表示氫原子或1價有機基團。[Polyimide Precursor] The polyimide precursor used in the present invention is not particularly limited in type, but preferably comprises a repeating unit represented by the following formula (2). Formula (2) [Chemical Formula 1] In formula (2), A1 and A2 each independently represent an oxygen atom or NH, R111 represents a divalent organic group, R115 represents a tetravalent organic group, and R113 and R114 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.

式(2)中的A1 及A2 分別獨立地表示氧原子或NH,氧原子為較佳。 式(2)中的R111 表示2價有機基團。作為2價有機基團,可例示包含直鏈或支鏈的脂肪族基、環狀的脂肪族基及芳香族基之基團,碳數2~20的直鏈或支鏈的脂肪族基、碳數6~20的環狀的脂肪族基、碳數6~20的芳香族基或由該等組合構成之基團為較佳,包含碳數6~20的芳香族基之基團為更佳。作為本發明的特佳之實施形態,可例示係由-Ar-L-Ar-表示之基團的情況。其中,Ar分別獨立地為芳香族基,L係可以被氟原子取代之碳數1~10的脂肪族烴基、-O-、-CO-、-S-、-SO2 -或NHCO-、或者由上述之2個以上的組合構成之基團。該等較佳範圍如上所述。 A1 and A2 in formula (2) each independently represent an oxygen atom or NH, preferably an oxygen atom. R111 in formula (2) represents a divalent organic group. Examples of the divalent organic group include groups containing linear or branched aliphatic groups, cyclic aliphatic groups and aromatic groups, preferably linear or branched aliphatic groups with 2 to 20 carbon atoms, cyclic aliphatic groups with 6 to 20 carbon atoms, aromatic groups with 6 to 20 carbon atoms or groups composed of these groups, and more preferably groups containing aromatic groups with 6 to 20 carbon atoms. As a particularly preferred embodiment of the present invention, a group represented by -Ar-L-Ar- can be exemplified. Wherein, Ar is independently an aromatic group, L is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be substituted with fluorine atoms, -O-, -CO-, -S-, -SO 2 - or NHCO-, or a group consisting of a combination of two or more of the above. The preferred ranges are as described above.

R111 由二胺衍生為較佳。作為在聚醯亞胺前驅物的製造中使用之二胺,可舉出直鏈或支鏈的脂肪族、環狀脂肪族或芳香族二胺等。二胺可以僅使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。 具體而言,包含碳數2~20的直鏈或支鏈的脂肪族基、碳數6~20的環狀的脂肪族基、碳數6~20的芳香族基或由該等組合構成之基團之二胺為較佳,包含由碳數6~20的芳香族基構成之基團之二胺為更佳。作為芳香族基的例子,可舉出下述芳香族基。R 111 is preferably derived from a diamine. Examples of the diamine used in the preparation of the polyimide precursor include linear or branched aliphatic, cyclic aliphatic or aromatic diamines. Only one diamine may be used, or two or more diamines may be used. Specifically, a diamine containing a linear or branched aliphatic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a cyclic aliphatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, or a group consisting of a combination thereof is preferred, and a diamine containing a group consisting of an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferred. Examples of aromatic groups include the following aromatic groups.

[化學式2] 式中,A係單鍵或選自可以被氟原子取代之碳數1~10的脂肪族烴基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-、-SO2 -、NHCO-或該等的組合之基團為較佳,單鍵或選自可以被氟原子取代之碳數1~3的伸烷基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-或-SO2 -之基團為更佳,-CH2 -、-O-、-S-、-SO2 -、-C(CF32 -或-C(CH32 -為進一步較佳。 式中,*表示與其他結構的鍵結部位。[Chemical formula 2] In the formula, A is preferably a single bond or a group selected from aliphatic alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be substituted by fluorine atoms, -O-, -C(=O)-, -S-, -SO 2 -, NHCO-, or a combination thereof; more preferably a single bond or a group selected from alkylene groups having 1 to 3 carbon atoms which may be substituted by fluorine atoms, -O-, -C(=O)-, -S-, or -SO 2 -; and even more preferably -CH 2 -, -O-, -S-, -SO 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, or -C(CH 3 ) 2 -. In the formula, * indicates a bonding site with other structures.

作為二胺,具體而言可舉出選自1,2-二胺基乙烷、1,2-二胺基丙烷、1,3-二胺基丙烷、1,4-二胺基丁烷及1,6-二胺基己烷;1,2-二胺基環戊烷或1,3-二胺基環戊烷、1,2-二胺基環己烷、1,3-二胺基環己烷或1,4-二胺基環己烷、1,2-雙(胺基甲基)環己烷、1,3-雙(胺基甲基)環己烷或1,4-雙(胺基甲基)環己烷、雙-(4-胺基環己基)甲烷、雙-(3-胺基環己基)甲烷、4,4’-二胺基-3,3’-二甲基環己基甲烷及異佛爾酮二胺;間苯二胺或對苯二胺、二胺基甲苯、4,4’-二胺基聯苯或3,3’-二胺基聯苯、4,4’-二胺基二苯醚、3,3-二胺基二苯醚、4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷及3,3’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、4,4’-二胺基二苯基碸及3,3’-二胺基二苯基碸、4,4’-二胺基二苯硫醚及3,3’-二胺基二苯硫醚、4,4’-二胺基二苯甲酮或3,3’-二胺基二苯甲酮、3,3’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、2,2’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、3,3’-二甲氧基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、2,2-雙(4-胺基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(4-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、2,2-雙(3-羥基-4-胺基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(3-羥基-4-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)六氟丙烷、雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)碸、雙(4-胺基-3-羥基苯基)碸、4,4’-二胺基對聯三苯、4,4’-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)聯苯、雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]碸、雙[4-(3-胺基苯氧基)苯基]碸、雙[4-(2-胺基苯氧基)苯基]碸、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、9,10-雙(4-胺基苯基)蒽、3,3’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基二苯基碸、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、1,3-雙(3-胺基苯氧基)苯、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯基)苯、3,3’-二乙基-4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、3,3’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、4,4’-二胺基八氟聯苯、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、9,9-雙(4-胺基苯基)-10-氫蒽、3,3’,4,4’-四胺基聯苯、3,3’,4,4’-四胺基二苯醚、1,4-二胺基蒽醌、1,5-二胺基蒽醌、3,3-二羥基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、9,9’-雙(4-胺基苯基)茀、4,4’-二甲基-3,3’-二胺基二苯基碸、3,3’,5,5’-四甲基-4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、2,4-二胺基枯烯及2,5-二胺基枯烯、2,5-二甲基-對苯二胺、乙醯胍胺、2,3,5,6-四甲基-對苯二胺、2,4,6-三甲基-間苯二胺、雙(3-胺基丙基)四甲基二矽氧烷、2,7-二胺基茀、2,5-二胺基吡啶、1,2-雙(4-胺基苯基)乙烷、二胺基苯甲醯苯胺、二胺基苯甲酸的酯、1,5-二胺基萘、二胺基三氟甲苯、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯基)八氟丁烷、1,5-雙(4-胺基苯基)十氟戊烷、1,7-雙(4-胺基苯基)十四氟庚烷、2,2-雙[4-(3-胺基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(2-胺基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)-3,5-二甲基苯基]六氟丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)-3,5-雙(三氟甲基)苯基]六氟丙烷、對雙(4-胺基-2-三氟甲基苯氧基)苯、4,4’-雙(4-胺基-2-三氟甲基苯氧基)聯苯、4,4’-雙(4-胺基-3-三氟甲基苯氧基)聯苯、4,4’-雙(4-胺基-2-三氟甲基苯氧基)二苯基碸、4,4’-雙(3-胺基-5-三氟甲基苯氧基)二苯基碸、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基-3-三氟甲基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、3,3’,5,5’-四甲基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、4,4’-二胺基-2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)聯苯、2,2’,5,5’,6,6’-六氟聯甲苯胺及4,4’-二胺基四聯苯中之至少1種二胺。As the diamine, specifically, there can be mentioned 1,2-diaminoethane, 1,2-diaminopropane, 1,3-diaminopropane, 1,4-diaminobutane and 1,6-diaminohexane; 1,2-diaminocyclopentane or 1,3-diaminocyclopentane, 1,2-diaminocyclohexane, 1,3-diaminocyclohexane or 1,4-diaminocyclohexane, 1,2-bis(aminomethyl)cyclohexane, 1,3-bis(aminomethyl)cyclohexane or 1,4-bis(aminomethyl)cyclohexane, bis-(4-aminocyclohexyl)methane, bis-(3-aminocyclohexyl)methane, 4,4'-diamino-3,3'- Dimethylcyclohexylmethane and isophoronediamine; meta-phenylenediamine or para-phenylenediamine, diaminotoluene, 4,4'-diaminobiphenyl or 3,3'-diaminobiphenyl, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,3-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane and 3,3'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylsulfone and 3,3'-diaminodiphenylsulfone, 4,4'-diaminobenzophenone or 3,3'-diaminobenzophenone, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2' -Dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-dimethoxy-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2-bis(4-aminophenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(4-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis(3-hydroxy-4-aminophenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(3-hydroxy-4-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane, bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)sulfonate, bis(4-amino-3-hydroxyphenyl)sulfonate, 4,4'-diaminoterphenyl, 4, 4'-Bis(4-aminophenoxy)biphenyl, bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]sulfone, bis[4-(3-aminophenoxy)phenyl]sulfone, bis[4-(2-aminophenoxy)phenyl]sulfone, 1,4-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 9,10-bis(4-aminophenyl)anthracene, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylsulfone, 1,3-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 1,3-bis(3-aminophenoxy)benzene, 1,3-bis(4-aminophenyl)benzene, 3,3'-diethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4' -Diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'-diaminooctafluorobiphenyl, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 9,9-bis(4-aminophenyl)-10-hydroanthracene, 3,3',4,4'-tetraaminobiphenyl, 3,3',4,4'-tetraaminodiphenyl ether, 1,4-diaminoanthraquinone, 1,5-diaminoanthraquinone, 3,3-dihydroxy-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 9,9'-bis(4-aminophenyl)fluorene, 4,4'-dimethyl-3,3'-diaminodiphenylsulfone, 3,3', 5,5'-Tetramethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 2,4-diaminocumene and 2,5-diaminocumene, 2,5-dimethyl-p-phenylenediamine, acetoguanamine, 2,3,5,6-tetramethyl-p-phenylenediamine, 2,4,6-trimethyl-m-phenylenediamine, bis(3-aminopropyl)tetramethyldisiloxane, 2,7-diaminofluorene, 2,5-diaminopyridine, 1,2-bis(4-aminophenyl)ethane, diaminobenzanilide, esters of diaminobenzoic acid, 1,5-diaminonaphthalene, diaminotrifluorotoluene, 1,3-bis(4-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, 1,4-bis(4-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane 1,5-Bis(4-aminophenyl)decafluoropentane, 1,7-Bis(4-aminophenyl)tetradecafluoroheptane, 2,2-Bis[4-(3-aminophenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 2,2-Bis[4-(2-aminophenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 2,2-Bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)-3,5-dimethylphenyl]hexafluoropropane, 2,2-Bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)-3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, p-Bis(4-amino-2-trifluoromethylphenoxy)benzene, 4,4'-Bis(4-amino-2-trifluoromethylphenoxy) At least one of the following diamines: 4,4’-bis(4-amino-3-trifluoromethylphenoxy)biphenyl, 4,4’-bis(4-amino-2-trifluoromethylphenoxy)diphenylsulfone, 4,4’-bis(3-amino-5-trifluoromethylphenoxy)diphenylsulfone, 2,2-bis[4-(4-amino-3-trifluoromethylphenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 3,3’,5,5’-tetramethyl-4,4’-diaminobiphenyl, 4,4’-diamino-2,2’-bis(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl, 2,2’,5,5’,6,6’-hexafluorotoluidine and 4,4’-diaminoquaternaryl.

又,國際公開第2017/038598號的0030~0031段中記載之二胺(DA-1)~(DA-18)亦較佳。Furthermore, diamines (DA-1) to (DA-18) described in paragraphs 0030 to 0031 of International Publication No. 2017/038598 are also preferred.

又,亦可較佳地使用國際公開第2017/038598號的0032~0034段中記載之在主鏈上具有2個以上的伸烷基二醇單元之二胺。Furthermore, diamines having two or more alkylene glycol units in the main chain described in paragraphs 0032 to 0034 of International Publication No. 2017/038598 can also be preferably used.

從所獲得之有機膜的柔軟性的觀點考慮,R111 由-Ar-L-Ar-表示為較佳。其中,Ar分別獨立地為芳香族基,L係可以被氟原子取代之碳數1~10的脂肪族烴基、-O-、-CO-、-S-、-SO2 -或NHCO-、或者由上述之2個以上的組合構成之基團。Ar係伸苯基為較佳,L係可以被氟原子取代之碳數1或2的脂肪族烴基、-O-、-CO-、-S-或SO2 -為較佳。此處的脂肪族烴基係伸烷基為較佳。From the viewpoint of the flexibility of the obtained organic film, R 111 is preferably represented by -Ar-L-Ar-. Here, Ar is independently an aromatic group, and L is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be substituted by a fluorine atom, -O-, -CO-, -S-, -SO 2 - or NHCO-, or a group consisting of a combination of two or more of the foregoing. Ar is preferably a phenylene group, and L is preferably an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 or 2 carbon atoms which may be substituted by a fluorine atom, -O-, -CO-, -S- or SO 2 -. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group here is preferably an alkylene group.

從i射線透射率的觀點考慮,R111 係由下述式(51)或式(61)表示之2價有機基團為較佳。尤其,從i射線透射率、易獲得的觀點考慮,由式(61)表示之2價有機基團為更佳。 式(51) [化學式3] 在式(51)中,R50 ~R57 分別獨立地為氫原子、氟原子或1價有機基團,R50 ~R57 中的至少1個為氟原子、甲基或三氟甲基。 作為R50 ~R57 的1價有機基團,可舉出碳數1~10(較佳為碳數1~6)的未經取代的烷基、碳數1~10(較佳為碳數1~6)的氟化烷基等。 [化學式4-1] 在式(61)中,R58 及R59 分別獨立地為氟原子或三氟甲基。 作為賦予式(51)或(61)的結構之二胺化合物,可舉出2,2'-二甲對聯苯胺、2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、2,2’-雙(氟)-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、4,4’-二胺基八氟聯苯等。該等可以使用1種或組合使用2種以上。 又,亦能夠較佳地使用以下二胺。 [化學式4-2] From the viewpoint of i-ray transmittance, R 111 is preferably a divalent organic group represented by the following formula (51) or formula (61). In particular, from the viewpoint of i-ray transmittance and availability, a divalent organic group represented by formula (61) is more preferred. Formula (51) [Chemical Formula 3] In formula (51), R 50 to R 57 are independently a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom or a monovalent organic group, and at least one of R 50 to R 57 is a fluorine atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group. Examples of the monovalent organic group of R 50 to R 57 include an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a fluorinated alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms), and the like. [Chemical Formula 4-1] In formula (61), R 58 and R 59 are independently fluorine atoms or trifluoromethyl groups. Examples of diamine compounds that impart the structure of formula (51) or (61) include 2,2'-dimethylbenzidine, 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2'-bis(fluoro)-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, and 4,4'-diaminooctafluorobiphenyl. These compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The following diamines may also be preferably used. [Chemical Formula 4-2]

式(2)中的R115 表示4價有機基團。作為4價有機基團,包含芳香環之4價有機基團為較佳,由下述式(5)或式(6)表示之基團為更佳。式(5) [化學式5] 在式(5)中,R112 表示單鍵或可以被氟原子取代之碳數1~10的脂肪族烴基、-O-、-CO-、-S-、-SO2 -及NHCO-、以及選自該等的組合之基團為較佳,單鍵或選自可以被氟原子取代之碳數1~3的伸烷基、-O-、-CO-、-S-及SO2 -中之基團為更佳,選自包括-CH2 -、-C(CF32 -、-C(CH32 -、-O-、-CO-、-S-及SO2 -之群組中之2價基團為進一步較佳。R 115 in formula (2) represents a tetravalent organic group. As the tetravalent organic group, a tetravalent organic group containing an aromatic ring is preferred, and a group represented by the following formula (5) or formula (6) is more preferred. Formula (5) [Chemical Formula 5] In formula (5), R 112 preferably represents a single bond or an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be substituted by a fluorine atom, -O-, -CO-, -S-, -SO 2 - and NHCO-, and a group selected from the combination thereof; more preferably, it represents a single bond or a group selected from an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms which may be substituted by a fluorine atom, -O-, -CO-, -S- and SO 2 -; and even more preferably, it represents a divalent group selected from the group consisting of -CH 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, -O-, -CO-, -S- and SO 2 -.

式(6) [化學式6] Formula (6) [Chemical formula 6]

具體而言,R115 可舉出從四羧酸二酐去除酸酐基之後殘留之四羧酸殘基等。四羧酸二酐可以僅使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。 四羧酸二酐由下述式(O)表示為較佳。 式(O) [化學式7] 在式(O)中,R115 表示4價有機基團。R115 的較佳範圍的含義與式(2)中的R115 相同,較佳範圍亦相同。Specifically, R 115 includes a tetracarboxylic acid residue remaining after removing the anhydride group from tetracarboxylic dianhydride. Only one type of tetracarboxylic dianhydride may be used, or two or more types may be used. The tetracarboxylic dianhydride is preferably represented by the following formula (O). Formula (O) [Chemical Formula 7] In formula (O), R 115 represents a tetravalent organic group. The preferred range of R 115 has the same meaning as that of R 115 in formula (2), and the preferred range is also the same.

作為四羧酸二酐的具體例,可舉出均苯四甲酸二酐(PMDA)、3,3’,4,4’-聯苯四羧酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-二苯硫醚四羧酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-二苯基碸四羧酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-二苯甲酮四羧酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-二苯基甲烷四羧酸二酐、2,2’,3,3’-二苯基甲烷四羧酸二酐、2,3,3’,4’-聯苯四羧酸二酐、2,3,3’,4’-二苯甲酮四羧酸二酐、4,4’-氧代二鄰苯二甲酸二酐、2,3,6,7-萘四羧酸二酐、1,4,5,7-萘四羧酸二酐、2,2-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)丙烷二酐、2,2-雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)丙烷二酐、2,2-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)六氟丙烷二酐、1,3-二苯基六氟丙烷-3,3,4,4-四羧酸二酐、1,4,5,6-萘四羧酸二酐、2,2’,3,3’-二苯基四羧酸二酐、3,4,9,10-苝四羧酸二酐、1,2,4,5-萘四羧酸二酐、1,4,5,8-萘四羧酸二酐、1,8,9,10-菲四羧酸二酐、1,1-雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)乙烷二酐、1,1-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)乙烷二酐、1,2,3,4-苯四羧酸二酐及該等碳數1~6的烷基及碳數1~6的烷氧基衍生物。Specific examples of tetracarboxylic dianhydrides include pyromellitic dianhydride (PMDA), 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-diphenyl sulfide tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-diphenylsulfone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-diphenylmethane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2',3,3'-diphenylmethane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,3',4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,3',4'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 4,4'-oxydiphthalic dianhydride, 2,3,6,7-naphthalene tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,4,5,7-naphthalene tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)propane 2,2-bis(2,3-dicarboxyphenyl)propane dianhydride, 2,2-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane dianhydride, 1,3-diphenylhexafluoropropane-3,3,4,4-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,4,5,6-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2',3,3'-diphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,4,9,10-perylenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2,4,5-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,4,5,8-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,8,9,10-phenanthrenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,1-bis(2,3-dicarboxyphenyl)ethane dianhydride, 1,1-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)ethane dianhydride, 1,2,3,4-benzenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, and C1-6 alkyl and C1-6 alkoxy derivatives thereof.

又,作為較佳例,亦可舉出國際公開第2017/038598號的0038段中記載之四羧酸二酐(DAA-1)~(DAA-5)。Moreover, as a more preferred example, tetracarboxylic dianhydride (DAA-1) to (DAA-5) described in paragraph 0038 of International Publication No. 2017/038598 can also be cited.

R111 和R115 中的至少1個具有OH基亦較佳。更具體而言,作為R111 ,可舉出雙胺基苯酚衍生物的殘基。It is also preferred that at least one of R 111 and R 115 has an OH group. More specifically, R 111 includes a residual group of a diaminophenol derivative.

R113 及R114 分別獨立地表示氫原子或1價有機基團,R113 及R114 中的至少1個包含聚合性基團為較佳,兩者均包含聚合性基團為更佳。作為聚合性基團,係能夠藉由熱、自由基等作用進行交聯反應之基團,係自由基聚合性基團為較佳。作為聚合性基團的具體例,可舉出具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團、烷氧基甲基、羥基甲基、醯氧基甲基、環氧基、氧雜環丁基、苯并㗁唑基、嵌段異氰酸酯基、羥甲基、胺基。作為聚醯亞胺前驅物等所具有之自由基聚合性基團,具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團為較佳。 作為具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團,可舉出乙烯基、(甲基)烯丙基、由下述式(III)表示之基團等,由下述式(III)表示之基團為較佳。R 113 and R 114 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. It is preferred that at least one of R 113 and R 114 contains a polymerizable group, and it is more preferred that both contain a polymerizable group. The polymerizable group is a group that can undergo a crosslinking reaction by the action of heat, free radicals, etc., and a free radical polymerizable group is preferred. Specific examples of the polymerizable group include a group having an ethylenic unsaturated bond, an alkoxymethyl group, a hydroxymethyl group, an acyloxymethyl group, an epoxy group, an oxadiazole group, a blocked isocyanate group, a hydroxymethyl group, and an amino group. As the free radical polymerizable group possessed by a polyimide precursor, a group having an ethylenic unsaturated bond is preferred. Examples of the group having an ethylenic unsaturated bond include a vinyl group, a (meth)allyl group, and a group represented by the following formula (III). The group represented by the following formula (III) is preferred.

[化學式8] [Chemical formula 8]

在式(III)中,R200 表示氫原子或甲基,氫原子為較佳。 在式(III)中,R201 表示碳數2~12的伸烷基、-CH2 CH(OH)CH2 -或聚伸烷氧基。 關於較佳之R201 的例子,可舉出伸乙基、伸丙基、三亞甲基、四亞甲基、1,2-丁二基、1,3-丁二基、五亞甲基、六亞甲基、八亞甲基、十二亞甲基、-CH2 CH(OH)CH2 -、聚伸烷氧基,伸乙基、伸丙基、三亞甲基、-CH2 CH(OH)CH2 -、聚伸烷氧基為更佳,從在有機膜中容易滿足式(2)的觀點考慮,聚伸烷氧基為進一步較佳。 在本發明中,聚伸烷氧基係指伸烷氧基直接鍵結2個以上之基團。聚伸烷氧基中包含之複數個伸烷氧基的伸烷基分別可以相同或不同。 聚伸烷氧基包含伸烷基不同的複數種伸烷氧基時,聚伸烷氧基中的伸烷氧基的排列可以為隨機排列,可以為具有嵌段之排列,亦可以為具有交替等圖案之排列。 上述伸烷基的碳數(伸烷基具有取代基時,包括取代基的碳數)為2以上為較佳,2~10為更佳,2~6為更佳,2~5為進一步較佳,2~4為更進一步較佳,2或3為特佳,2為最佳。 又,上述伸烷基可以具有取代基。作為較佳之取代基,可舉出烷基、芳基、鹵素原子等。 又,聚伸烷氧基中包含之伸烷氧基的數量(聚伸烷氧基的重複數)係2~20為較佳,2~10為更佳,2~6為進一步較佳。 作為聚伸烷氧基,從溶劑溶解性及耐溶劑性的觀點考慮,聚乙烯氧基、聚伸丙氧基、聚三亞甲氧基、聚四亞甲氧基或複數個乙烯氧基與複數個伸丙氧基鍵結之基團為較佳,聚乙烯氧基或聚伸丙氧基為更佳,聚乙烯氧基為進一步較佳。在上述複數個乙烯氧基與複數個伸丙氧基鍵結之基團中,乙烯氧基和伸丙氧基可無規排列,可以形成嵌段來排列,亦可以排列成交替等圖案狀。該等基團中的伸乙氧基等的重複數的較佳態樣如上所述。In formula (III), R 200 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, preferably a hydrogen atom. In formula (III), R 201 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, -CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2 -, or a polyalkylene group. Preferred examples of R 201 include an ethylene group, a propylene group, a trimethylene group, a tetramethylene group, a 1,2-butanediyl group, a 1,3-butanediyl group, a pentamethylene group, a hexamethylene group, an octamethylene group, a dodecamethylene group, -CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2 -, and a polyalkylene group. An ethylene group, a propylene group, a trimethylene group, -CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2 -, and a polyalkylene group are more preferred. From the viewpoint of easily satisfying formula (2) in an organic film, a polyalkylene group is further preferred. In the present invention, a polyalkoxyl group refers to an alkoxyl group directly bonded to two or more groups. The alkylene groups of the multiple alkoxyl groups contained in the polyalkoxyl group may be the same or different. When the polyalkoxyl group contains multiple alkoxyl groups with different alkylene groups, the arrangement of the alkoxyl groups in the polyalkoxyl group may be a random arrangement, an arrangement with blocks, or an arrangement with alternating patterns. The carbon number of the above-mentioned alkylene group (including the carbon number of the substituent when the alkylene group has a substituent) is preferably 2 or more, 2 to 10 is more preferred, 2 to 6 is more preferred, 2 to 5 is further preferred, 2 to 4 is further preferred, 2 or 3 is particularly preferred, and 2 is the best. In addition, the above-mentioned alkylene group may have a substituent. As preferred substituents, alkyl groups, aryl groups, halogen atoms, etc. can be cited. Furthermore, the number of alkoxy groups contained in the polyalkoxy group (the number of repetitions of the polyalkoxy group) is preferably 2 to 20, more preferably 2 to 10, and further preferably 2 to 6. As the polyalkoxy group, from the viewpoint of solvent solubility and solvent resistance, polyethyleneoxy, polypropoxy, polytrimethyleneoxy, polytetramethyleneoxy or a group in which a plurality of ethyleneoxy groups are bonded to a plurality of propoxy groups is preferred, polyethyleneoxy or polypropoxy is more preferred, and polyethyleneoxy is further preferred. In the group in which a plurality of ethyleneoxy groups are bonded to a plurality of propoxy groups, the ethyleneoxy and propoxy groups may be arranged randomly, may be arranged in blocks, or may be arranged in alternating patterns. The preferred aspects of the number of repetitions of ethoxy groups and the like in these groups are as described above.

R113 及R114 分別獨立地為氫原子或1價有機基團。作為1價有機基團,可舉出對構成芳基之1個、2個或3個(較佳為1個)碳鍵結有酸基之芳香族基及芳烷基等。具體而言,可舉出具有酸基之碳數6~20的芳香族基、具有酸基之碳數7~25的芳烷基。更具體而言,可舉出具有酸基之苯基及具有酸基之苄基。酸基係OH基為較佳。 R113 或R114 係氫原子、2-羥基苄基、3-羥基苄基及4-羥基苄基亦較佳。R 113 and R 114 are independently a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. As the monovalent organic group, there can be mentioned an aromatic group and an aralkyl group having an acid group bonded to one, two or three (preferably one) carbon atoms constituting the aromatic group. Specifically, there can be mentioned an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms and an aralkyl group having 7 to 25 carbon atoms. More specifically, there can be mentioned a phenyl group having an acid group and a benzyl group having an acid group. The acid group is preferably an OH group. It is also preferred that R 113 or R 114 is a hydrogen atom, a 2-hydroxybenzyl group, a 3-hydroxybenzyl group, and a 4-hydroxybenzyl group.

從在有機溶劑中的溶解度的觀點考慮,R113 或R114 係1價有機基團為較佳。作為1價有機基團,包含直鏈或支鏈的烷基、環狀烷基、芳香族基為較佳,被芳香族基取代之烷基為更佳。 烷基的碳數為1~30為較佳。烷基可以為直鏈、支鏈、環狀中的任一個。作為直鏈或支鏈的烷基,例如,可舉出甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、十二烷基、十四烷基、十八烷基、異丙基、異丁基、二級丁基、三級丁基、1-乙基戊基、2-乙基己基、2-(2-(2-甲氧基乙氧基)乙氧基)乙氧基、2-(2-(2-乙氧基乙氧基)乙氧基)乙氧基、2-(2-(2-(2-甲氧基乙氧基)乙氧基)乙氧基)乙氧基及2-(2-(2-(2-乙氧基乙氧基)乙氧基)乙氧基)乙氧基。環狀烷基可以為單環的環狀烷基,亦可以為多環的環狀烷基。作為單環的環狀的烷基,例如,可舉出環丙基、環丁基、環戊基、環己基、環庚基及環辛基。作為多環的環狀的烷基,例如,可舉出金剛烷基、降莰基、莰基、莰烯基(camphenyl)、十氫萘基、三環癸烷基、四環癸烷基、莰二醯基、二環己基及蒎烯基(pinenyl)。其中,從兼顧高靈敏度化的觀點考慮,環己基為最佳。又,作為被芳香族基取代之烷基,被後述芳香族基取代之直鏈烷基為較佳。 作為芳香族基,具體而言為經取代或未經取代的苯環、萘環、戊搭烯環、茚環、薁環、庚搭烯環、茚烯環、苝環、稠五苯環、苊烯環、菲環、蒽環、稠四苯環、䓛環、三伸苯環、茀環、聯苯環、吡咯環、呋喃環、噻吩環、咪唑環、㗁唑環、噻唑環、吡啶環、吡𠯤環、嘧啶環、嗒𠯤環、 吲口巾環、吲哚環、苯并呋喃環、苯并噻吩環、異苯并呋喃環、喹口巾環、喹啉環、呔𠯤環、萘啶環、喹㗁啉環、喹唑啉環、異喹啉環、咔唑環、啡啶環、吖啶環、啡啉環、噻蒽環、色烯環、𠮿口星環、啡㗁噻環、啡噻𠯤環或啡𠯤環。苯環為最佳。From the viewpoint of solubility in an organic solvent, R 113 or R 114 is preferably a monovalent organic group. As the monovalent organic group, a linear or branched alkyl group, a cyclic alkyl group, or an aromatic group is preferred, and an alkyl group substituted with an aromatic group is more preferred. The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 30 carbon atoms. The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. As the linear or branched alkyl group, for example, there can be mentioned a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a heptyl group, an octyl group, a nonyl group, a decyl group, a dodecyl group, a tetradecyl group, an octadecyl group, an isopropyl group, an isobutyl group, a dibutyl group, a tertiary butyl group, a 1-ethylpentyl group, a 2-ethylhexyl group, a 2-(2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy group, a 2-(2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy group, and a 2-(2-(2-(2-ethoxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy group. The cyclic alkyl group may be a monocyclic cyclic alkyl group or a polycyclic cyclic alkyl group. Examples of monocyclic cyclic alkyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl. Examples of polycyclic cyclic alkyl groups include adamantyl, norbornyl, bornyl, camphenyl, decahydronaphthyl, tricyclodecanyl, tetracyclodecanyl, bornadiyl, bicyclohexyl, and pinenyl. Among them, cyclohexyl is the most preferred from the viewpoint of high sensitivity. Furthermore, as the alkyl group substituted with an aromatic group, a linear alkyl group substituted with an aromatic group described below is preferred. The aromatic group specifically includes a substituted or unsubstituted benzene ring, a naphthyl ring, a pentylene ring, an indene ring, an azulene ring, a heptylene ring, an indenene ring, a perylene ring, a fused pentaphenyl ring, an acenaphthene ring, a phenanthrene ring, an anthracene ring, a fused tetraphenyl ring, a chrysene ring, a triphenylene ring, a fluorene ring, a biphenyl ring, a pyrrole ring, a furan ring, a thiophene ring, an imidazole ring, an oxadiazole ring, a thiazole ring, a pyridine ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyrimidine ring, Indole ring, indole ring, benzofuran ring, benzothiophene ring, isobenzofuran ring, quinoline ring, quinolone ring, naphthyl ring, naphthyridine ring, quinoline ring, quinazoline ring, isoquinoline ring, carbazole ring, phenanthridine ring, acridine ring, phenanthroline ring, thianthrene ring, chromene ring, phenanthroline ring, phenanthrene ring, phenanthrene ring, phenanthrene ring, phenanthrene ring or phenanthrene ring. Benzene ring is the most preferred.

在式(2)中,在R113 係氫原子的情況或R114 係氫原子的情況下,聚醯亞胺前驅物可以與具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之三級胺化合物形成共軛鹽。作為具有該種乙烯性不飽和鍵之三級胺化合物的例子,可舉出N,N-二甲基胺丙基甲基丙烯酸酯。In formula (2), when R 113 is a hydrogen atom or when R 114 is a hydrogen atom, the polyimide precursor can form a conjugate salt with a tertiary amine compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond. An example of a tertiary amine compound having such an ethylenically unsaturated bond is N,N-dimethylaminopropyl methacrylate.

R113 及R114 中的至少1個可以為酸分解性基等極性轉換基。作為酸分解性基,只要藉由酸的作用分解並產生酚性羥基、羧基等鹼可溶性基,則並沒有特別限定,縮醛基、縮酮基、矽基、矽基醚基、三級烷基酯基等為較佳,從曝光靈敏度的觀點考慮,縮醛基為更佳。 作為酸分解性基的具體例,可舉出三級丁氧基羰基、異丙氧基羰基、四氫吡喃基、四氫呋喃基、乙氧基乙基、甲氧基乙基、乙氧基甲基、三甲基矽基、三級丁氧基羰基甲基、三甲基矽基醚基等。從曝光靈敏度的觀點考慮,乙氧基乙基或四氫呋喃基為較佳。At least one of R113 and R114 may be a polar conversion group such as an acid-decomposable group. The acid-decomposable group is not particularly limited as long as it is decomposed by the action of an acid to generate an alkali-soluble group such as a phenolic hydroxyl group or a carboxyl group. An acetal group, a ketal group, a silyl group, a silyl ether group, a tertiary alkyl ester group, and the like are preferred. From the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity, an acetal group is more preferred. Specific examples of the acid-decomposable group include a tertiary butoxycarbonyl group, an isopropoxycarbonyl group, a tetrahydropyranyl group, a tetrahydrofuranyl group, an ethoxyethyl group, a methoxyethyl group, an ethoxymethyl group, a trimethylsilyl group, a tertiary butoxycarbonylmethyl group, and a trimethylsilyl ether group. From the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity, ethoxyethyl or tetrahydrofuranyl is preferred.

又,聚醯亞胺前驅物在結構單元中具有氟原子亦較佳。聚醯亞胺前驅物中的氟原子含量為10質量%以上為較佳,又,20質量%以下為較佳。Furthermore, the polyimide precursor preferably has fluorine atoms in the structural unit. The fluorine atom content in the polyimide precursor is preferably 10 mass % or more, and more preferably 20 mass % or less.

又,以提高與基板的密接性為目的,聚醯亞胺前驅物可以與具有矽氧烷結構之脂肪族基共聚。具體而言,作為二胺成分,可舉出雙(3-胺基丙基)四甲基二矽氧烷、雙(對胺基苯基)八甲基五矽氧烷等。In order to improve the adhesion to the substrate, the polyimide precursor may be copolymerized with an aliphatic group having a siloxane structure. Specifically, as the diamine component, bis(3-aminopropyl)tetramethyldisiloxane, bis(p-aminophenyl)octamethylpentasiloxane, etc. may be mentioned.

由式(2)表示之重複單元係由式(2-A)表示之重複單元為較佳。亦即,在本發明中使用之聚醯亞胺前驅物等中的至少1種為具有由式(2-A)表示之重複單元之前驅物為較佳。藉由設為該種結構,能夠進一步擴大曝光寬容度的幅度。 式(2-A) [化學式9] 在式(2-A)中,A1 及A2 表示氧原子,R111 及R112 分別獨立地表示2價有機基團,R113 及R114 分別獨立地表示氫原子或1價有機基團,R113 及R114 中的至少1個為包含聚合性基團之基團,兩者均為聚合性基團為較佳。The repeating unit represented by formula (2) is preferably a repeating unit represented by formula (2-A). That is, at least one of the polyimide precursors used in the present invention is preferably a precursor having a repeating unit represented by formula (2-A). By setting such a structure, the exposure tolerance can be further expanded. Formula (2-A) [Chemical Formula 9] In formula (2-A), A1 and A2 represent oxygen atoms, R111 and R112 each independently represent a divalent organic group, R113 and R114 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, at least one of R113 and R114 is a group containing a polymerizable group, and preferably both are polymerizable groups.

A1 、A2 、R111 、R113 及R114 的含義分別獨立地與式(2)中的A1 、A2 、R111 、R113 及R114 相同,較佳範圍亦相同。 R112 的含義與式(5)中的R112 相同,較佳範圍亦相同。A 1 , A 2 , R 111 , R 113 and R 114 have the same meanings as A 1 , A 2 , R 111 , R 113 and R 114 in formula (2), respectively, and their preferred ranges are also the same. R 112 has the same meaning as R 112 in formula (5), and its preferred range is also the same.

聚醯亞胺前驅物可以包含1種由式(2)表示之重複結構單元,亦可以包含2種以上。又,可以包含由式(2)表示之重複單元的結構異構物。又,除上述式(2)的重複單元以外,聚醯亞胺前驅物顯然可以包含其他種類的重複結構單元。The polyimide precursor may contain one or more repeating units represented by formula (2). Furthermore, the polyimide precursor may contain structural isomers of the repeating units represented by formula (2). In addition to the repeating units of formula (2), the polyimide precursor may contain other types of repeating units.

作為本發明的聚醯亞胺前驅物的一實施形態,可例示總重複單元的50莫耳%以上,進而為70莫耳%以上,尤其90莫耳%以上為由式(2)表示之重複單元之聚醯亞胺前驅物。As an embodiment of the polyimide precursor of the present invention, 50 mol% or more, further 70 mol% or more, and particularly 90 mol% or more of the total repeating units are repeating units represented by formula (2).

聚醯亞胺前驅物的重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為18,000~30,000,更佳為20,000~27,000,進一步較佳為22,000~25,000。又,數量平均分子量(Mn)較佳為7,200~14,000,更佳為8,000~12,000,進一步較佳為9,200~11,200。 上述聚醯亞胺前驅物的分子量的分散度為2.5以上為較佳,2.7以上為更佳,2.8以上為進一步較佳。聚醯亞胺前驅物的分子量的分散度的上限值並沒有特別限定,例如,4.5以下為較佳,4.0以下為更佳,3.8以下為進一步較佳,3.2以下為進一步較佳,3.1以下為更進一步較佳,3.0以下為再進一步較佳,2.95以下為特佳。 在本說明書中,分子量的分散度係藉由重量平均分子量/數量平均分子量算出之值。The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polyimide precursor is preferably 18,000 to 30,000, more preferably 20,000 to 27,000, and further preferably 22,000 to 25,000. Moreover, the number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably 7,200 to 14,000, more preferably 8,000 to 12,000, and further preferably 9,200 to 11,200. The molecular weight dispersion of the polyimide precursor is preferably 2.5 or more, more preferably 2.7 or more, and further preferably 2.8 or more. The upper limit of the molecular weight dispersion of the polyimide precursor is not particularly limited. For example, 4.5 or less is preferred, 4.0 or less is more preferred, 3.8 or less is further preferred, 3.2 or less is further preferred, 3.1 or less is further preferred, 3.0 or less is further preferred, and 2.95 or less is particularly preferred. In this specification, the molecular weight dispersion is a value calculated by weight average molecular weight/number average molecular weight.

〔聚醯亞胺〕 用於本發明之聚醯亞胺可以為鹼可溶性聚醯亞胺,亦可以為可溶於以有機溶劑為主成分之顯影液之聚醯亞胺。 在本說明書中,鹼可溶性聚醯亞胺表示在100g的2.38質量%四甲基銨水溶液中,在23℃下溶解0.1g以上的聚醯亞胺,從圖案形成性的觀點考慮,溶解0.5g以上的聚醯亞胺為較佳,溶解1.0g以上的聚醯亞胺為進一步較佳。上述溶解量的上限並沒有特別限定,100g以下為較佳。 又,從所獲得之有機膜的膜強度及絕緣性的觀點考慮,聚醯亞胺係在主鏈具有複數個醯亞胺結構之聚醯亞胺為較佳。 在本說明書中,“主鏈”表示在構成樹脂之高分子化合物的分子中相對最長的鍵結鏈,“側鏈”表示除其以外的鍵結鏈。[Polyimide] The polyimide used in the present invention may be an alkali-soluble polyimide or a polyimide soluble in a developer having an organic solvent as a main component. In this specification, an alkali-soluble polyimide means that in 100 g of a 2.38 mass % tetramethylammonium aqueous solution, 0.1 g or more of the polyimide is dissolved at 23°C. From the viewpoint of pattern formation, it is preferred to dissolve 0.5 g or more of the polyimide, and it is further preferred to dissolve 1.0 g or more of the polyimide. The upper limit of the above-mentioned dissolution amount is not particularly limited, and 100 g or less is preferred. In addition, from the perspective of the membrane strength and insulation of the obtained organic membrane, polyimide having multiple imide structures in the main chain is preferred. In this specification, "main chain" means the longest bond in the molecule of the polymer compound constituting the resin, and "side chain" means the other bonds.

-氟原子- 從所獲得之有機膜的膜強度的觀點考慮,聚醯亞胺具有氟原子為較佳。 氟原子例如包含在後述之由式(4)表示之重複單元中的R132 或後述之由式(4)表示之重複單元中的R131 中為較佳,作為氟化烷基包含在後述之由式(4)表示之重複單元中的R132 或後述之由式(4)表示之重複單元中的R131 為更佳。 相對於聚醯亞胺的總質量之氟原子的量為1~50mol/g為較佳,5~30mol/g為更佳。-Fluorine atom- From the viewpoint of the film strength of the obtained organic film, the polyimide preferably has fluorine atoms. The fluorine atom is preferably contained in R132 in the repeating unit represented by formula (4) described later or R131 in the repeating unit represented by formula (4) described later, and is more preferably contained in R132 in the repeating unit represented by formula (4) described later or R131 in the repeating unit represented by formula (4) described later as a fluorinated alkyl group. The amount of fluorine atoms relative to the total mass of the polyimide is preferably 1 to 50 mol/g, more preferably 5 to 30 mol/g.

-矽原子- 從所獲得之有機膜的膜強度的觀點考慮,聚醯亞胺具有矽原子為較佳。 矽原子例如包含在後述之由式(4)表示之重複單元中的R131 為較佳,作為後述之有機改質(聚)矽氧烷結構包含在後述之由式(4)表示之重複單元中的R131 為更佳。 又,上述矽原子或上述有機改質(聚)矽氧烷結構可以包含在聚醯亞胺的側鏈,但包含在聚醯亞胺的主鏈為較佳。 相對於聚醯亞胺的總質量之矽原子的量為0.01~5mol/g為較佳,0.05~1mol/g為更佳。-Silicon Atoms- From the viewpoint of the film strength of the obtained organic film, it is preferable that the polyimide has silicon atoms. The silicon atom is preferably contained in, for example, R 131 in the repeating unit represented by formula (4) described later, and it is more preferable that R 131 is contained in the repeating unit represented by formula (4) described later as an organic modified (poly)siloxane structure described later. In addition, the above silicon atom or the above organic modified (poly)siloxane structure may be contained in the side chain of the polyimide, but it is preferably contained in the main chain of the polyimide. The amount of silicon atoms relative to the total mass of the polyimide is preferably 0.01 to 5 mol/g, and more preferably 0.05 to 1 mol/g.

-乙烯性不飽和鍵- 從所獲得之有機膜的膜強度的觀點考慮,聚醯亞胺具有乙烯性不飽和鍵為較佳。 聚醯亞胺可以在主鏈末端具有乙烯性不飽和鍵,亦可以在側鏈具有乙烯性不飽和鍵,在側鏈具有為較佳。 上述乙烯性不飽和鍵具有自由基聚合性為較佳。 乙烯性不飽和鍵包含在後述之由式(4)表示之重複單元中的R132 或後述之由式(4)表示之重複單元中的R131 為較佳,作為具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團包含在後述之由式(4)表示之重複單元中的R132 或後述之由式(4)表示之重複單元中的R131 為更佳。 該等之中,乙烯性不飽和鍵包含在後述之由式(4)表示之重複單元中的R131 為較佳,作為具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團包含在後述之由式(4)表示之重複單元中的R131 為更佳。 作為具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團,可舉出乙烯基、烯丙基、乙烯基苯基等具有直接鍵結於芳香環之可以被取代的乙烯基之基團、(甲基)丙烯醯胺基、(甲基)丙烯醯氧基、由下述式(IV)表示之基團等。- Ethylenically unsaturated bonds - From the viewpoint of the membrane strength of the obtained organic membrane, it is preferable that the polyimide has ethylenically unsaturated bonds. The polyimide may have ethylenically unsaturated bonds at the ends of the main chain or in the side chains, preferably in the side chains. The above-mentioned ethylenically unsaturated bonds are preferably free radical polymerizable. R132 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (4) described later or R131 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (4) described later having an ethylenic unsaturated bond is preferred, and R132 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (4) described later or R131 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (4) described later as a group having an ethylenic unsaturated bond is more preferred. Among them, R131 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (4) described later having an ethylenic unsaturated bond is preferred, and R131 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (4) described later as a group having an ethylenic unsaturated bond is more preferred. Examples of the group having an ethylenic unsaturated bond include a group having an optionally substituted vinyl group directly bonded to an aromatic ring such as a vinyl group, an allyl group, and a vinylphenyl group, a (meth)acrylamide group, a (meth)acryloxy group, and a group represented by the following formula (IV).

[化學式10] [Chemical formula 10]

在式(IV)中,R20 表示氫原子或甲基,甲基為較佳。In formula (IV), R 20 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, preferably a methyl group.

在式(IV)中,R21 表示碳數2~12的伸烷基、-O-CH2 CH(OH)CH2 -、-C(=O)O-、-O(C=O)NH-、碳數2~30的(聚)伸烷氧基(伸烷基的碳數為2~12為較佳,2~6為更佳,2或3為特佳;重複數為1~12為較佳,1~6為更佳,1~3為特佳)或將該等組合2個以上而成之基團。In formula (IV), R21 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, -O- CH2CH (OH) CH2- , -C(=O)O-, -O(C=O)NH-, a (poly)alkyleneoxy group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms (the alkylene group preferably has 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 2 or 3 carbon atoms; the number of carbon atoms repeated is preferably 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms), or a group consisting of two or more of the above groups.

該等之中,R21 係由下述式(R1)~式(R3)中的任一個表示之基團為較佳,由式(R1)表示之基團為更佳。 [化學式11] 在式(R1)~(R3)中,L表示單鍵或碳數2~12的伸烷基、碳數2~30的(聚)伸烷氧基或將該等鍵結2個以上而成之基團,X表示氧原子或硫原子,*表示與其他結構的鍵結部位,●表示與式(III)中的R201 所鍵結之氧原子的鍵結部位。 在式(R1)~(R3)中,L中的碳數2~12的伸烷基或碳數2~30的(聚)伸烷氧基的較佳態樣與上述R21 中的碳數2~12的伸烷基或碳數2~30的(聚)伸烷氧基的較佳態樣相同。 在式(R1)中,X係氧原子為較佳。 在式(R1)~(R3)中,*的含義與式(IV)中的*相同,較佳態樣亦相同。 由式(R1)表示之結構例如可藉由使酚性羥基等具有羥基之聚醯亞胺與具有異氰酸基及乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物(例如,甲基丙烯酸2-異氰酸基乙酯等)進行反應來獲得。 由式(R2)表示之結構例如可藉由使具有羧基之聚醯亞胺與具有羥基及乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物(例如,甲基丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯等)進行反應來獲得。 由式(R3)表示之結構例如可藉由使酚性羥基等具有羥基之聚醯亞胺與具有環氧丙基及乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物(例如,甲基丙烯酸環氧丙酯等)進行反應來獲得。Among them, R21 is preferably a group represented by any one of the following formulas (R1) to (R3), and more preferably a group represented by formula (R1). [Chemical Formula 11] In formulas (R1) to (R3), L represents a single bond or an alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, a (poly)alkoxyene group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, or a group formed by bonding two or more of these groups, X represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, * represents a bonding site with other structures, and ● represents a bonding site with the oxygen atom bonded to R 201 in formula (III). In formulas (R1) to (R3), preferred aspects of the alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms or the (poly)alkoxyene group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms in L are the same as preferred aspects of the alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms or the (poly)alkoxyene group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms in R 21 described above. In formula (R1), X is preferably an oxygen atom. In formulas (R1) to (R3), * has the same meaning as * in formula (IV), and preferred aspects are also the same. The structure represented by formula (R1) can be obtained by, for example, reacting a polyimide having a hydroxyl group such as a phenolic hydroxyl group with a compound having an isocyanate group and an ethylenic unsaturated bond (e.g., 2-isocyanateethyl methacrylate, etc.). The structure represented by formula (R2) can be obtained by, for example, reacting a polyimide having a carboxyl group with a compound having a hydroxyl group and an ethylenic unsaturated bond (e.g., 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, etc.). The structure represented by formula (R3) can be obtained by, for example, reacting a polyimide having a hydroxyl group such as a phenolic hydroxyl group with a compound having a glycidyl group and an ethylenic unsaturated bond (e.g., glycidyl methacrylate, etc.).

在式(IV)中,*表示與其他結構的鍵結部位,係與聚醯亞胺的主鏈的鍵結部位為較佳。In formula (IV), * represents a bonding site with other structures, preferably a bonding site with the main chain of polyimide.

相對於聚醯亞胺的總質量之乙烯性不飽和鍵的量為0.05~10mol/g為較佳,0.1~5mol/g為更佳。The amount of ethylenically unsaturated bonds relative to the total mass of the polyimide is preferably 0.05 to 10 mol/g, more preferably 0.1 to 5 mol/g.

-除乙烯性不飽和鍵以外的交聯性基團- 聚醯亞胺可以具有除乙烯性不飽和鍵以外的交聯性基團。 作為除乙烯性不飽和鍵以外的交聯性基團,可舉出環氧基、氧雜環丁基等環狀醚基、甲氧基甲基等烷氧基甲基、羥甲基等。 除乙烯性不飽和鍵以外的交聯性基團例如包含在後述之由式(4)表示之重複單元中的R131 為較佳。 相對於聚醯亞胺的總質量之除乙烯性不飽和鍵以外的交聯性基團的量為0.05~10mol/g為較佳,0.1~5mol/g為更佳。-Crosslinking groups other than ethylenic unsaturated bonds- The polyimide may have crosslinking groups other than ethylenic unsaturated bonds. Examples of the crosslinking groups other than ethylenic unsaturated bonds include cyclic ether groups such as epoxy groups and cyclobutylene groups, alkoxymethyl groups such as methoxymethyl groups, and hydroxymethyl groups. The crosslinking groups other than ethylenic unsaturated bonds are preferably R131 contained in the repeating unit represented by formula (4) described later. The amount of crosslinking groups other than ethylenic unsaturated bonds relative to the total mass of the polyimide is preferably 0.05 to 10 mol/g, and more preferably 0.1 to 5 mol/g.

-極性轉換基- 聚醯亞胺可以具有酸分解性基等極性轉換基。聚醯亞胺中的酸分解性基與在上述式(2)的R113 及R114 中說明的酸分解性基相同,較佳態樣亦相同。-Polarity Converting Group- The polyimide may have a polarity converting group such as an acid-decomposable group. The acid-decomposable group in the polyimide is the same as the acid-decomposable group described in R 113 and R 114 in the above formula (2), and the preferred embodiments are also the same.

-酸值- 將聚醯亞胺用於鹼顯影時,從提高顯影性的觀點考慮,聚醯亞胺的酸值為30mgKOH/g以上為較佳,50mgKOH/g以上為更佳,70mgKOH/g以上為進一步較佳。 又,上述酸值為500mgKOH/g以下為較佳,400mgKOH/g以下為更佳,200mgKOH/g以下為進一步較佳。 又,在使用以有機溶劑為主成分之顯影液之顯影(例如,後述之“溶劑顯影”)中使用聚醯亞胺時,聚醯亞胺的酸值為2~35mgKOH/g為較佳,3~30mgKOH/g為更佳,5~20mgKOH/g為進一步較佳。 上述酸值藉由公知的方法測定,例如,藉由記載於JIS K 0070:1992中的方法測定。 又,作為包含在聚醯亞胺中的酸基,從兼顧保存穩定性及顯影性的觀點考慮,pKa為0~10的酸基為較佳,3~8的酸基為更佳。 pKa係考慮由酸釋放氫離子之解離反應並藉由其負的常用對數pKa表示其平衡常數Ka者。在本說明書中,只要沒有特別說明,則將pKa設為基於ACD/ChemSketch(註冊商標)的計算值。或者,可以參考日本化學會編“改訂5版 化學便覽 基礎篇”中記載的值。 又,酸基例如為磷酸等多元酸的情況下,上述pKa係第一解離常數。 作為該種酸基,聚醯亞胺包含選自包括羧基及酚性羥基之群組中之至少1種為較佳,包含酚性羥基為更佳。-Acid value- When polyimide is used for alkaline development, from the viewpoint of improving the developing property, the acid value of the polyimide is preferably 30 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more, and even more preferably 70 mgKOH/g or more. In addition, the acid value is preferably 500 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 400 mgKOH/g or less, and even more preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less. In addition, when polyimide is used in development using a developer having an organic solvent as the main component (for example, "solvent development" described later), the acid value of the polyimide is preferably 2 to 35 mgKOH/g, more preferably 3 to 30 mgKOH/g, and even more preferably 5 to 20 mgKOH/g. The acid value is measured by a known method, for example, by the method described in JIS K 0070: 1992. In addition, as an acid group contained in the polyimide, from the viewpoint of both storage stability and developing properties, an acid group with a pKa of 0 to 10 is preferred, and an acid group with a pKa of 3 to 8 is more preferred. pKa is a dissociation reaction in which hydrogen ions are released from an acid and its equilibrium constant Ka is expressed by its negative common logarithm pKa. In this manual, unless otherwise specified, pKa is a calculated value based on ACD/ChemSketch (registered trademark). Alternatively, the values described in "Revised 5th Edition Chemical Handbook Basics" compiled by the Chemical Society of Japan can be referred to. Furthermore, when the acid group is a polyacid such as phosphoric acid, the above pKa is the first dissociation constant. As such an acid group, the polyimide preferably contains at least one selected from the group including a carboxyl group and a phenolic hydroxyl group, and more preferably contains a phenolic hydroxyl group.

-酚性羥基- 從使基於鹼顯影液之顯影速度適當的觀點考慮,聚醯亞胺具有酚性羥基為較佳。 聚醯亞胺可以在主鏈末端具有酚性羥基,亦可以在側鏈具有酚性羥基。 酚性羥基例如包含在後述之由式(4)表示之重複單元中的R132 或後述之由式(4)表示之重複單元中的R131 為較佳。 相對於聚醯亞胺的總質量之酚性羥基的量為0.1~30mol/g為較佳,1~20mol/g為更佳。- Phenolic hydroxyl group - From the viewpoint of making the development speed based on the alkaline developer appropriate, it is preferable that the polyimide has a phenolic hydroxyl group. The polyimide may have a phenolic hydroxyl group at the end of the main chain or at the side chain. The phenolic hydroxyl group is preferably contained in, for example, R 132 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (4) described later or R 131 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (4) described later. The amount of the phenolic hydroxyl group relative to the total mass of the polyimide is preferably 0.1 to 30 mol/g, more preferably 1 to 20 mol/g.

作為在本發明中使用之聚醯亞胺,只要為具有醯亞胺環之高分子化合物,則並沒有特別限定,包含由下述式(4)表示之重複單元為較佳,包含由式(4)表示之重複單元且具有聚合性基團之化合物為更佳。 式(4) [化學式12] 在式(4)中,R131 表示2價有機基團,R132 表示4價有機基團。 具有聚合性基團時,聚合性基團可以位於R131 及R132 中的至少1個上,亦可以如下述式(4-1)或式(4-2)所示,位於聚醯亞胺的末端。 式(4-1) [化學式13] 式(4-1)中,R133 係聚合性基團,其他基團的含義與式(4)相同。 式(4-2) [化學式14] R134 及R135 中的至少1個為聚合性基團,不是聚合性基團的情況下為有機基團,其他基團的含義與式(4)相同。The polyimide used in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is a polymer compound having an imide ring, but preferably comprises a repeating unit represented by the following formula (4), and more preferably comprises a repeating unit represented by the formula (4) and has a polymerizable group. Formula (4) [Chemical Formula 12] In formula (4), R 131 represents a divalent organic group, and R 132 represents a tetravalent organic group. When there is a polymerizable group, the polymerizable group may be located on at least one of R 131 and R 132 , or may be located at the terminal of the polyimide as shown in the following formula (4-1) or formula (4-2). Formula (4-1) [Chemical Formula 13] In formula (4-1), R 133 is a polymerizable group, and the meanings of other groups are the same as those in formula (4). Formula (4-2) [Chemical formula 14] At least one of R 134 and R 135 is a polymerizable group, and if not a polymerizable group, it is an organic group, and the other groups have the same meanings as in formula (4).

聚合性基團的含義與在上述之聚醯亞胺前驅物等所具有之聚合性基團中說明之聚合性基團相同。 R131 表示2價有機基團。作為2價有機基團,可例示與式(2)中的R111 相同者,較佳範圍亦相同。 又,作為R131 ,可舉出去除二胺的胺基後殘留之二胺殘基。作為二胺,可舉出脂肪族、環式脂肪族或芳香族二胺等。作為具體例,可舉出聚醯亞胺前驅物的式(2)中的R111 的例子。The meaning of the polymerizable group is the same as the polymerizable group described in the polymerizable group possessed by the above-mentioned polyimide precursor, etc. R 131 represents a divalent organic group. As the divalent organic group, the same as R 111 in formula (2) can be exemplified, and the preferred range is also the same. In addition, as R 131 , a diamine residue remaining after removing the amino group of a diamine can be cited. As the diamine, aliphatic, cycloaliphatic or aromatic diamine can be cited. As a specific example, the example of R 111 in formula (2) of the polyimide precursor can be cited.

從燒成時更有效地抑制產生翹曲的觀點考慮,R131 係在主鏈具有至少2個伸烷基二醇單元之二胺殘基為較佳。更佳為在一分子中共計包含2個以上的乙二醇鏈、丙二醇鏈中的任一個或兩者之二胺,進一步較佳為不包含芳香環之二胺。From the viewpoint of more effectively suppressing the generation of warp during firing, R 131 is preferably a diamine residue having at least two alkylene glycol units in the main chain. More preferably, it is a diamine containing two or more ethylene glycol chains or propylene glycol chains or both in total in one molecule, and further preferably, it is a diamine containing no aromatic ring.

作為共計包含2個以上的乙二醇鏈、丙二醇鏈中的任一個或兩者之二胺,可舉出JEFFAMINE(註冊商標)KH-511、ED-600、ED-900、ED-2003、EDR-148、EDR-176、D-200、D-400、D-2000、D-4000(以上為商品名,Huntsman Corporation製)、1-(2-(2-(2-胺基丙氧基)乙氧基)丙氧基)丙烷-2-胺、1-(1-(1-(2-胺基丙氧基)丙烷-2-基)氧基)丙烷-2-胺等,但並不限定於該等。Examples of the diamine containing two or more ethylene glycol chains or propylene glycol chains or both of them in total include JEFFAMINE (registered trademark) KH-511, ED-600, ED-900, ED-2003, EDR-148, EDR-176, D-200, D-400, D-2000, and D-4000 (these are trade names, manufactured by Huntsman Corporation), 1-(2-(2-(2-aminopropoxy)ethoxy)propoxy)propan-2-amine, and 1-(1-(1-(2-aminopropoxy)propan-2-yl)oxy)propan-2-amine, but are not limited to these.

R132 表示4價有機基團。作為4價有機基團,可例示與式(2)中的R115 相同者,較佳範圍亦相同。 例如,作為R115 例示之4價有機基團的4個連接鍵與上述式(4)中的4個-C(=O)-的部分鍵結而形成縮合環。 [化學式15] R 132 represents a tetravalent organic group. Examples of the tetravalent organic group include the same as R 115 in formula (2), and the preferred range is also the same. For example, the four connecting bonds of the tetravalent organic group exemplified as R 115 are bonded to the four -C(=O)- moieties in the above formula (4) to form a condensed ring. [Chemical Formula 15]

又,R132 可舉出從四羧酸二酐去除酸酐基之後殘留之四羧酸殘基等。作為具體例,可舉出聚醯亞胺前驅物的式(2)中的R115 的例子。從有機膜的強度的觀點考慮,R132 係具有1~4個芳香環之芳香族二胺殘基為較佳。 R132 may be a tetracarboxylic acid residue remaining after the anhydride group is removed from tetracarboxylic dianhydride. As a specific example, R115 in the formula (2) of the polyimide precursor may be cited. From the viewpoint of the strength of the organic film, R132 is preferably an aromatic diamine residue having 1 to 4 aromatic rings.

在R131 和R132 中的至少1個上具有OH基亦較佳。更具體而言,作為R131 ,可舉出2,2-雙(3-羥基-4-胺基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(3-羥基-4-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)六氟丙烷、上述之(DA-1)~(DA-18)作為較佳例,作為R132 ,可舉出上述之(DAA-1)~(DAA-5)作為更佳例。It is also preferred that at least one of R 131 and R 132 has an OH group. More specifically, as R 131 , 2,2-bis(3-hydroxy-4-aminophenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(3-hydroxy-4-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane, and the above-mentioned (DA-1) to (DA-18) can be cited as preferred examples, and as R 132 , the above-mentioned (DAA-1) to (DAA-5) can be cited as more preferred examples.

又,聚醯亞胺在結構單元中具有氟原子亦較佳。聚醯亞胺中的氟原子的含量為10質量%以上為較佳,又,20質量%以下為較佳。Furthermore, the polyimide preferably has fluorine atoms in the structural unit. The content of fluorine atoms in the polyimide is preferably 10 mass % or more, and more preferably 20 mass % or less.

又,以提高與基板的密接性為目的,聚醯亞胺可以與具有矽氧烷結構之脂肪族基共聚。具體而言,作為二胺成分,可舉出雙(3-胺基丙基)四甲基二矽氧烷、雙(對胺基苯基)八甲基五矽氧烷等。In order to improve the adhesion to the substrate, the polyimide may be copolymerized with an aliphatic group having a siloxane structure. Specifically, as the diamine component, bis(3-aminopropyl)tetramethyldisiloxane, bis(p-aminophenyl)octamethylpentasiloxane, etc. may be mentioned.

又,為了提高組成物的保存穩定性,聚醯亞胺的主鏈末端用單胺、酸酐、單羧酸、單醯氯化合物、單活性酯化合物等封端劑密封為較佳。該等中,使用單胺為更佳,作為單胺的較佳化合物,可舉出苯胺、2-乙炔基苯胺、3-乙炔基苯胺、4-乙炔基苯胺、5-胺基-8-羥喹啉、1-羥基-7-胺基萘、1-羥基-6-胺基萘、1-羥基-5-胺基萘、1-羥基-4-胺基萘、2-羥基-7-胺基萘、2-羥基-6-胺基萘、2-羥基-5-胺基萘、1-羧基-7-胺基萘、1-羧基-6-胺基萘、1-羧基-5-胺基萘、2-羧基-7-胺基萘、2-羧基-6-胺基萘、2-羧基-5-胺基萘、2-胺基苯甲酸、3-胺基苯甲酸、4-胺基苯甲酸、4-胺基水楊酸、5-胺基水楊酸、6-胺基水楊酸、2-胺基苯磺酸、3-胺基苯磺酸、4-胺基苯磺酸、3-胺基-4,6-二羥基嘧啶、2-胺基苯酚、3-胺基苯酚、4-胺基苯酚、2-胺基苯硫酚、3-胺基苯硫酚、4-胺基苯硫酚等。該等可以使用2種以上,亦可以藉由使複數種封端劑反應而導入複數種不同的末端基。In order to improve the storage stability of the composition, the main chain ends of the polyimide are preferably sealed with a capping agent such as a monoamine, anhydride, monocarboxylic acid, monoacyl chloride compound, or monoactive ester compound. Among them, monoamines are more preferably used. Preferred monoamine compounds include aniline, 2-ethynylaniline, 3-ethynylaniline, 4-ethynylaniline, 5-amino-8-hydroxyquinoline, 1-hydroxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-4-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-5-aminonaphthalene, Aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 2-aminobenzoic acid, 3-aminobenzoic acid, 4-aminobenzoic acid, 4-aminosalicylic acid, 5-aminosalicylic acid, 6-aminosalicylic acid, 2-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 3-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 4-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 3-amino-4,6-dihydroxypyrimidine, 2-aminophenol, 3-aminophenol, 4-aminophenol, 2-aminothiophenol, 3-aminothiophenol, 4-aminothiophenol, etc. Two or more of these may be used, and a plurality of different terminal groups may be introduced by reacting a plurality of terminal blocking agents.

-醯亞胺化率(閉環率)- 從所獲得之有機膜的膜強度、絕緣性等觀點考慮,聚醯亞胺的醯亞胺化率(亦稱為“閉環率”)為70%以上為較佳,80%以上為更佳,90%以上為更佳。 上述醯亞胺化率的上限並沒有特別限定,100%以下即可。 例如可藉由下述方法測定上述醯亞胺化率。 測定聚醯亞胺的紅外吸收光譜,求出源自醯亞胺結構的吸收峰亦即1377cm-1 附近的峰強度P1。接著,將該聚醯亞胺在350℃下熱處理1小時之後,再次測定紅外吸收光譜,求出1377cm-1 附近的峰強度P2。利用所獲得之峰強度P1、P2,根據下述式,能夠求出聚醯亞胺的醯亞胺化率。 醯亞胺化率(%)=(峰強度P1/峰強度P2)×100-Imidization rate (ring closure rate)- From the viewpoint of the film strength and insulation of the obtained organic film, the imidization rate (also called "ring closure rate") of the polyimide is preferably 70% or more, more preferably 80% or more, and more preferably 90% or more. The upper limit of the above-mentioned imidization rate is not particularly limited, and it can be 100% or less. For example, the above-mentioned imidization rate can be measured by the following method. Measure the infrared absorption spectrum of the polyimide, and determine the peak intensity P1 of the absorption peak originating from the imide structure, that is, near 1377cm -1 . Then, after the polyimide is heat-treated at 350°C for 1 hour, the infrared absorption spectrum is measured again to determine the peak intensity P2 near 1377cm -1 . The obtained peak intensities P1 and P2 can be used to calculate the imidization rate of the polyimide according to the following formula: Imidization rate (%) = (peak intensity P1/peak intensity P2) × 100

聚醯亞胺可以包括均包含1種R131 或R132 之上述式(4)的重複結構單元,亦可以包括包含2個以上的不同種類的R131 或R132 之上述式(4)的重複單元。又,除上述式(4)的重複單元以外,聚醯亞胺亦可以包含其他種類的重複結構單元。The polyimide may include repeating units of the above formula (4) each including one type of R 131 or R 132 , or may include repeating units of the above formula (4) including two or more different types of R 131 or R 132. In addition to the repeating units of the above formula (4), the polyimide may also include other types of repeating units.

聚醯亞胺例如能夠利用低溫中使四羧酸二酐與二胺化合物(將一部分取代為單胺亦即封端劑)反應之方法、低溫中使四羧酸二酐(將一部分取代為酸酐或單醯氯化合物或單活性酯化合物亦即封端劑)與二胺化合物反應之方法、藉由四羧酸二酐和醇獲得二酯之後在二胺(將一部分取代為單胺亦即封端劑)和縮合劑的存在下使其反應之方法、藉由四羧酸二酐和醇獲得二酯之後使剩餘的二羧酸醯氯化並使其與二胺(將一部分取代為單胺亦即封端劑)反應之方法等方法獲得聚醯亞胺前驅物,將其用習知之醯亞胺化反應法並利用完全醯亞胺化之方法或中途停止醯亞胺化反應並導入一部分醯亞胺結構之方法、進而藉由混合完全醯亞胺化之聚合物及其聚醯亞胺前驅物來導入一部分醯亞胺結構之方法來合成。 作為聚醯亞胺的市售品,可例示Durimide(註冊商標)284(FUJIFILM Corporation製)、Matrimide5218(Huntsman Corporation製)。Polyimide can be prepared by, for example, a method of reacting tetracarboxylic dianhydride with a diamine compound (part of which is substituted with a monoamine, i.e., a capping agent) at low temperature, a method of reacting tetracarboxylic dianhydride (part of which is substituted with an acid anhydride, a monoacyl chloride compound, or a monoactive ester compound, i.e., a capping agent) with a diamine compound at low temperature, a method of obtaining a diester from tetracarboxylic dianhydride and an alcohol and then reacting the resulting diester in the presence of a diamine (part of which is substituted with a monoamine, i.e., a capping agent) and a condensing agent, a method of reacting tetracarboxylic dianhydride with ... After obtaining a diester from a dianhydride and an alcohol, the remaining dicarboxylic acid is chlorinated and reacted with a diamine (part of which is substituted with a monoamine, i.e., a capping agent) to obtain a polyimide precursor, which is synthesized by a known imidization reaction method and a method of complete imidization, a method of stopping the imidization reaction midway and introducing a part of the imide structure, or a method of introducing a part of the imide structure by mixing a completely imidized polymer and its polyimide precursor. Commercially available products of polyimide include Durimide (registered trademark) 284 (manufactured by FUJIFILM Corporation) and Matrimide 5218 (manufactured by Huntsman Corporation).

聚醯亞胺的重量平均分子量(Mw)為5,000~70,000為較佳,8,000~50,000為更佳,10,000~30,000為進一步較佳。藉由將重量平均分子量設為5,000以上,能夠提高硬化後的膜的耐折彎性。為了獲得機械特性優異之有機膜,重量平均分子量為20,000以上為特佳。又,含有2種以上聚醯亞胺時,至少1種聚醯亞胺的重量平均分子量在上述範圍內為較佳。The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polyimide is preferably 5,000 to 70,000, more preferably 8,000 to 50,000, and even more preferably 10,000 to 30,000. By setting the weight average molecular weight to 5,000 or more, the bending resistance of the cured film can be improved. In order to obtain an organic film with excellent mechanical properties, a weight average molecular weight of 20,000 or more is particularly preferred. In addition, when containing two or more polyimides, it is preferred that the weight average molecular weight of at least one polyimide is within the above range.

〔聚苯并㗁唑前驅物〕 在本發明中使用之聚苯并㗁唑前驅物,對其結構並沒有特別限定,較佳為包含由下述式(3)表示之重複單元。 式(3) [化學式16] 在式(3)中,R121 表示2價有機基團,R122 表示4價有機基團,R123 及R124 分別獨立地表示氫原子或1價有機基團。[Polybenzoxazole precursor] The polybenzoxazole precursor used in the present invention is not particularly limited in structure, but preferably comprises a repeating unit represented by the following formula (3). Formula (3) [Chemical Formula 16] In formula (3), R121 represents a divalent organic group, R122 represents a tetravalent organic group, and R123 and R124 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.

在式(3)中,R123 及R124 的含義分別與式(2)中的R113 相同,較佳範圍亦相同。亦即,至少1個為聚合性基團為較佳。 在式(3)中,R121 表示2價有機基團。作為2價有機基團,包含脂肪族基及芳香族基中的至少1個基團為較佳。作為脂肪族基,直鏈脂肪族基為較佳。R121 係二羧酸殘基為較佳。二羧酸殘基可以僅使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。In formula (3), R 123 and R 124 have the same meanings as R 113 in formula (2), and the preferred ranges are also the same. That is, it is preferred that at least one is a polymerizable group. In formula (3), R 121 represents a divalent organic group. As a divalent organic group, it is preferred that it contains at least one of an aliphatic group and an aromatic group. As an aliphatic group, a straight-chain aliphatic group is preferred. It is preferred that R 121 is a dicarboxylic acid residue. Only one dicarboxylic acid residue may be used, or two or more may be used.

作為二羧酸殘基,包含脂肪族基之二羧酸及包含芳香族基之二羧酸殘基為較佳,包含芳香族基之二羧酸殘基為更佳。 作為包含脂肪族基之二羧酸,包含直鏈或支鏈(較佳為直鏈)的脂肪族基之二羧酸為較佳,由直鏈或支鏈(較佳為直鏈)的脂肪族基和2個-COOH構成之二羧酸為更佳。直鏈或支鏈(較佳為直鏈)的脂肪族基的碳數為2~30為較佳,2~25為更佳,3~20為進一步較佳,4~15為更進一步較佳,5~10為特佳。直鏈的脂肪族基係伸烷基為較佳。 作為包含直鏈的脂肪族基之二羧酸,可舉出丙二酸、二甲基丙二酸、乙基丙二酸、異丙基丙二酸、二-正丁基丙二酸、琥珀酸、四氟琥珀酸、甲基琥珀酸、2,2-二甲基琥珀酸、2,3-二甲基琥珀酸、二甲基甲基琥珀酸、戊二酸、六氟戊二酸、2-甲基戊二酸、3-甲基戊二酸、2,2-二甲基戊二酸、3,3-二甲基戊二酸、3-乙基-3-甲基戊二酸、己二酸、八氟己二酸、3-甲基己二酸、庚二酸、2,2,6,6-四甲基庚二酸、辛二酸、十二氟辛二酸、壬二酸、癸二酸、十六氟癸二酸、1,9-壬二酸、十二烷二酸、十三烷二酸、十四烷二酸、十五烷二酸、十六烷二酸、十七烷二酸、十八烷二酸、十九烷二酸、二十烷二酸、二十一烷二酸、二十二烷二酸、二十三烷二酸、二十四烷二酸、二十五烷二酸、二十六烷二酸、二十七烷二酸、二十八烷二酸、二十九烷二酸、三十烷二酸、三十一烷二酸、三十二烷二酸、二乙二醇酸、進而由下述式表示之二羧酸等。As the dicarboxylic acid residue, dicarboxylic acids containing aliphatic groups and dicarboxylic acid residues containing aromatic groups are preferred, and dicarboxylic acid residues containing aromatic groups are more preferred. As the dicarboxylic acid containing aliphatic groups, dicarboxylic acids containing linear or branched (preferably linear) aliphatic groups are preferred, and dicarboxylic acids composed of linear or branched (preferably linear) aliphatic groups and 2 -COOH groups are more preferred. The carbon number of the linear or branched (preferably linear) aliphatic group is preferably 2 to 30, more preferably 2 to 25, further preferably 3 to 20, further preferably 4 to 15, and particularly preferably 5 to 10. The linear aliphatic group is preferably an alkylene group. As the dicarboxylic acid containing a straight chain aliphatic group, there can be mentioned malonic acid, dimethylmalonic acid, ethylmalonic acid, isopropylmalonic acid, di-n-butylmalonic acid, succinic acid, tetrafluorosuccinic acid, methylsuccinic acid, 2,2-dimethylsuccinic acid, 2,3-dimethylsuccinic acid, dimethylmethylsuccinic acid, glutaric acid, hexafluoroglutaric acid, 2-methylglutaric acid, 3-methylglutaric acid, 2,2-dimethylglutaric acid, 3,3-dimethylglutaric acid, 3-ethyl-3-methylglutaric acid, adipic acid, octafluoroadipic acid, 3-methyladipic acid, pimelic acid, 2,2,6,6-tetramethylheptanecarboxylic acid, Diacid, suberic acid, dodecanedioic acid, azelaic acid, sebacic acid, hexafluorosebacic acid, 1,9-azelaic acid, dodecanedioic acid, tridecanedioic acid, tetradecanedioic acid, pentadecanedioic acid, hexadecanedioic acid, heptadecanedioic acid, octadecanedioic acid, nonadecanedioic acid, eicosanedioic acid, hexadecanedioic acid, hexadecanedioic acid, hexadecanedioic acid, tetracosanedioic acid, pentadecanedioic acid, hexadecanedioic acid Alkanedioic acid, heptacosanedioic acid, octacosanedioic acid, nonacosanedioic acid, triacontanedioic acid, triacontanedioic acid, triacontanedioic acid, diethylene glycol acid, and dicarboxylic acid represented by the following formula, etc.

[化學式17] (式中,Z係碳數1~6的烴基,n係1~6的整數。)[Chemical formula 17] (In the formula, Z is a carbonyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and n is an integer from 1 to 6.)

作為包含芳香族基之二羧酸,具有以下芳香族基之二羧酸為較佳,僅由以下芳香族基和2個-COOH構成之二羧酸為更佳。As the dicarboxylic acid containing an aromatic group, a dicarboxylic acid having the following aromatic group is preferred, and a dicarboxylic acid consisting only of the following aromatic group and two -COOH groups is more preferred.

[化學式18] 式中,A表示選自包括-CH2 -、-O-、-S-、-SO2 -、-CO-、-NHCO-、-C(CF32 -及-C(CH32 -之群組中之2價基團,*分別獨立地表示與其他結構的鍵結部位。[Chemical formula 18] In the formula, A represents a divalent group selected from the group consisting of -CH 2 -, -O-, -S-, -SO 2 -, -CO-, -NHCO-, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, and -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, and * represents a bonding site with other structures independently.

作為包含芳香族基之二羧酸的具體例,可舉出4,4’-羰基二苯甲酸及4,4’-二羧基二苯醚、對苯二甲酸。Specific examples of the dicarboxylic acid containing an aromatic group include 4,4'-carbonyldibenzoic acid, 4,4'-dicarboxydiphenyl ether, and terephthalic acid.

在式(3)中,R122 表示4價有機基團。作為4價有機基團,含義與上述式(2)中的R115 相同,較佳範圍亦相同。 又,R122 係源自雙胺基苯酚衍生物之基團為較佳,作為源自雙胺基苯酚衍生物之基團,例如,可舉出3,3’-二胺基-4,4’-二羥基聯苯基、4,4’-二胺基-3,3’-二羥基聯苯基、3,3’-二胺基-4,4’-二羥基二苯基碸、4,4’-二胺基-3,3’-二羥基二苯基碸、雙-(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)甲烷、2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙-(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)六氟丙烷、2,2-雙-(4-胺基-3-羥基苯基)六氟丙烷、雙-(4-胺基-3-羥基苯基)甲烷、2,2-雙-(4-胺基-3-羥基苯基)丙烷、4,4’-二胺基-3,3’-二羥基二苯甲酮、3,3’-二胺基-4,4’-二羥基二苯甲酮、4,4’-二胺基-3,3’-二羥基二苯醚、3,3’-二胺基-4,4’-二羥基二苯醚、1,4-二胺基-2,5-二羥基苯、1,3-二胺基-2,4-二羥基苯、1,3-二胺基-4,6-二羥基苯等。該等雙胺基苯酚可以單獨使用或混合使用。In formula (3), R 122 represents a tetravalent organic group. The tetravalent organic group has the same meaning as R 115 in formula (2), and the preferred range is also the same. Preferably, the group 122 is derived from a diaminophenol derivative. Examples of the group derived from a diaminophenol derivative include 3,3'-diamino-4,4'-dihydroxybiphenyl, 4,4'-diamino-3,3'-dihydroxybiphenyl, 3,3'-diamino-4,4'-dihydroxydiphenylsulfonate, 4,4'-diamino-3,3'-dihydroxydiphenylsulfonate, bis-(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)methane, 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, 2,2-bis-(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis-(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane, and 2,2-bis-(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane. -(4-amino-3-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane, bis-(4-amino-3-hydroxyphenyl)methane, 2,2-bis-(4-amino-3-hydroxyphenyl)propane, 4,4'-diamino-3,3'-dihydroxybenzophenone, 3,3'-diamino-4,4'-dihydroxybenzophenone, 4,4'-diamino-3,3'-dihydroxydiphenyl ether, 3,3'-diamino-4,4'-dihydroxydiphenyl ether, 1,4-diamino-2,5-dihydroxybenzene, 1,3-diamino-2,4-dihydroxybenzene, 1,3-diamino-4,6-dihydroxybenzene, etc. Such bisaminophenols can be used alone or in combination.

在雙胺基苯酚衍生物中,具有下述芳香族基之雙胺基苯酚衍生物為較佳。Among the diaminophenol derivatives, those having the following aromatic groups are preferred.

[化學式19] 式中,X1 表示-O-、-S-、-C(CF32 -、-CH2 -、-SO2 -、-NHCO-,*及#分別表示與其他結構的鍵結部位。又,R122 係由上述式表示之結構亦較佳。R122 係由上述式表示之結構時,共計4個*及#中,任意2個為與式(3)中的R122 所鍵結之氮原子的鍵結部位且另2個為與式(3)中的R122 所鍵結之氧原子的鍵結部位為較佳,2個*為與式(3)中的R122 所鍵結之氧原子的鍵結部位且2個#為與式(3)中的R122 所鍵結之氮原子的鍵結部位或2個*為與式(3)中的R122 所鍵結之氮原子的鍵結部位且2個#為與式(3)中的R122 所鍵結之氧原子的鍵結部位為更佳,2個*為與式(3)中的R122 所鍵結之氧原子的鍵結部位且2個#為與式(3)中的R122 所鍵結之氮原子的鍵結部位為進一步較佳。[Chemical formula 19] In the formula, X1 represents -O-, -S-, -C( CF3 ) 2- , -CH2- , -SO2- , -NHCO-, and * and # represent the bonding site with other structures. In addition, R122 is preferably a structure represented by the above formula. When R 122 is a structure represented by the above formula, any two of the four * and # in total are bonding sites to the nitrogen atom to which R 122 in formula (3) is bonded and the other two are bonding sites to the oxygen atom to which R 122 in formula (3) is bonded. It is more preferred that two * are bonding sites to the oxygen atom to which R 122 in formula (3) is bonded and two # are bonding sites to the nitrogen atom to which R 122 in formula (3) is bonded, or two * are bonding sites to the nitrogen atom to which R 122 in formula (3) is bonded and two # are bonding sites to the oxygen atom to which R 122 in formula (3) is bonded. It is more preferred that two * are bonding sites to the oxygen atom to which R 122 in formula (3) is bonded. It is further preferred that the two #s are bonding sites to the oxygen atom to which R 122 is bonded and the two #s are bonding sites to the nitrogen atom to which R 122 in formula (3) is bonded.

[化學式20] [Chemical formula 20]

在式(A-s)中,R1 係氫原子、伸烷基、取代伸烷基、-O-、-S-、-SO2 -、-CO-、-NHCO-、單鍵或選自下述式(A-sc)的群組中之有機基團。R2 係氫原子、烷基、烷氧基、醯氧基、環狀烷基中的任一個,可以相同,亦可以不同。R3 係氫原子、直鏈或支鏈的烷基、烷氧基、醯氧基、環狀烷基中的任一個,可以相同,亦可以不同。In formula (As), R1 is a hydrogen atom, an alkylene group, a substituted alkylene group, -O-, -S-, -SO2- , -CO-, -NHCO-, a single bond, or an organic group selected from the group of the following formula (A-sc). R2 is any one of a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, and a cyclic alkyl group, and they may be the same or different. R3 is any one of a hydrogen atom, a linear or branched alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, and a cyclic alkyl group, and they may be the same or different.

[化學式21] (在式(A-sc)中,*表示鍵結於由上述式(A-s)表示之雙胺基苯酚衍生物的胺基苯酚基的芳香環。)[Chemical formula 21] (In formula (A-sc), * represents an aromatic ring bonded to the aminophenol group of the bisaminophenol derivative represented by the above formula (As).)

認為在上述式(A-s)中,在酚性羥基的鄰位亦即在R3 亦具有取代基這一情況會使醯胺鍵的羰基碳與羥基的距離更接近,並且從低溫下硬化時具有高環化率之效果進一步提高的觀點考慮,尤其較佳。In the above formula (As), it is considered that the presence of a substituent at the adjacent position of the phenolic hydroxyl group, i.e., R3 , is particularly preferred because the carbonyl carbon of the amide bond and the hydroxyl group are closer together and the effect of a high cyclization rate during curing at a low temperature is further improved.

又,在上述式(A-s)中,R2 係烷基且R3 係烷基的情況下能夠維持對i射線的高透明性和在低溫下硬化時環化變高率的效果,因此較佳。In the above formula (As), when R 2 is an alkyl group and R 3 is an alkyl group, high transparency to I-rays and a high cyclization rate effect during curing at a low temperature can be maintained, which is preferred.

又,在上述式(A-s)中,R1 係伸烷基或取代伸烷基為進一步較佳。作為R1 相關之伸烷基及取代伸烷基的具體例,可舉出-CH2 -、-CH(CH3 )-、-C(CH32 -、-CH(CH2 CH3 )-、-C(CH3 )(CH2 CH3 )-、-C(CH2 CH3 )(CH2 CH3 )-、-CH(CH2 CH2 CH3 )-、-C(CH3 )(CH2 CH2 CH3 )-、-CH(CH(CH32 )-、-C(CH3 )(CH(CH32 )-、-CH(CH2 CH2 CH2 CH3 )-、-C(CH3 )(CH2 CH2 CH2 CH3 )-、-CH(CH2 CH(CH32 )-、-C(CH3 )(CH2 CH(CH32 )-、-CH(CH2 CH2 CH2 CH2 CH3 )-、-C(CH3 )(CH2 CH2 CH2 CH2 CH3 )-、-CH(CH2 CH2 CH2 CH2 CH2 CH3 )-、-C(CH3 )(CH2 CH2 CH2 CH2 CH2 CH3 )-等,其中從能夠獲得維持對i射線的高透明性和低溫下硬化時環化率變高的效果的同時對溶劑具有充分的溶解性之平衡優異之聚苯并㗁唑前驅物的觀點考慮,-CH2 -、-CH(CH3 )-、-C(CH32 -為更佳。Furthermore, in the above formula (As), it is further preferred that R 1 is an alkylene group or a substituted alkylene group. Specific examples of the alkylene group and substituted alkylene group for R1 include -CH2- , -CH ( CH3 )-, -C( CH3 ) 2- , -CH(CH2CH3) - , -C(CH3)( CH2CH3 )-, -C ( CH2CH3 )( CH2CH3 )- , -CH(CH2CH2CH3)-, -C(CH3 ) ( CH2CH2CH3 )- , -CH ( CH( CH3 ) 2 ) - , -C ( CH3 ) (CH( CH3 ) 2 ) - , -CH( CH2CH2CH2CH3 )-, -C( CH3 )(CH2CH2CH3)-, -C( CH2CH ( CH3 ) 2 ) - , -C ( CH Among them , -CH2- , -CH( CH3 ) - , and -C ( CH3 ) 2- are more preferred from the viewpoint of obtaining a polybenzoxazole precursor having an excellent balance between maintaining high transparency to I-rays and increasing the cyclization rate during curing at low temperatures while having sufficient solubility in a solvent .

作為由上述式(A-s)表示之雙胺基苯酚衍生物的製造方法,例如,能夠參考日本特開2013-256506號公報的0085~0094段及實施例1(0189~0190段),該等內容編入本說明書中。As a method for producing the bisaminophenol derivative represented by the above formula (A-s), for example, paragraphs 0085 to 0094 and Example 1 (paragraphs 0189 to 0190) of JP-A-2013-256506 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated into the present specification.

作為由上述式(A-s)表示之雙胺基苯酚衍生物的結構的具體例,可舉出日本特開2013-256506號公報的0070~0080段中記載的內容,該等內容編入本說明書中。當然並不限於該等。Specific examples of the structure of the bisaminophenol derivative represented by the above formula (A-s) include the contents described in paragraphs 0070 to 0080 of JP-A-2013-256506, which are incorporated into the present specification. Of course, the present invention is not limited to these.

除上述式(3)的重複單元以外,聚苯并㗁唑前驅物亦可以包含其他種類的重複結構單元。 從能夠抑制伴隨閉環產生之翹曲的觀點考慮,包含由下述式(SL)表示之二胺殘基作為其他種類的重複結構單元為較佳。In addition to the repeating units of the above formula (3), the polybenzoxazole precursor may also contain other types of repeating structural units. From the viewpoint of being able to suppress the warp associated with ring closure, it is preferred to contain a diamine residue represented by the following formula (SL) as the other type of repeating structural unit.

[化學式22] 在式(SL)中,Z具有a結構和b結構,R1s 係氫原子或碳數1~10的烴基,R2s 係碳數1~10的烴基,R3s 、R4s 、R5s 、R6s 中的至少1個為芳香族基,剩餘部分為氫原子或碳數1~30的有機基團,分別可以相同,亦可以不同。a結構及b結構的聚合可以為嵌段聚合或隨機聚合。關於Z部分的莫耳%,a結構為5~95莫耳%,b結構為95~5莫耳%,a+b為100莫耳%。[Chemical formula 22] In formula (SL), Z has structure a and structure b, R 1s is a hydrogen atom or a alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, R 2s is a alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, at least one of R 3s , R 4s , R 5s , and R 6s is an aromatic group, and the remaining parts are hydrogen atoms or organic groups having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, which may be the same or different. The polymerization of structure a and structure b may be block polymerization or random polymerization. Regarding the molar % of the Z part, the molar % of the a structure is 5 to 95 molar %, the molar % of the b structure is 95 to 5 molar %, and the molar % of a+b is 100 molar %.

在式(SL)中,作為較佳之Z,可舉出b結構中的R5s 及R6s 為苯基者。又,由式(SL)表示之結構的分子量為400~4,000為較佳,500~3,000為更佳。藉由將上述分子量設為上述範圍,能夠更有效地降低聚苯并㗁唑前驅物的脫水閉環後的彈性模數,並能夠兼顧能夠抑制翹曲之效果和提高溶劑溶解性之效果。In formula (SL), as preferred Z, R 5s and R 6s in structure b are phenyl groups. In addition, the molecular weight of the structure represented by formula (SL) is preferably 400 to 4,000, and more preferably 500 to 3,000. By setting the molecular weight to the above range, the elastic modulus of the polybenzoxazole precursor after dehydration and ring closure can be more effectively reduced, and the effect of suppressing warp and the effect of improving solvent solubility can be taken into account.

包含由式(SL)表示之二胺殘基作為其他種類的重複結構單元時,進而包含從四羧酸二酐去除酸酐基之後殘留之四羧酸殘基作為重複結構單元亦較佳。作為該種四羧酸殘基的例子,可舉出式(2)中的R115 的例子。When the diamine residue represented by the formula (SL) is included as another type of repeating structural unit, it is also preferred to further include a tetracarboxylic acid residue remaining after removing the anhydride group from tetracarboxylic dianhydride as a repeating structural unit. Examples of such a tetracarboxylic acid residue include R 115 in the formula (2).

例如,在用於後述之組成物中時,聚苯并㗁唑前驅物的重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為18,000~30,000,更佳為20,000~29,000,進一步較佳為22,000~28,000。又,數量平均分子量(Mn)較佳為7,200~14,000,更佳為8,000~12,000,進一步較佳為9,200~11,200。 上述聚苯并㗁唑前驅物的分子量的分散度為1.4以上為較佳,1.5以上為更佳,1.6以上為進一步較佳。聚苯并㗁唑前驅物的分子量的分散度的上限值並沒有特別限定,例如,2.6以下為較佳,2.5以下為更佳,2.4以下為進一步較佳,2.3以下為進一步較佳,2.2以下為更進一步較佳。For example, when used in the composition described below, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polybenzoxazole precursor is preferably 18,000 to 30,000, more preferably 20,000 to 29,000, and further preferably 22,000 to 28,000. In addition, the number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably 7,200 to 14,000, more preferably 8,000 to 12,000, and further preferably 9,200 to 11,200. The molecular weight dispersion of the above polybenzoxazole precursor is preferably 1.4 or more, more preferably 1.5 or more, and further preferably 1.6 or more. The upper limit of the molecular weight dispersion of the polybenzoxazole precursor is not particularly limited, and is, for example, preferably 2.6 or less, more preferably 2.5 or less, further preferably 2.4 or less, further preferably 2.3 or less, and further preferably 2.2 or less.

〔聚苯并㗁唑〕 作為聚苯并㗁唑,只要為具有苯并㗁唑環之高分子化合物,則並沒有特別限定,由下述式(X)表示之化合物為較佳,由下述式(X)表示且具有聚合性基團之化合物為更佳。作為上述聚合性基團,自由基聚合性基團為較佳。又,可以為由下述式(X)表示且具有酸分解性基等極性轉換基之化合物。 [化學式23] 在式(X)中,R133 表示2價有機基團,R134 表示4價有機基團。 具有聚合性基團或酸分解性基等極性轉換基時,聚合性基團或酸分解性基等極性轉換基可以位於R133 及R134 中的至少1個上,亦可以如下述式(X-1)或式(X-2)所示,位於聚苯并㗁唑的末端。 式(X-1) [化學式24] 在式(X-1)中,R135 及R136 中的至少1個為聚合性基團或酸分解性基等極性轉換基,不是聚合性基團或酸分解性基等極性轉換基的情況下為有機基團,其他基團的含義與式(X)相同。 式(X-2) [化學式25] 在式(X-2)中,R137 係聚合性基團或酸分解性基等極性轉換基,其餘為取代基,其他基團的含義與式(X)相同。[Polybenzoxazole] The polybenzoxazole is not particularly limited as long as it is a polymer compound having a benzoxazole ring, but a compound represented by the following formula (X) is preferred, and a compound represented by the following formula (X) and having a polymerizable group is more preferred. As the above-mentioned polymerizable group, a free radical polymerizable group is preferred. In addition, it may be a compound represented by the following formula (X) and having a polar conversion group such as an acid decomposable group. [Chemical Formula 23] In formula (X), R 133 represents a divalent organic group, and R 134 represents a tetravalent organic group. When there is a polar conversion group such as a polymerizable group or an acid-decomposable group, the polymerizable group or the polar conversion group such as an acid-decomposable group may be located on at least one of R 133 and R 134 , or may be located at the end of the polybenzoxazole as shown in the following formula (X-1) or formula (X-2). Formula (X-1) [Chemical Formula 24] In formula (X-1), at least one of R135 and R136 is a polymerizable group or a polar conversion group such as an acid-decomposable group, and if not a polymerizable group or a polar conversion group such as an acid-decomposable group, it is an organic group, and the other groups have the same meanings as in formula (X). Formula (X-2) [Chemical Formula 25] In formula (X-2), R 137 is a polar conversion group such as a polymerizable group or an acid-decomposable group, and the rest are substituents. The meanings of the other groups are the same as those in formula (X).

聚合性基團或酸分解性基等極性轉換基的含義與在上述聚醯亞胺前驅物等具有之聚合性基團中說明的聚合性基團相同。The meaning of the polymerizable group or the polarity converting group such as the acid-decomposable group is the same as the polymerizable group explained in the above-mentioned polymerizable group possessed by the polyimide precursor and the like.

R133 表示2價有機基團。作為2價有機基團,可舉出脂肪族基或芳香族基。作為具體例,可舉出聚苯并㗁唑前驅物的式(3)中的R121 的例子。又,其較佳例的含義與R121 相同。R 133 represents a divalent organic group. Examples of the divalent organic group include an aliphatic group and an aromatic group. As a specific example, R 121 in the formula (3) of the polybenzoxazole precursor can be cited. The preferred examples have the same meaning as R 121 .

R134 表示4價有機基團。作為4價有機基團,可舉出聚苯并㗁唑前驅物的式(3)中的R122 的例子。又,其較佳例的含義與R122 相同。 例如,作為R122 例示之4價有機基團的4個連接鍵與上述式(X)中的氮原子、氧原子鍵結而形成縮合環。例如,R134 係下述有機基團時,形成下述結構。 [化學式26] R 134 represents a tetravalent organic group. As a tetravalent organic group, R 122 in the formula (3) of the polybenzoxazole precursor can be cited as an example. Moreover, the meaning of the preferred example is the same as that of R 122. For example, the four connecting bonds of the tetravalent organic group exemplified as R 122 are bonded to the nitrogen atom and the oxygen atom in the above formula (X) to form a condensed ring. For example, when R 134 is the following organic group, the following structure is formed. [Chemical Formula 26]

聚苯并㗁唑的㗁唑化率為85%以上為較佳,90%以上為更佳。藉由㗁唑化率為85%以上,基於閉環(藉由加熱而被㗁唑化時發生)之膜收縮變小,並能夠有效抑制產生翹曲。The polybenzoxazole has an oxadiazole rate of preferably 85% or more, and more preferably 90% or more. When the oxadiazole rate is 85% or more, the film shrinkage due to ring closure (occurring when oxadiazole is heated) is reduced, and the warping can be effectively suppressed.

聚苯并㗁唑可以包括全部包含1種R131 或R132 之上述式(X)的重複結構單元,亦可以包括包含2個以上的不同種類的R131 或R132 之上述式(X)的重複單元。又,除上述式(X)的重複單元以外,聚苯并㗁唑亦可以包含其他種類的重複結構單元。The polybenzoxazole may include repeating units of the above formula (X) all containing one type of R 131 or R 132 , or may include repeating units of the above formula (X) containing two or more different types of R 131 or R 132. In addition to the repeating units of the above formula (X), the polybenzoxazole may also include other types of repeating units.

例如,使雙胺基苯酚衍生物與包含R133 之二羧酸或選自上述二羧酸的二羧酸二氯化物及二羧酸衍生物等之化合物進行反應來獲得聚苯并㗁唑前驅物,利用習知之㗁唑化反應法使其㗁唑化,藉此可獲得聚苯并㗁唑。 此外,在二羧酸的情況下,為了提高反應產率等,亦可以使用預先使1-羥基-1,2,3-苯并三唑等進行反應之活性酯型的二羧酸衍生物。For example, a diaminophenol derivative is reacted with a dicarboxylic acid containing R 133 or a dicarboxylic acid dichloride and a dicarboxylic acid derivative selected from the above dicarboxylic acids to obtain a polybenzoxazole precursor, which is then oxazolidated by a known oxazolidation reaction method to obtain a polybenzoxazole. In addition, in the case of a dicarboxylic acid, an active ester type dicarboxylic acid derivative that has been reacted with 1-hydroxy-1,2,3-benzotriazole or the like in advance may be used in order to increase the reaction yield.

聚苯并㗁唑的重量平均分子量(Mw)為5,000~70,000為較佳,8,000~50,000為更佳,10,000~30,000為進一步較佳。藉由將重量平均分子量設為5,000以上,能夠提高硬化後的膜的耐折彎性。為了獲得機械特性優異之有機膜,重量平均分子量為20,000以上為特佳。又,含有2種以上的聚苯并㗁唑時,至少1種聚苯并㗁唑的重量平均分子量在上述範圍內為較佳。The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polybenzoxazole is preferably 5,000 to 70,000, more preferably 8,000 to 50,000, and even more preferably 10,000 to 30,000. By setting the weight average molecular weight to 5,000 or more, the bending resistance of the cured film can be improved. In order to obtain an organic film with excellent mechanical properties, a weight average molecular weight of 20,000 or more is particularly preferred. In addition, when containing two or more polybenzoxazoles, it is preferred that the weight average molecular weight of at least one polybenzoxazole is within the above range.

〔聚醯亞胺前驅物等的製造方法〕 聚醯亞胺前驅物等可藉由使二羧酸或二羧酸衍生物與二胺進行反應來獲得。較佳為使用鹵化劑對二羧酸或二羧酸衍生物進行鹵化之後,使其與二胺進行反應來獲得。 在聚醯亞胺前驅物的製造方法中,進行反應時,使用有機溶劑為較佳。有機溶劑可以為1種,亦可以為2種以上。 作為有機溶劑,能夠根據原料適當設定,可例示吡啶、二乙二醇二甲醚(二甘二甲醚)、N-甲基吡咯啶酮及N-乙基吡咯啶酮。 聚醯亞胺可以在合成聚醯亞胺前驅物之後,藉由熱醯亞胺化、化學醯亞胺化(例如,藉由使觸媒產生作用來促進環化反應)等方法使其環化來製造,亦可以直接合成聚醯亞胺。[Method for producing polyimide precursors, etc.] Polyimide precursors, etc. can be obtained by reacting dicarboxylic acid or dicarboxylic acid derivatives with diamines. It is preferably obtained by halogenating dicarboxylic acid or dicarboxylic acid derivatives with a halogenating agent and then reacting them with diamines. In the method for producing a polyimide precursor, it is preferred to use an organic solvent when performing the reaction. The organic solvent may be one or more. As the organic solvent, it can be appropriately set according to the raw materials, and examples thereof include pyridine, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether (diethylene glycol dimethyl ether), N-methylpyrrolidone, and N-ethylpyrrolidone. Polyimide can be produced by cyclizing a polyimide precursor after synthesizing it by thermal imidization, chemical imidization (for example, by promoting the cyclization reaction by the action of a catalyst), or by directly synthesizing the polyimide precursor.

-封端劑- 製造聚醯亞胺前驅物等時,為了進一步提高保存穩定性,用酸酐、單羧酸、單醯氯化合物、單活性酯化合物等封端劑密封聚醯亞胺前驅物等末端為較佳。作為封端劑,使用單胺為更佳,作為單胺的較佳化合物,可舉出苯胺、2-乙炔基苯胺、3-乙炔基苯胺、4-乙炔基苯胺、5-胺基-8-羥喹啉、1-羥基-7-胺基萘、1-羥基-6-胺基萘、1-羥基-5-胺基萘、1-羥基-4-胺基萘、2-羥基-7-胺基萘、2-羥基-6-胺基萘、2-羥基-5-胺基萘、1-羧基-7-胺基萘、1-羧基-6-胺基萘、1-羧基-5-胺基萘、2-羧基-7-胺基萘、2-羧基-6-胺基萘、2-羧基-5-胺基萘、2-胺基苯甲酸、3-胺基苯甲酸、4-胺基苯甲酸、4-胺基水楊酸、5-胺基水楊酸、6-胺基水楊酸、2-胺基苯磺酸、3-胺基苯磺酸、4-胺基苯磺酸、3-胺基-4,6-二羥基嘧啶、2-胺基苯酚、3-胺基苯酚、4-胺基苯酚、2-胺基苯硫酚、3-胺基苯硫酚、4-胺基苯硫酚等。該等可以使用2種以上,亦可以藉由使複數種封端劑反應而導入複數種不同的末端基。-Capping agent- When manufacturing polyimide precursors, it is preferred to seal the ends of the polyimide precursors with a capping agent such as anhydride, monocarboxylic acid, monoacyl chloride, or monoactive ester compound in order to further improve storage stability. As the end-capping agent, it is more preferable to use a monoamine. As preferred compounds of the monoamine, there can be cited aniline, 2-ethynylaniline, 3-ethynylaniline, 4-ethynylaniline, 5-amino-8-hydroxyquinoline, 1-hydroxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-4-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-5 2-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 2-aminobenzoic acid, 3-aminobenzoic acid, 4-aminobenzoic acid, 4-aminosalicylic acid, 5-aminosalicylic acid, 6-aminosalicylic acid, 2-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 3-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 4-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 3-amino-4,6-dihydroxypyrimidine, 2-aminophenol, 3-aminophenol, 4-aminophenol, 2-aminothiophenol, 3-aminothiophenol, 4-aminothiophenol, etc. Two or more of these may be used, and a plurality of different terminal groups may be introduced by reacting a plurality of terminal blocking agents.

-固體析出- 製造聚醯亞胺前驅物等時,可以包括析出固體之製程。具體而言,使反應液中的聚醯亞胺前驅物等沉澱於水中並使其溶解於四氫呋喃等聚醯亞胺前驅物等可溶解之溶劑,藉此能夠進行固體析出。 之後,藉由乾燥聚醯亞胺前驅物等,能夠獲得粉末狀的聚醯亞胺前驅物等。-Solid precipitation- When manufacturing a polyimide precursor, etc., a solid precipitation process may be included. Specifically, the polyimide precursor in the reaction solution is precipitated in water and dissolved in a solvent such as tetrahydrofuran in which the polyimide precursor is soluble, thereby enabling solid precipitation. Thereafter, by drying the polyimide precursor, etc., a powdered polyimide precursor, etc. can be obtained.

〔含量〕 樹脂在本發明的組成物中的含量相對於組成物的總固體成分,20質量%以上為較佳,30質量%以上為更佳,40質量%以上為進一步較佳,50質量%以上為更進一步較佳。又,樹脂在本發明的組成物中的含量相對於組成物的總固體成分,99.5質量%以下為較佳,99質量%以下為更佳,98質量%以下為進一步較佳,97質量%以下為進一步較佳,95質量%以下為更進一步較佳。 本發明的組成物可以僅包含1種樹脂,亦可以包含2種以上。包含2種以上時,合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。[Content] The content of the resin in the composition of the present invention is preferably 20% by mass or more, 30% by mass or more, 40% by mass or more, and 50% by mass or more, relative to the total solid content of the composition. In addition, the content of the resin in the composition of the present invention is preferably 99.5% by mass or less, 99% by mass or less is more preferred, 98% by mass or less is more preferred, 97% by mass or less is more preferred, and 95% by mass or less is more preferred relative to the total solid content of the composition. The composition of the present invention may contain only one resin or two or more. When containing two or more resins, the total amount is preferably within the above range.

<其他樹脂> 本發明的組成物可以包含上述特定樹脂及與特定樹脂不同的其他樹脂(以下,亦簡稱為“其他樹脂”。)。 作為其他樹脂,可舉出聚醯胺醯亞胺、聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物、酚醛樹脂、聚醯胺、環氧樹脂、聚矽氧烷、包含矽氧烷結構之樹脂、丙烯酸樹脂等。 例如,藉由進一步添加丙烯酸樹脂,可獲得塗佈性優異之組成物,又,可獲得耐溶劑性優異之有機膜。 例如,藉由代替後述之聚合性化合物或除後述之聚合性化合物以外,在組成物中添加重量平均分子量為20,000以下的聚合性基團價高的丙烯酸系樹脂,能夠提高組成物的塗佈性、有機膜的耐溶劑性等。<Other resins> The composition of the present invention may contain the above-mentioned specific resin and other resins different from the specific resin (hereinafter, also referred to as "other resins" for short). As other resins, polyamide imide, polyamide imide precursor, phenolic resin, polyamide, epoxy resin, polysiloxane, resin containing a siloxane structure, acrylic resin, etc. can be cited. For example, by further adding an acrylic resin, a composition with excellent coating properties can be obtained, and an organic film with excellent solvent resistance can be obtained. For example, by adding an acrylic resin having a weight average molecular weight of 20,000 or less and having a high polymerizable group value to the composition instead of or in addition to the polymerizable compound described below, the coating properties of the composition and the solvent resistance of the organic film can be improved.

本發明的組成物包含其他樹脂時,其他樹脂的含量相對於組成物的總固體成分,0.01質量%以上為較佳,0.05質量%以上為更佳,1質量%以上為進一步較佳,2質量%以上為進一步較佳,5質量%以上為更進一步較佳,10質量%以上為再進一步較佳。 又,本發明的組成物中的其他樹脂的含量相對於組成物的總固體成分,80質量%以下為較佳,75質量%以下為更佳,70質量%以下為進一步較佳,60質量%以下為進一步較佳,50質量%以下為更進一步較佳。 又,作為本發明的組成物的較佳態樣之一,亦能夠設為其他樹脂的含量低的態樣。在上述態樣中,其他樹脂的含量相對於組成物的總固體成分,20質量%以下為較佳,15質量%以下為更佳,10質量%以下為進一步較佳,5質量%以下為進一步較佳,1質量%以下為更進一步較佳。上述含量的下限並沒有特別限定,0質量%以上即可。 本發明的組成物可以僅包含1種其他樹脂,亦可以包含2種以上。包含2種以上時,合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。When the composition of the present invention contains other resins, the content of the other resins is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, more preferably 0.05% by mass or more, more preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 2% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more, and even more preferably 10% by mass or more relative to the total solid content of the composition. In addition, the content of the other resins in the composition of the present invention is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 75% by mass or less, more preferably 70% by mass or less, more preferably 60% by mass or less, and even more preferably 50% by mass or less relative to the total solid content of the composition. Furthermore, as one of the preferred embodiments of the composition of the present invention, it is also possible to set the composition to have a low content of other resins. In the above embodiment, the content of other resins relative to the total solid content of the composition is preferably 20% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less is more preferred, 10% by mass or less is further preferred, 5% by mass or less is further preferred, and 1% by mass or less is further preferred. The lower limit of the above content is not particularly limited, and 0% by mass or more is sufficient. The composition of the present invention may contain only one other resin, or may contain two or more. When containing two or more, it is preferred that the total amount is within the above range.

<感光劑> 本發明的組成物包含感光劑。 作為感光劑,光聚合起始劑為較佳。<Photosensitive agent> The composition of the present invention contains a photosensitive agent. As the photosensitive agent, a photopolymerization initiator is preferred.

〔光聚合起始劑〕 本發明的組成物包含光聚合起始劑作為感光劑為較佳。 光聚合起始劑係光自由基聚合起始劑為較佳。作為光自由基聚合起始劑,並沒有特別限制,能夠從公知的光自由基聚合起始劑中適當選擇。例如,對紫外線區域至可見區域的光線具有感光性之光自由基聚合起始劑為較佳。又,可以為與被光激發之敏化劑產生一些作用並生成活性自由基之活性劑。[Photopolymerization initiator] The composition of the present invention preferably contains a photopolymerization initiator as a photosensitizer. The photopolymerization initiator is preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator. There is no particular limitation on the photoradical polymerization initiator, and it can be appropriately selected from known photoradical polymerization initiators. For example, a photoradical polymerization initiator that is sensitive to light in the ultraviolet region to the visible region is preferred. In addition, it can be an activator that reacts with a photoexcited sensitizer to generate active radicals.

在有機膜中,從容易滿足上述式(2)的觀點考慮,本發明的組成物包含後述之含金屬元素化合物作為光自由基聚合起始劑為較佳。亦即,在本發明中,在後述之含金屬元素化合物中,能夠將具有自由基聚合起始能力之含金屬元素化合物用作光自由基聚合起始劑。 其中,具有自由基聚合起始能力表示能夠產生能夠使自由基聚合開始的自由基。例如,對包含自由基聚合性單體、黏合劑聚合物及含金屬元素化合物之組成物照射在含金屬元素化合物吸收光而自由基聚合性單體不吸收光之波長區域的光時,能夠藉由確認自由基聚合性單體是否消失來確認有無聚合起始能力。確認是否消失時,能夠根據自由基聚合性單體、黏合劑聚合物的種類而選擇適當的方法,例如藉由IR測定(紅外分光測定)或HPLC測定(高效液相層析法)確認即可。In the organic film, from the viewpoint of easily satisfying the above formula (2), it is preferable that the composition of the present invention contains the metal element-containing compound described later as a photo-radical polymerization initiator. That is, in the present invention, among the metal element-containing compounds described later, the metal element-containing compound having the ability to initiate free radical polymerization can be used as a photo-radical polymerization initiator. Among them, having the ability to initiate free radical polymerization means being able to generate free radicals that can initiate free radical polymerization. For example, when a composition containing a free radical polymerizable monomer, an adhesive polymer and a metal element-containing compound is irradiated with light in a wavelength region where the metal element-containing compound absorbs light but the free radical polymerizable monomer does not absorb light, the presence or absence of polymerization initiation ability can be confirmed by confirming whether the free radical polymerizable monomer disappears. When confirming whether it disappears, an appropriate method can be selected according to the type of the radical polymerizable monomer or the binder polymer, for example, confirmation by IR measurement (infrared spectroscopy) or HPLC measurement (high performance liquid chromatography) can be used.

本發明的組成物包含具有自由基聚合起始能力之含金屬元素化合物等時,本發明的組成物實質上不包含除上述含金屬元素化合物以外的自由基聚合起始劑亦較佳。實質上不包含除上述含金屬元素化合物以外的自由基聚合起始劑表示在本發明的組成物中除上述含金屬元素化合物以外的其他自由基聚合起始劑的含量相對於上述含金屬元素化合物的總質量為5質量%以下,3質量%以下為較佳,1質量%以下為更佳,0.1質量%為進一步較佳。 又,本發明的組成物包含具有自由基聚合起始能力之含金屬元素化合物等時,本發明的組成物包含上述含金屬元素化合物和其他光自由基聚合起始劑亦較佳。 在本發明的組成物中,含有含金屬元素化合物和其他光自由基聚合起始劑時,相對於含金屬元素化合物和其他光自由基聚合起始劑的合計含量之含金屬元素化合物的含量為20~80質量%為較佳,30~70質量%為更佳。 又,作為上述其他光自由基聚合起始劑,後述之肟化合物為較佳。When the composition of the present invention contains a metal-containing compound having the ability to initiate free radical polymerization, it is also preferred that the composition of the present invention substantially does not contain a free radical polymerization initiator other than the above-mentioned metal-containing compound. Substantially not containing a free radical polymerization initiator other than the above-mentioned metal-containing compound means that the content of other free radical polymerization initiators other than the above-mentioned metal-containing compound in the composition of the present invention is 5% by mass or less, preferably 3% by mass or less, more preferably 1% by mass or less, and even more preferably 0.1% by mass. In addition, when the composition of the present invention contains a metal-containing compound having the ability to initiate free radical polymerization, it is also preferred that the composition of the present invention contains the above-mentioned metal-containing compound and other photo-free radical polymerization initiators. In the composition of the present invention, when a metal-containing compound and other photo-radical polymerization initiators are contained, the content of the metal-containing compound relative to the total content of the metal-containing compound and other photo-radical polymerization initiators is preferably 20 to 80 mass %, and more preferably 30 to 70 mass %. In addition, as the above-mentioned other photo-radical polymerization initiators, the oxime compound described later is preferred.

光自由基聚合起始劑至少含有1種在約300~800nm(較佳為330~500nm)的範圍內至少具有約50L/mol-1 /cm-1 莫耳吸光係數之化合物為較佳。化合物的莫耳吸光係數能夠利用公知的方法來進行測定。例如,藉由紫外可見分光光度計(Varian公司製Cary-5 spectrophotometer),並使用乙酸乙酯溶劑,在0.01g/L的濃度下進行測定為較佳。The photo-radical polymerization initiator preferably contains at least one compound having a molar absorption coefficient of at least about 50 L/mol -1 /cm -1 in the range of about 300 to 800 nm (preferably 330 to 500 nm). The molar absorption coefficient of the compound can be measured by a known method. For example, it is preferably measured by a UV-visible spectrophotometer (Cary-5 spectrophotometer manufactured by Varian) using an ethyl acetate solvent at a concentration of 0.01 g/L.

作為光自由基聚合起始劑,能夠任意使用公知的化合物。例如,可舉出鹵化烴衍生物(例如具有三𠯤骨架之化合物、具有㗁二唑骨架之化合物、具有三鹵甲基之化合物等)、醯基氧化膦等醯基膦化合物、六芳基雙咪唑、肟衍生物等肟化合物、有機過氧化物、硫化合物、酮化合物、芳香族鎓鹽、酮肟醚、胺基苯乙酮化合物、羥基苯乙酮、偶氮系化合物、疊氮化合物、茂金屬化合物、有機硼化合物、鐵芳烴錯合物等。關於該等的詳細內容,能夠參考日本特開2016-027357號公報的0165~0182段、國際公開第2015/199219號的0138~0151段的記載,該內容編入本說明書中。As the photoradical polymerization initiator, any known compound can be used. For example, alkyl halides derivatives (e.g., compounds having a trioxane skeleton, compounds having a diazole skeleton, compounds having a trihalomethyl group, etc.), acylphosphine compounds such as acylphosphine oxide, hexaarylbiimidazole, oxime compounds such as oxime derivatives, organic peroxides, sulfur compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, ketoxime ethers, aminoacetophenone compounds, hydroxyacetophenones, azo compounds, azide compounds, metallocene compounds, organic boron compounds, iron aromatic complexes, etc. can be cited. For the details thereof, reference can be made to paragraphs 0165 to 0182 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2016-027357 and paragraphs 0138 to 0151 of International Publication No. 2015/199219, the contents of which are incorporated into this specification.

作為酮化合物,例如,可例示日本特開2015-087611號公報的0087段中記載之化合物,該內容編入本說明書中。市售品中,亦可較佳地使用KAYACURE DETX(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製)。Examples of the ketone compound include compounds described in paragraph 0087 of JP-A-2015-087611, the contents of which are incorporated herein. Among commercially available products, KAYACURE DETX (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) can also be preferably used.

在本發明的一實施態樣中,作為光自由基聚合起始劑,能夠較佳地使用羥基苯乙酮化合物、胺基苯乙酮化合物及醯基膦化合物。更具體而言,例如,能夠使用日本特開平10-291969號公報中記載之胺基苯乙酮系起始劑、日本專利第4225898號中記載之醯基氧化膦系起始劑。In one embodiment of the present invention, hydroxyacetophenone compounds, aminoacetophenone compounds and acylphosphine compounds can be preferably used as photoradical polymerization initiators. More specifically, for example, aminoacetophenone-based initiators described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 10-291969 and acylphosphine oxide-based initiators described in Japanese Patent No. 4225898 can be used.

作為羥基苯乙酮系起始劑,能夠使用IRGACURE 184(IRGACURE為註冊商標)、DAROCUR 1173、IRGACURE 500、IRGACURE-2959、IRGACURE 127、IRGACURE 727(商品名:均為BASF公司製)。As the hydroxyacetophenone-based initiator, IRGACURE 184 (IRGACURE is a registered trademark), DAROCUR 1173, IRGACURE 500, IRGACURE-2959, IRGACURE 127, and IRGACURE 727 (trade names: all manufactured by BASF) can be used.

作為胺基苯乙酮系起始劑,能夠使用作為市售品之IRGACURE 907、IRGACURE 369及IRGACURE 379(商品名:均為BASF公司製)。As the aminoacetophenone-based initiator, commercially available products such as IRGACURE 907, IRGACURE 369, and IRGACURE 379 (trade names: all manufactured by BASF Corporation) can be used.

作為胺基苯乙酮系起始劑,亦能夠使用吸收極大波長與365nm或405nm等波長光源匹配之日本特開2009-191179號公報中記載之化合物。As the aminoacetophenone-based initiator, a compound described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2009-191179, which has an absorption maximum wavelength matching a light source of wavelength such as 365 nm or 405 nm, can also be used.

作為醯基膦系起始劑,可舉出2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基-二苯基-氧化膦等。又,能夠使用作為市售品之IRGACURE-819、IRGACURE-TPO(商品名:均為BASF公司製)。Examples of the acylphosphine-based initiator include 2,4,6-trimethylbenzyl-diphenyl-phosphine oxide, etc. Commercially available products such as IRGACURE-819 and IRGACURE-TPO (trade names: both manufactured by BASF Corporation) can also be used.

作為茂金屬化合物,可例示IRGACURE-784、IRGACURE-784EG(均為BASF公司製)等。茂金屬化合物包括後述之含金屬元素化合物(具有自由基聚合起始能力之化合物)。Examples of the metallocene compound include IRGACURE-784 and IRGACURE-784EG (both manufactured by BASF Corporation). The metallocene compound includes the metal element-containing compound (compound having a radical polymerization initiation ability) described below.

作為光自由基聚合起始劑,更佳為舉出肟化合物。藉由使用肟化合物,能夠進一步有效地提高曝光寬容度。肟化合物的曝光寬容度(曝光餘量)較廣,且亦作為光硬化促進劑而起作用,因此特佳。As the photo-radical polymerization initiator, an oxime compound is more preferred. By using an oxime compound, the exposure tolerance can be further effectively improved. Oxime compounds have a wider exposure tolerance (exposure margin) and also function as a photohardening accelerator, so they are particularly preferred.

作為肟化合物的具體例,能夠使用日本特開2001-233842號公報中記載之化合物、日本特開2000-080068號公報中記載之化合物、日本特開2006-342166號公報中記載之化合物。Specific examples of the oxime compound include compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2001-233842, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2000-080068, and compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2006-342166.

作為較佳之肟化合物,例如可舉出下述結構的化合物、3-苯甲醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、3-乙醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、3-丙醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、2-乙醯氧基亞胺基戊烷-3-酮、2-乙醯氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、2-苯甲醯氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、3-(4-甲苯磺醯氧基)亞胺基丁烷-2-酮以及2-乙氧基羰氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮等。在本發明的組成物中,尤其將肟化合物用作光自由基聚合起始劑(肟系光聚合起始劑)為較佳。肟系光聚合起始劑在分子內具有>C=N-O-C(=O)-的連結基。Preferred oxime compounds include, for example, compounds having the following structures: 3-benzoyloxyiminobutane-2-one, 3-acetyloxyiminobutane-2-one, 3-propionyloxyiminobutane-2-one, 2-acetyloxyiminopentane-3-one, 2-acetyloxyimino-1-phenylpropane-1-one, 2-benzoyloxyimino-1-phenylpropane-1-one, 3-(4-toluenesulfonyloxy)iminobutane-2-one, and 2-ethoxycarbonyloxyimino-1-phenylpropane-1-one. In the composition of the present invention, it is particularly preferred to use the oxime compound as a photoradical polymerization initiator (oxime-based photopolymerization initiator). Oxime-based photopolymerization initiators have a linking group of >C=N-O-C(=O)- in the molecule.

[化學式27-1] [Chemical formula 27-1]

市售品中,亦可較佳地使用IRGACURE OXE 01、IRGACURE OXE 02、IRGACURE OXE 03、IRGACURE OXE 04(以上為BASF公司製)、ADEKA OPTOMER N-1919(ADEKA CORPORATION製、日本特開2012-014052號公報中記載之光自由基聚合起始劑2)。又,亦能夠使用TR-PBG-304(Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials CO.,LTD.製)、ADEKA ARKLS NCI-831及ADEKA ARKLS NCI-930(ADEKA CORPORATION製)。又,能夠使用DFI-091(DAITO CHEMIX Co.,Ltd.製)。又,亦能夠使用下述結構的肟化合物。 [化學式27-2] 作為光聚合起始劑,亦能夠使用具有茀環之肟化合物。作為具有茀環之肟化合物的具體例,可舉出日本特開2014-137466號公報中記載之化合物、日本專利06636081號中記載之化合物。 作為光聚合起始劑,亦能夠使用具有咔唑環的至少1個苯環成為萘環之骨架之肟化合物。作為該種肟化合物的具體例,可舉出國際公開第2013/083505號中記載之化合物。Among the commercial products, IRGACURE OXE 01, IRGACURE OXE 02, IRGACURE OXE 03, IRGACURE OXE 04 (all manufactured by BASF), ADEKA OPTOMER N-1919 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION, photoradical polymerization initiator 2 described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2012-014052) can also be preferably used. In addition, TR-PBG-304 (manufactured by Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials CO., LTD.), ADEKA ARKLS NCI-831 and ADEKA ARKLS NCI-930 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION) can also be used. In addition, DFI-091 (manufactured by DAITO CHEMIX Co., Ltd.) can be used. In addition, oxime compounds having the following structures can also be used. [Chemical formula 27-2] As a photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a fluorene ring can also be used. As a specific example of an oxime compound having a fluorene ring, a compound described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2014-137466 and a compound described in Japanese Patent No. 06636081 can be cited. As a photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a carbazole ring and at least one benzene ring being a naphthalene ring skeleton can also be used. As a specific example of such an oxime compound, a compound described in International Publication No. 2013/083505 can be cited.

亦能夠使用具有氟原子之肟化合物。作為該種肟化合物的具體例,可舉出日本特開2010-262028號公報中記載之化合物、日本特表2014-500852號公報的0345段中記載之化合物24、36~40、日本特開2013-164471號公報的0101段中記載之化合物(C-3)等。Oxime compounds having fluorine atoms can also be used. Specific examples of such oxime compounds include compounds described in JP-A-2010-262028, compounds 24, 36 to 40 described in paragraph 0345 of JP-A-2014-500852, and compound (C-3) described in paragraph 0101 of JP-A-2013-164471.

作為最佳之肟化合物,可舉出日本特開2007-269779號公報中示出之具有特定取代基之肟化合物或日本特開2009-191061號公報中示出之具有硫芳基之肟化合物等。As the most preferable oxime compound, there can be mentioned an oxime compound having a specific substituent as disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2007-269779 or an oxime compound having a thioaryl group as disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-191061.

從曝光靈敏度的觀點考慮,光自由基聚合起始劑係選自包括三鹵甲基三𠯤化合物、苄基二甲基縮酮化合物、α-羥基酮化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、醯基膦化合物、氧化膦化合物、茂金屬化合物、肟化合物、三芳基咪唑二聚體、鎓鹽化合物、苯并噻唑化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、苯乙酮化合物及其衍生物、環戊二烯基-苯-鐵錯合物及其鹽、鹵甲基㗁二唑化合物、3-芳基取代香豆素化合物之群組中之化合物為較佳。From the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity, the photoradical polymerization initiator is preferably a compound selected from the group consisting of trihalomethyl trioxane compounds, benzyl dimethyl ketal compounds, α-hydroxy ketone compounds, α-amino ketone compounds, acyl phosphine compounds, phosphine oxide compounds, metallocene compounds, oxime compounds, triaryl imidazole dimers, onium salt compounds, benzothiazole compounds, benzophenone compounds, acetophenone compounds and derivatives thereof, cyclopentadienyl-benzene-iron complexes and salts thereof, halogenated methyl oxadiazole compounds, and 3-aryl substituted coumarin compounds.

更佳之光自由基聚合起始劑係三鹵甲基三𠯤化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、醯基膦化合物、氧化膦化合物、茂金屬化合物、肟化合物、三芳基咪唑二聚體、鎓鹽化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、苯乙酮化合物,選自包括三鹵甲基三𠯤化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、肟化合物、三芳基咪唑二聚體、二苯甲酮化合物之群組中之至少1種化合物為進一步較佳,使用茂金屬化合物或肟化合物為更進一步較佳,肟化合物為更進一步較佳。More preferred photoradical polymerization initiators are trihalogenomethyl trioxane compounds, α-aminoketone compounds, acylphosphine compounds, phosphine oxide compounds, metallocene compounds, oxime compounds, triaryl imidazole dimers, onium salt compounds, benzophenone compounds, and acetophenone compounds. It is further preferred to select at least one compound from the group consisting of trihalogenomethyl trioxane compounds, α-aminoketone compounds, oxime compounds, triaryl imidazole dimers, and benzophenone compounds. It is further preferred to use metallocene compounds or oxime compounds, and oxime compounds are further preferred.

又,光自由基聚合起始劑亦能夠使用二苯甲酮、N,N’-四甲基-4,4’-二胺基二苯甲酮(米其勒酮(Michler’s ketone))等N,N’-四烷基-4,4’-二胺基二苯甲酮,2-苄基-2-二甲基胺基-1-(4-口末啉基苯基)-丁酮-1,2-甲基-1-[4-(甲硫基)苯基]-2-口末啉基-丙酮-1等芳香族酮、烷基蒽醌等與芳香環進行縮環而成之醌類、安息香烷基醚等安息香醚化合物、安息香、烷基安息香等安息香化合物、苄基二甲基縮酮等苄基衍生物等。又,亦能夠使用由下述式(I)表示之化合物。In addition, as the photoradical polymerization initiator, benzophenone, N,N'-tetraalkyl-4,4'-diaminobenzophenone (Michler's ketone), aromatic ketones such as 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1-(4-aminophenyl)-butanone-1,2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-amino-propanone-1, quinones obtained by condensation of an aromatic ring with an alkyl anthraquinone, benzoin ether compounds such as benzoin alkyl ether, benzoin, benzoin compounds such as alkyl benzoin, benzyl derivatives such as benzyl dimethyl ketal, etc. can be used. In addition, compounds represented by the following formula (I) can also be used.

[化學式28] [Chemical formula 28]

在式(I)中,RI00 係碳數1~20的烷基、藉由1個以上的氧原子而中斷之碳數2~20的烷基、碳數1~12的烷氧基、苯基、碳數1~20的烷基、碳數1~12的烷氧基、鹵素原子、環戊基、環己基、碳數2~12的烯基、被藉由因1個以上的氧原子而中斷之碳數2~18的烷基及碳數1~4的烷基中的至少1個取代之苯基或聯苯基,RI01 係由式(II)表示之基團,或者係與RI00 相同的基團,RI02 ~RI04 各自獨立地為碳數1~12的烷基、碳數1~12的烷氧基或鹵素。In the formula (I), R I00 is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms interrupted by one or more oxygen atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, an alkenyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, a phenyl group substituted by at least one of an alkyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms interrupted by one or more oxygen atoms and an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or a biphenyl group, R I01 is a group represented by the formula (II) or is the same group as R I00 , and R I02 to R I04 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or a halogen.

[化學式29] [Chemical formula 29]

式中,RI05 ~RI07 與上述式(I)的RI02 ~RI04 相同。In the formula, R I05 to R I07 are the same as R I02 to R I04 in the above formula (I).

又,光自由基聚合起始劑亦能夠使用國際公開第2015/125469號的0048~0055段中記載之化合物。Furthermore, the photoradical polymerization initiator may also include compounds described in paragraphs 0048 to 0055 of International Publication No. 2015/125469.

包含光聚合起始劑時,其含量相對於本發明的組成物的總固體成分為0.1~30質量%為較佳,更佳為0.1~20質量%,進一步較佳為0.5~15質量%,更進一步較佳為1.0~10質量%。光聚合起始劑可以僅含有1種,亦可以含有2種以上。含有2種以上光聚合起始劑時,合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。When a photopolymerization initiator is included, its content is preferably 0.1 to 30 mass %, more preferably 0.1 to 20 mass %, further preferably 0.5 to 15 mass %, and further preferably 1.0 to 10 mass % relative to the total solid content of the composition of the present invention. The photopolymerization initiator may contain only one type or two or more types. When two or more photopolymerization initiators are contained, the total amount is preferably within the above range.

〔光酸產生劑〕 又,本發明的組成物包含光酸產生劑作為感光劑亦較佳。 藉由含有光酸產生劑,例如,在組成物層的曝光部產生酸而上述曝光部在顯影液(例如,鹼水溶液)中的溶解性增加,並能夠獲得曝光部被顯影液去除之正型圖案。 又,藉由組成物含有光酸產生劑和後述之除自由基聚合性化合物以外的聚合性化合物,例如,亦能夠設為如下態樣:上述聚合性化合物的交聯反應藉由產生於曝光部之酸得到促進,相較於非曝光部,曝光部不易被顯影液去除。根據該種態樣,能夠獲得負型圖案。[Photoacid generator] In addition, the composition of the present invention preferably contains a photoacid generator as a photosensitizer. By containing a photoacid generator, for example, acid is generated in the exposed part of the composition layer, and the solubility of the exposed part in the developer (for example, an alkaline aqueous solution) is increased, and a positive pattern in which the exposed part is removed by the developer can be obtained. In addition, by containing a photoacid generator and a polymerizable compound other than a free radical polymerizable compound described later, for example, the following state can be set: the crosslinking reaction of the polymerizable compound is promoted by the acid generated in the exposed part, and the exposed part is less likely to be removed by the developer than the non-exposed part. According to this state, a negative pattern can be obtained.

作為光酸產生劑,只要藉由曝光產生酸,則並沒有特別限定,能夠舉出醌二疊氮化合物、重氮鹽、鏻鹽、鋶鹽、錪鹽等鎓鹽化合物、醯亞胺磺酸鹽、肟磺酸鹽、重氮二碸、二碸、鄰硝基苄基磺酸鹽等磺酸鹽化合物等。The photoacid generator is not particularly limited as long as it generates an acid by exposure, and examples thereof include quinone diazonium compounds, onium salt compounds such as diazo salts, phosphonium salts, coronium salts, and iodonium salts, sulfonate compounds such as acylimide sulfonates, oxime sulfonates, diazo disulfonates, disulfonates, and o-nitrobenzyl sulfonates.

作為醌二疊氮化合物,可舉出醌二疊氮的磺酸藉由酯與聚羥基化合物鍵結者、醌二疊氮的磺酸與聚胺基化合物進行磺醯胺鍵結者、醌二疊氮的磺酸藉由酯鍵及磺醯胺鍵中的至少1個與聚羥基聚胺基化合物鍵結者等。在本發明中,例如,該等聚羥基化合物和聚胺基化合物的官能基整體的50莫耳%以上被醌二疊氮取代為較佳。As the quinone diazide compound, there can be mentioned those in which the sulfonic acid of quinone diazide is bonded to a polyhydroxy compound via an ester, those in which the sulfonic acid of quinone diazide is bonded to a polyamine compound via a sulfonamide bond, those in which the sulfonic acid of quinone diazide is bonded to a polyhydroxy polyamine compound via at least one of an ester bond and a sulfonamide bond, etc. In the present invention, for example, it is preferred that 50 mol% or more of the functional groups of the polyhydroxy compound and the polyamine compound are substituted with quinone diazide.

在本發明中,作為醌二疊氮,5-萘醌二疊氮磺醯基、4-萘醌二疊氮磺醯基均可較佳地使用。4-萘醌二疊氮磺醯酯化合物在水銀燈的i射線區域具有吸收,因此適於i射線曝光。5-萘醌二疊氮磺醯酯化合物的吸收延伸至水銀燈的g射線區域,因此適於g射線曝光。在本發明中,根據進行曝光之波長,選擇4-萘醌二疊氮磺醯酯化合物、5-萘醌二疊氮磺醯酯化合物為較佳。又,可以含有在同一分子中具有4-萘醌二疊氮磺醯基、5-萘醌二疊氮磺醯基之萘醌二疊氮磺醯酯化合物,亦可以含有4-萘醌二疊氮磺醯酯化合物和5-萘醌二疊氮磺醯酯化合物。In the present invention, as quinone diazide, 5-naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl and 4-naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl can be preferably used. 4-naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl compound has absorption in the i-ray region of mercury lamp, so it is suitable for i-ray exposure. 5-naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl compound has absorption extending to the g-ray region of mercury lamp, so it is suitable for g-ray exposure. In the present invention, 4-naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl compound and 5-naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl compound are preferably selected according to the wavelength of exposure. Furthermore, it may contain a naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl ester compound having a 4-naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl group and a 5-naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl group in the same molecule, or it may contain a 4-naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl ester compound and a 5-naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl ester compound.

上述萘醌二疊氮化合物能夠藉由具有酚性羥基之化合物與醌二疊氮磺酸化合物的酯化反應來合成,並能夠藉由公知的方法合成。藉由使用該等萘醌二疊氮化合物,解析度、靈敏度、殘膜率進一步得到提高。 作為上述萘醌二疊氮化合物,例如,可舉出1,2-萘醌-2-二疊氮-5-磺酸或1,2-萘醌-2-二疊氮-4-磺酸、該等化合物的鹽或酯化合物等。The naphthoquinone diazide compound can be synthesized by an esterification reaction between a compound having a phenolic hydroxyl group and a quinone diazide sulfonic acid compound, and can be synthesized by a known method. By using such naphthoquinone diazide compounds, the resolution, sensitivity, and residual film rate are further improved. As the naphthoquinone diazide compound, for example, 1,2-naphthoquinone-2-diazide-5-sulfonic acid or 1,2-naphthoquinone-2-diazide-4-sulfonic acid, salts or ester compounds of such compounds, etc. can be cited.

作為鎓鹽化合物或磺酸鹽化合物,可舉出日本特開2008-013646號公報的0064~0122段中記載之化合物等。 此外,作為光酸產生劑,可以使用市售品。作為市售品,可舉出WPAG-145、WPAG-149、WPAG-170、WPAG-199、WPAG-336、WPAG-367、WPAG-370、WPAG-469、WPAG-638、WPAG-699(均為FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製)等。As the onium salt compound or sulfonate salt compound, compounds described in paragraphs 0064 to 0122 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2008-013646 can be cited. In addition, as the photoacid generator, commercially available products can be used. Commercially available products include WPAG-145, WPAG-149, WPAG-170, WPAG-199, WPAG-336, WPAG-367, WPAG-370, WPAG-469, WPAG-638, and WPAG-699 (all manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation).

包含光酸產生劑時,其含量相對於本發明的組成物的總固體成分,0.1~30質量%為較佳,0.1~20質量%為更佳,2~15質量%為進一步較佳。光酸產生劑可以僅含有1種,亦可以含有2種以上。含有2種以上光酸產生劑時,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。When a photoacid generator is included, its content is preferably 0.1 to 30 mass %, more preferably 0.1 to 20 mass %, and even more preferably 2 to 15 mass % relative to the total solid content of the composition of the present invention. The photoacid generator may be contained in one type or in two or more types. When two or more photoacid generators are contained, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.

<溶劑> 本發明的感光性樹脂組成物包含溶劑為較佳。 溶劑能夠任意使用公知的溶劑。溶劑較佳為有機溶劑。作為有機溶劑,可舉出酯類、醚類、酮類、芳香族烴類、亞碸類、醯胺類、脲類、醇類等化合物。<Solvent> The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a solvent. Any known solvent can be used as the solvent. The solvent is preferably an organic solvent. Examples of the organic solvent include compounds such as esters, ethers, ketones, aromatic hydrocarbons, sulfones, amides, ureas, and alcohols.

作為酯類,例如可舉出乙酸乙酯、乙酸正丁酯、乙酸異丁酯、乙酸己酯、甲酸戊酯、乙酸異戊酯、丙酸丁酯、丁酸異丙酯、丁酸乙酯、丁酸丁酯、乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、γ-丁內酯、ε-己內酯、δ-戊內酯、烷氧基乙酸烷基酯(例如,烷氧基乙酸甲酯、烷氧基乙酸乙酯、烷氧基乙酸丁酯(例如,甲氧基乙酸甲酯、甲氧基乙酸乙酯、甲氧基乙酸丁酯、乙氧基乙酸甲酯、乙氧基乙酸乙酯等))、3-烷氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例如,3-烷氧基丙酸甲酯、3-烷氧基丙酸乙酯等(例如,3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、3-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯等))、2-烷氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例如,2-烷氧基丙酸甲酯、2-烷氧基丙酸乙酯、2-烷氧基丙酸丙酯等(例如,2-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、2-甲氧基丙酸丙酯、2-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基丙酸乙酯))、2-烷氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯及2-烷氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯(例如,2-甲氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯等)、丙酮酸甲酯、丙酮酸乙酯、丙酮酸丙酯、乙醯乙酸甲酯、乙醯乙酸乙酯、2-氧代丁酸甲酯、2-氧代丁酸乙酯、己酸乙酯、庚酸乙酯、丙二酸二甲酯、丙二酸二乙酯等作為較佳者。Examples of the esters include ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, hexyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, γ-butyrolactone, ε-caprolactone, δ-valerolactone, alkyl alkoxyacetates (e.g., methyl alkoxyacetate, ethyl alkoxyacetate, butyl alkoxyacetate (e.g., methyl methoxyacetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate, etc.)), alkyl 3-alkoxypropionates (e.g., methyl 3-alkoxypropionate, ethyl 3-alkoxypropionate, etc. (e.g., methyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, etc.) Esters, etc.)), alkyl 2-alkoxypropionates (for example, methyl 2-alkoxypropionate, ethyl 2-alkoxypropionate, propyl 2-alkoxypropionate, etc. (for example, methyl 2-methoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate)), methyl 2-alkoxy-2-methylpropionate and ethyl 2-alkoxy-2-methylpropionate (for example, methyl 2-methoxy-2-methylpropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxy-2-methylpropionate, etc.), methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, propyl pyruvate, methyl acetylacetate, ethyl acetylacetate, methyl 2-oxobutyrate, ethyl 2-oxobutyrate, ethyl hexanoate, ethyl heptanoate, dimethyl malonate, diethyl malonate, etc. are preferred.

作為醚類,例如,可舉出二乙二醇二甲基醚、四氫呋喃、乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、甲基纖溶劑乙酸酯、乙基纖溶劑乙酸酯、二乙二醇單甲醚、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇單丁醚、丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、乙二醇單丁醚、乙二醇單丁醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇乙基甲基醚、丙二醇單丙醚乙酸酯等作為較佳者。As the ethers, for example, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl cellulose acetate, ethyl cellulose acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol ethyl methyl ether, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, etc. can be cited as preferred ones.

作為酮類,例如,可舉出甲基乙基酮、環己酮、環戊酮、2-庚酮、3-庚酮、3-甲基環己酮、左旋葡聚糖酮、二氫左旋葡聚糖酮等作為較佳者。As ketones, for example, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, 3-methylcyclohexanone, levoglucosanone, dihydrolevoglucosanone and the like are preferably mentioned.

作為芳香族烴類,例如可舉出甲苯、二甲苯、苯甲醚、檸檬烯等作為較佳者。Preferred examples of the aromatic hydrocarbons include toluene, xylene, anisole, and limonene.

作為亞碸類,例如可舉出二甲基亞碸作為較佳者。As the sulfoxides, for example, dimethyl sulfoxide can be preferably mentioned.

作為醯胺類,可舉出N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、N-乙基-2-吡咯啶酮、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基異丁醯胺、3-甲氧基-N,N-二甲基丙醯胺、3-丁氧基-N,N-二甲基丙醯胺、N-甲醯基口末啉、N-乙醯基口末啉等作為較佳者。 作為脲類,可舉出N,N,N’,N’-四甲基脲、1,3-二甲基-2-咪唑啶酮等作為較佳者。 作為醇類,可舉出甲醇、乙醇、1-丙醇、2-丙醇、1-丁醇、1-戊醇、1-己醇、苯甲醇、乙二醇單甲醚、1-甲氧基-2-丙醇、2-乙氧基乙醇、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇單己醚、三乙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單乙醚、丙二醇單甲基醚、聚乙二醇單甲醚、聚丙二醇、四乙二醇、乙二醇單丁醚、乙二醇單苄醚、乙二醇單苯醚、甲基苯甲醇、正戊醇、甲基戊醇及二丙酮醇等。As amides, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylisobutylamide, 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropionamide, 3-butoxy-N,N-dimethylpropionamide, N-formylmethoxyphene, N-acetylmethoxyphene, etc. can be cited as preferred ones. As ureas, N,N,N',N'-tetramethylurea, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, etc. can be cited as preferred ones. As alcohols, there may be cited methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-propanol, 1-butanol, 1-pentanol, 1-hexanol, benzyl alcohol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, 2-ethoxyethanol, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monohexyl ether, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether, polypropylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monobenzyl ether, ethylene glycol monophenyl ether, methylbenzyl alcohol, n-pentanol, methylpentanol and diacetone alcohol.

關於溶劑,從改善塗佈面性狀等觀點考慮,混合2種以上之形態亦為較佳。Regarding solvents, from the perspective of improving the properties of the coated surface, it is better to mix two or more solvents.

在本發明中,選自3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、乙基賽路蘇乙酸酯、乳酸乙酯、二乙二醇二甲醚、乙酸丁酯、3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-庚酮、環己酮、環戊酮、γ-丁內酯、二甲基亞碸、乙基卡必醇乙酸酯、丁基卡必醇乙酸酯、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、丙二醇甲醚及丙二醇甲醚乙酸酯中之1種溶劑或由2種以上構成之混合溶劑為較佳。同時使用二甲基亞碸和γ-丁內酯為特佳。又,N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮與乳酸乙酯、二丙酮醇與乳酸乙酯、環戊酮與γ-丁內酯的組合亦分別較佳。In the present invention, one solvent selected from 3-ethoxypropionic acid methyl ester, 3-ethoxypropionic acid ethyl ester, ethyl celulose acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, 3-methoxypropionic acid methyl ester, 2-heptanone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, γ-butyrolactone, dimethyl sulfoxide, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, propylene glycol methyl ether and propylene glycol methyl ether acetate, or a mixed solvent consisting of two or more of them is preferred. It is particularly preferred to use dimethyl sulfoxide and γ-butyrolactone at the same time. In addition, the combination of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and ethyl lactate, diacetone alcohol and ethyl lactate, and cyclopentanone and γ-butyrolactone is also preferred.

關於溶劑的含量,從塗佈性的觀點考慮,設為本發明的感光性樹脂組成物的總固體成分濃度成為5~80質量%之量為較佳,設為成為5~75質量%之量為更佳,設為成為10~70質量%之量為進一步較佳,設為成為40~70質量%為更進一步較佳。溶劑含量根據塗膜的所需厚度和塗佈方法調整即可。Regarding the content of the solvent, from the viewpoint of coating properties, it is preferably set to an amount where the total solid content concentration of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is 5 to 80 mass %, more preferably 5 to 75 mass %, more preferably 10 to 70 mass %, and even more preferably 40 to 70 mass %. The solvent content can be adjusted according to the required thickness of the coating film and the coating method.

溶劑可以僅含有1種,亦可以含有2種以上。含有2種以上溶劑時,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。The solvent may be contained in one kind or in two or more kinds. When two or more kinds of solvents are contained, it is preferred that the total amount of the solvents is within the above range.

<熱聚合起始劑> 本發明的組成物可以包含熱聚合起始劑,尤其可以包含熱自由基聚合起始劑。熱自由基聚合起始劑係藉由熱的能量而產生自由基,並使具有聚合性之化合物的聚合反應開始或得到促進之化合物。藉由添加熱自由基聚合起始劑,在後述之加熱製程中,亦能夠使樹脂及聚合性化合物的聚合反應進行,因此能夠進一步提高耐溶劑性。<Thermal polymerization initiator> The composition of the present invention may contain a thermal polymerization initiator, and in particular, may contain a thermal free radical polymerization initiator. A thermal free radical polymerization initiator is a compound that generates free radicals by heat energy and initiates or promotes the polymerization reaction of a polymerizable compound. By adding a thermal free radical polymerization initiator, the polymerization reaction of the resin and the polymerizable compound can also proceed in the heating process described later, thereby further improving the solvent resistance.

作為熱自由基聚合起始劑,具體而言,可舉出日本特開2008-063554號公報的0074~0118段中記載之化合物。Specific examples of the thermal radical polymerization initiator include compounds described in paragraphs 0074 to 0118 of JP-A-2008-063554.

包含熱聚合起始劑時,其含量相對於本發明的組成物的總固體成分為0.1~30質量%為較佳,更佳為0.1~20質量%,進一步較佳為5~15質量%。熱聚合起始劑可以僅含有1種,亦可以含有2種以上。含有2種以上熱聚合起始劑時,合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。When a thermal polymerization initiator is included, its content is preferably 0.1 to 30 mass % relative to the total solid content of the composition of the present invention, more preferably 0.1 to 20 mass %, and further preferably 5 to 15 mass %. The thermal polymerization initiator may contain only one kind or two or more kinds. When two or more thermal polymerization initiators are contained, the total amount is preferably within the above range.

<熱酸產生劑> 本發明的組成物可以包含熱酸產生劑。 熱酸產生劑具有如下效果:藉由加熱產生酸,促進選自具有羥甲基、烷氧基甲基或醯氧基甲基之化合物、環氧化合物、氧雜環丁烷化合物及苯并㗁𠯤化合物中之至少1種化合物的交聯反應。<Thermal acid generator> The composition of the present invention may contain a thermal acid generator. The thermal acid generator has the following effect: by generating an acid by heating, the cross-linking reaction of at least one compound selected from compounds having a hydroxymethyl group, an alkoxymethyl group or an acyloxymethyl group, an epoxy compound, an oxycyclobutane compound and a benzophenone compound is promoted.

熱酸產生劑的熱分解開始溫度為50℃~270℃為較佳,50℃~250℃為更佳。又,若選擇在將組成物塗佈於基板上之後的乾燥(預烘烤:約70~140℃)時不會產生酸而在之後的曝光、顯影中形成圖案之後的最終加熱(硬化:約100~400℃)時產生酸之物質作為熱酸產生劑,則能夠抑制顯影時的靈敏度下降,因此較佳。 將熱酸產生劑在耐壓膠囊中,以5℃/分鐘加熱至500℃時,求出溫度最低的發熱峰的峰溫度作為熱分解開始溫度。 作為測定熱分解開始溫度時使用的機器,可舉出Q2000(TA Instruments製)等。The thermal decomposition start temperature of the thermal acid generator is preferably 50°C to 270°C, and more preferably 50°C to 250°C. In addition, if a substance that does not generate acid during drying (pre-baking: about 70 to 140°C) after the composition is applied to the substrate but generates acid during the final heating (hardening: about 100 to 400°C) after forming a pattern in the subsequent exposure and development is selected as the thermal acid generator, it is better to suppress the decrease in sensitivity during development. When the thermal acid generator is heated to 500°C at 5°C/min in a pressure-resistant capsule, the peak temperature of the lowest temperature heat peak is obtained as the thermal decomposition start temperature. As an instrument used to measure the thermal decomposition starting temperature, Q2000 (manufactured by TA Instruments) and the like can be cited.

從熱酸產生劑產生之酸係強酸為較佳,例如,對甲苯磺酸、苯磺酸等芳基磺酸、甲烷磺酸、乙烷磺酸、丁烷磺酸等烷基磺酸、或者三氟甲烷磺酸等鹵代烷基磺酸等為較佳。作為該種熱酸產生劑的例子,可舉出日本特開2013-072935號公報的0055段中記載者。The acid generated from the thermal acid generator is preferably a strong acid, for example, arylsulfonic acids such as p-toluenesulfonic acid and benzenesulfonic acid, alkylsulfonic acids such as methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, butanesulfonic acid, or halogenated alkylsulfonic acids such as trifluoromethanesulfonic acid. Examples of such thermal acid generators include those described in paragraph 0055 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2013-072935.

其中,從在有機膜中的殘留少且不易降低有機膜物性的觀點考慮,作為熱酸產生劑,產生碳數1~4的烷基磺酸、碳數1~4的鹵代烷基磺酸之物質為更佳,甲烷磺酸(4-羥基苯基)二甲基鋶、甲烷磺酸(4-((甲氧基羰基)氧基)苯基)二甲基鋶、甲烷磺酸苄基(4-羥基苯基)甲基鋶、甲烷磺酸苄基(4-((甲氧基羰基)氧基)苯基)甲基鋶、甲烷磺酸(4-羥基苯基)甲基((2-甲基苯基)甲基)鋶、三氟甲烷磺酸(4-羥基苯基)二甲基鋶、三氟甲烷磺酸(4-((甲氧基羰基)氧基)苯基)二甲基鋶、三氟甲烷磺酸苄基(4-羥基苯基)甲基鋶、三氟甲烷磺酸苄基(4-((甲氧基羰基)氧基)苯基)甲基鋶、三氟甲烷磺酸(4-羥基苯基)甲基((2-甲基苯基)甲基)鋶、3-(5-(((丙基磺醯基)氧基)亞胺基)噻吩-2(5H)-亞基)-2-(鄰甲苯基)丙腈、2,2-雙(3-(甲烷磺醯胺基)-4-羥基苯基)六氟丙烷為較佳。Among them, from the viewpoint of less residue in the organic film and less deterioration of the physical properties of the organic film, a substance that generates an alkylsulfonic acid having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a halogenated alkylsulfonic acid having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is more preferred as a thermal acid generator, such as (4-hydroxyphenyl)dimethylcopperium methanesulfonate, (4-((methoxycarbonyl)oxy)phenyl)dimethylcopperium methanesulfonate, benzyl (4-hydroxyphenyl)methylcopperium methanesulfonate, benzyl (4-((methoxycarbonyl)oxy)phenyl)methylcopperium methanesulfonate, (4-hydroxyphenyl)methyl((2-methylphenyl)methyl)copperium methanesulfonate, and trifluoromethanesulfonate (4- Preferred are (4-(((methoxycarbonyl)oxy)phenyl)dimethylcopperthionate, (4-((methoxycarbonyl)oxy)phenyl)dimethylcopperthionate, (4-hydroxyphenyl)methylcopperthionate, (4-((methoxycarbonyl)oxy)phenyl)methylcopperthionate, (4-hydroxyphenyl)methyl((2-methylphenyl)methyl)copperthionate trifluoromethanesulfonate, 3-(5-(((propylsulfonyl)oxy)imino)thiophene-2(5H)-ylidene)-2-(o-tolyl)propionitrile, and 2,2-bis(3-(methanesulfonylamino)-4-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane.

又,將日本特開2013-167742號公報的0059中記載之化合物作為熱酸產生劑亦較佳。Furthermore, the compound described in 0059 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-167742 is also preferably used as the thermal acid generator.

熱酸產生劑的含量相對於樹脂100質量份為0.01質量份以上為較佳,0.1質量份以上為更佳。藉由含有0.01質量份以上,交聯反應得到促進,因此能夠進一步提高有機膜的機械特性及耐溶劑性。又,從有機膜的電絕緣性的觀點考慮,20質量份以下為較佳,15質量份以下為更佳,10質量份以下為進一步較佳。The content of the thermal acid generator is preferably 0.01 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 0.1 parts by mass or more, relative to 100 parts by mass of the resin. By containing 0.01 parts by mass or more, the crosslinking reaction is promoted, thereby further improving the mechanical properties and solvent resistance of the organic film. In addition, from the perspective of the electrical insulation of the organic film, 20 parts by mass or less is preferably, 15 parts by mass or less is more preferably, and 10 parts by mass or less is even more preferably.

<鎓鹽> 本發明的組成物包含鎓鹽為較佳。 尤其,作為其他樹脂,包含聚醯亞胺前驅物時,組成物包含鎓鹽為較佳。 鎓鹽的種類等並沒有特別限定,可較佳地舉出銨鹽、亞胺鹽、鋶鹽、錪鹽或鏻鹽。 其中,從熱穩定性高的觀點考慮,銨鹽或亞胺鹽為較佳,從與聚合物的相溶性的觀點考慮,鋶鹽、錪鹽或鏻鹽為較佳。<Onium salt> The composition of the present invention preferably contains an onium salt. In particular, when a polyimide precursor is contained as another resin, the composition preferably contains an onium salt. The type of onium salt is not particularly limited, and ammonium salts, imide salts, cobalt salts, iodine salts, or phosphonium salts can be preferably cited. Among them, ammonium salts or imide salts are preferred from the viewpoint of high thermal stability, and cobalt salts, iodine salts, or phosphonium salts are preferred from the viewpoint of compatibility with the polymer.

又,鎓鹽係具有鎓結構之陽離子與陰離子的鹽,上述陽離子與陰離子可以經由共價鍵鍵結,亦可以不經由共價鍵鍵結。 亦即,鎓鹽可以為在同一分子結構內具有陽離子部和陰離子部之分子內鹽,亦可以為分別為不同分子的陽離子分子與陰離子分子進行離子鍵結之分子間鹽,分子間鹽為較佳。又,在本發明的組成物中,上述陽離子部或陽離子分子與上述陰離子部或陰離子分子可以藉由離子鍵鍵結,亦可以解離。 作為鎓鹽中的陽離子,銨陽離子、吡啶鎓陽離子、鋶陽離子、錪陽離子或鏻陽離子為較佳,選自包括四烷基銨陽離子、鋶陽離子及錪陽離子之群組中之至少1種陽離子為更佳。Furthermore, the onium salt is a salt of a cation and anion having an onium structure, and the cation and anion may be bonded by covalent bonding or not. That is, the onium salt may be an intramolecular salt having a cation part and anion part in the same molecular structure, or an intermolecular salt having cation molecules and anion molecules of different molecules bonded by ion, and the intermolecular salt is preferred. Furthermore, in the composition of the present invention, the cation part or cation molecule and the anion part or anion molecule may be bonded by ion bonding or may be dissociated. As the cation in the onium salt, an ammonium cation, a pyridinium cation, a coronium cation, an iodine cation or a phosphonium cation is preferred, and at least one cation selected from the group consisting of tetraalkylammonium cations, coronium cations and iodine cations is more preferred.

本發明中使用的鎓鹽亦可以為熱鹼產生劑。 熱鹼產生劑表示藉由加熱產生鹼之化合物,例如,可舉出若加熱至40℃以上則產生鹼之酸性化合物等。The onium salt used in the present invention may also be a thermal alkali generator. The thermal alkali generator refers to a compound that generates a base by heating, for example, an acidic compound that generates a base when heated to 40°C or above.

〔銨鹽〕 在本發明中,銨鹽表示銨陽離子與陰離子的鹽。[Ammonium salt] In the present invention, ammonium salt refers to a salt of ammonium cations and anions.

-銨陽離子- 作為銨陽離子,四級銨陽離子為較佳。 又,作為銨陽離子,由下述式(101)表示之陽離子為較佳。 [化學式30] 在式(101)中,R1 ~R4 分別獨立地表示氫原子或烴基,R1 ~R4 中的至少2個可以分別鍵結而形成環。-Ammonium cation- As the ammonium cation, a quaternary ammonium cation is preferred. Furthermore, as the ammonium cation, a cation represented by the following formula (101) is preferred. [Chemical formula 30] In formula (101), R 1 to R 4 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group, and at least two of R 1 to R 4 may be bonded to form a ring.

在式(101)中,R1 ~R4 分別獨立地為烴基為較佳,烷基或芳基為更佳,碳數1~10的烷基或碳數6~12的芳基為進一步較佳。R1 ~R4 可具有取代基,作為取代基的例子,可舉出羥基、芳基、烷氧基、芳氧基、芳基羰基、烷基羰基、烷氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基、醯氧基等。 R1 ~R4 中的至少2個分別鍵結而形成環時,上述環可以包含雜原子。作為上述雜原子,可舉出氮原子。In formula (101), R 1 to R 4 are each independently preferably a alkyl group, more preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group, and further preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms. R 1 to R 4 may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, and an acyloxy group. When at least two of R 1 to R 4 are bonded to form a ring, the ring may contain a heteroatom. Examples of the heteroatom include a nitrogen atom.

銨陽離子由下述式(Y1-1)及(Y1-2)中的任一個表示為較佳。 [化學式31] The ammonium cation is preferably represented by any one of the following formulas (Y1-1) and (Y1-2). [Chemical Formula 31]

在式(Y1-1)及(Y1-2)中,R101 表示n價有機基團,R1 的含義與式(101)中的R1 相同,Ar101 及Ar102 分別獨立地表示芳基,n表示1以上的整數。 在式(Y1-1)中,R101 係脂肪族烴、芳香族烴或從該等所鍵結之結構去除n個氫原子之基團為較佳,碳數2~30的飽和脂肪族烴、從苯或萘去除n個氫原子之基團為更佳。 在式(Y1-1)中,n為1~4為較佳,1或2為更佳,1為進一步較佳。 在式(Y1-2)中,Ar101 及Ar102 分別獨立地為苯基或萘基為較佳,苯基為更佳。In formula (Y1-1) and (Y1-2), R 101 represents an n-valent organic group, R 1 has the same meaning as R 1 in formula (101), Ar 101 and Ar 102 each independently represent an aryl group, and n represents an integer greater than 1. In formula (Y1-1), R 101 is preferably an aliphatic hydrocarbon, an aromatic hydrocarbon, or a group obtained by removing n hydrogen atoms from the structure to which they are bonded, and more preferably a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, or a group obtained by removing n hydrogen atoms from benzene or naphthalene. In formula (Y1-1), n is preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 or 2, and even more preferably 1. In formula (Y1-2), Ar 101 and Ar 102 each independently represent preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group.

-陰離子- 作為銨鹽中的陰離子,選自羧酸根陰離子、苯酚陰離子、磷酸根陰離子及硫酸根陰離子中的1種為較佳,從兼顧鹽的穩定性和熱分解性的理由考慮,羧酸根陰離子為更佳。亦即,銨鹽係銨陽離子與羧酸根陰離子的鹽為更佳。 羧酸根陰離子係具有2個以上的羧基之2價以上的羧酸的陰離子為較佳,2價羧酸的陰離子為更佳。根據該態樣,能夠進一步提高組成物的穩定性、硬化性及顯影性。尤其,藉由使用2價羧酸的陰離子,能夠進一步提高組成物的穩定性、硬化性及顯影性。-Anions- As the anion in the ammonium salt, one selected from carboxylate anions, phenol anions, phosphate anions and sulfate anions is preferred, and carboxylate anions are more preferred from the perspective of both stability and thermal decomposition of the salt. That is, the ammonium salt is preferably a salt of ammonium cation and carboxylate anions. The carboxylate anion is preferably an anion of a divalent or higher carboxylic acid having two or more carboxyl groups, and an anion of a divalent carboxylic acid is more preferred. According to this aspect, the stability, curability and developability of the composition can be further improved. In particular, by using anions of divalent carboxylic acids, the stability, curability, and developing properties of the composition can be further improved.

羧酸根陰離子由下述式(X1)表示為較佳。 [化學式32] 在式(X1)中,EWG表示拉電子基團。The carboxylate anion is preferably represented by the following formula (X1). [Chemical Formula 32] In formula (X1), EWG represents an electron-withdrawing group.

本實施形態中拉電子基團表示哈密特取代基常數σm為正值。其中,σm在都野雄甫總說、Journal of Synthetic Organic Chemistry, Japan第23卷第8號(1965)p.631-642中有詳細說明。此外,本實施形態中的拉電子基團並不限定於上述文獻中記載之取代基。 作為σm為正值的取代基的例子,可舉出CF3 基(σm=0.43)、CF3 C(=O)基(σm=0.63)、HC≡C基(σm=0.21)、CH2 =CH基(σm=0.06)、Ac基(σm=0.38)、MeOC(=O)基(σm=0.37)、MeC(=O)CH=CH基(σm=0.21)、PhC(=O)基(σm=0.34)、H2 NC(=O)CH2 基(σm=0.06)等。此外,Me表示甲基,Ac表示乙醯基,Ph表示苯基(以下,相同)。In the present embodiment, the electron-withdrawing group indicates that the Hammett substituent constant σm is a positive value. σm is described in detail in Yufu Mitsuno's General Commentary, Journal of Synthetic Organic Chemistry, Japan, Vol. 23, No. 8 (1965), p. 631-642. In addition, the electron-withdrawing group in the present embodiment is not limited to the substituents described in the above literature. Examples of substituents having a positive σm include a CF3 group (σm = 0.43), a CF3C (=O) group (σm = 0.63), a HC≡C group (σm = 0.21), a CH2 =CH group (σm = 0.06), an Ac group (σm = 0.38), a MeOC (=O) group (σm = 0.37), a MeC (=O)CH=CH group (σm = 0.21), a PhC (=O) group (σm = 0.34), and a H2NC (=O) CH2 group (σm = 0.06). Me represents a methyl group, Ac represents an acetyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group (hereinafter, the same).

EWG係由下述式(EWG-1)~(EWG-6)表示之基團為較佳。 [化學式33] 在式(EWG-1)~(EWG-6)中,Rx1 ~Rx3 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、烯基、芳基、羥基或羧基,Ar表示芳香族基。EWG is preferably a group represented by the following formula (EWG-1) to (EWG-6). [Chemical Formula 33] In formulae (EWG-1) to (EWG-6), R x1 to R x3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a hydroxyl group or a carboxyl group, and Ar represents an aromatic group.

在本發明中,羧酸根陰離子由下述式(XA)表示為較佳。 [化學式34] 在式(XA)中,L10 表示單鍵或選自包括伸烷基、伸烯基、芳香族基、-NRX -及該等組合中的2價連結基,RX 表示氫原子、烷基、烯基或芳基。In the present invention, the carboxylate anion is preferably represented by the following formula (XA). [Chemical Formula 34] In formula (XA), L 10 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group selected from an alkylene group, an alkenylene group, an aromatic group, -NR X - and combinations thereof, and RX represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group or an aryl group.

作為羧酸根陰離子的具體例,可舉出順丁烯二酸根陰離子、鄰苯二甲酸根陰離子、N-苯基亞胺基二乙酸根陰離子及草酸根陰離子。Specific examples of the carboxylate anion include a maleate anion, a phthalate anion, an N-phenyliminodiacetate anion and an oxalate anion.

從特定樹脂的環化容易在低溫下進行且容易提高組成物的保存穩定性的觀點考慮,本發明中的鎓鹽包含銨陽離子作為陽離子且上述鎓鹽包含共軛酸的pKa(pKaH)為2.5以下的陰離子作為陰離子為較佳,包含1.8以下的陰離子為更佳。 上述pKa的下限並沒有特別限定,從所產生之鹼不易中和且改善特定樹脂等環化效率的觀點考慮,-3以上為較佳,-2以上為更佳。 作為上述pKa,能夠參考Determination of Organic Structures by Physical Methods(著者:Brown,H.C.,McDaniel,D.H.,Hafliger,O.,Nachod,F.C.;編著:Braude,E.A.,Nachod, F.C.;Academic Press,New York,1955)或Data for Biochemical Research(著者:Dawson,R.M.C.et al;Oxford,Clarendon Press,1959)中記載之值。關於未記載於該等文獻之化合物,使用利用ACD/pKa(ACD/Labs製)的軟體並藉由結構式算出的值。From the viewpoint that the cyclization of the specific resin is easy to proceed at low temperature and the storage stability of the composition is easy to improve, the onium salt in the present invention contains ammonium cation as the cation and the onium salt contains an anion with a pKa (pKaH) of 2.5 or less of the conjugated acid as the anion. It is more preferable to contain an anion of 1.8 or less. The lower limit of the above pKa is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint that the generated base is not easy to neutralize and the cyclization efficiency of the specific resin is improved, -3 or more is preferred, and -2 or more is more preferred. As the above pKa, the values described in Determination of Organic Structures by Physical Methods (author: Brown, H.C., McDaniel, D.H., Hafliger, O., Nachod, F.C.; editor: Braude, E.A., Nachod, F.C.; Academic Press, New York, 1955) or Data for Biochemical Research (author: Dawson, R.M.C. et al; Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1959) can be referred to. For compounds not described in these references, values calculated from the structural formula using ACD/pKa (manufactured by ACD/Labs) software were used.

作為銨鹽的具體例,能夠舉出以下化合物,但本發明並不限定於此。 [化學式35] As specific examples of ammonium salts, the following compounds can be cited, but the present invention is not limited thereto. [Chemical Formula 35]

〔亞胺鹽〕 在本發明中,亞胺鹽表示亞胺陽離子與陰離子的鹽。作為陰離子,可例示與上述銨鹽中的陰離子相同者,較佳態樣亦相同。[Imine salt] In the present invention, the imine salt refers to a salt of an imine cation and an anion. Examples of the anion include the same anions as those in the above-mentioned ammonium salts, and the preferred embodiments are also the same.

-亞胺陽離子- 作為亞胺陽離子,吡啶鎓陽離子為較佳。 又,作為亞胺陽離子,由下述式(102)表示之陽離子亦較佳。 [化學式36] -Imine cation- As the imine cation, pyridinium cation is preferred. Also, as the imine cation, a cation represented by the following formula (102) is preferred. [Chemical Formula 36]

在式(102)中,R5 及R6 分別獨立地表示氫原子或烴基,R7 表示烴基,R5 ~R7 中的至少2個可以分別鍵結而形成環。 在式(102)中,R5 及R6 的含義與上述式(101)中的R1 ~R4 相同,較佳態樣亦相同。 在式(102)中,R7 與R5 及R6 中的至少1個鍵結而形成環為較佳。上述環可以包含雜原子。作為上述雜原子,可舉出氮原子。又,作為上述環,吡啶環為較佳。In formula (102), R5 and R6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a alkyl group, R7 represents a alkyl group, and at least two of R5 to R7 may be bonded to form a ring. In formula (102), the meanings of R5 and R6 are the same as those of R1 to R4 in the above formula (101), and preferred embodiments are also the same. In formula (102), it is preferred that R7 is bonded to at least one of R5 and R6 to form a ring. The above ring may contain a heteroatom. As the above heteroatom, a nitrogen atom can be cited. In addition, as the above ring, a pyridine ring is preferred.

亞胺陽離子係由下述式(Y1-3)~(Y1-5)中的任一個表示者為較佳。 [化學式37] 在式(Y1-3)~(Y1-5)中,R101 表示n價有機基團,R5 的含義與式(102)中的R5 相同,R7 的含義式(102)中的R7 相同,n表示1以上的整數,m表示0以上的整數。 在式(Y1-3)中,R101 係脂肪族烴、芳香族烴或從該等所鍵結之結構去除n個氫原子之基團為較佳,碳數2~30的飽和脂肪族烴、從苯或萘去除n個氫原子之基團為更佳。 在式(Y1-3)中,n為1~4為較佳,1或2為更佳,1為進一步較佳。 在式(Y1-5)中,m為0~4為較佳,1或2為更佳,1為進一步較佳。The imide cation is preferably represented by any one of the following formulas (Y1-3) to (Y1-5). [Chemical Formula 37] In formula (Y1-3) to (Y1-5), R101 represents an n-valent organic group, R5 has the same meaning as R5 in formula (102), R7 has the same meaning as R7 in formula (102), n represents an integer greater than 1, and m represents an integer greater than 0. In formula (Y1-3), R101 is preferably an aliphatic hydrocarbon, an aromatic hydrocarbon, or a group obtained by removing n hydrogen atoms from the structure to which they are bonded, and more preferably a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, or a group obtained by removing n hydrogen atoms from benzene or naphthalene. In formula (Y1-3), n is preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably 1. In formula (Y1-5), m is preferably 0 to 4, more preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably 1.

作為亞胺鹽的具體例,能夠舉出以下化合物,但本發明並不限定於此。 [化學式38] As specific examples of imine salts, the following compounds can be cited, but the present invention is not limited thereto. [Chemical Formula 38]

〔鋶鹽〕 在本發明中,鋶鹽表示鋶陽離子與陰離子的鹽。作為陰離子,可例示與上述銨鹽中的陰離子相同者,較佳態樣亦相同。[Zirconium salt] In the present invention, the zinc salt refers to a salt of zinc cation and anion. Examples of the anion include the same anions as those in the above-mentioned ammonium salt, and the preferred embodiments are also the same.

-鋶陽離子- 作為鋶陽離子,三級鋶陽離子為較佳,三芳基鋶陽離子為更佳。 又,作為鋶陽離子,由下述式(103)表示之陽離子為較佳。 [化學式39] - Copper cation - As the copper cation, a tertiary copper cation is preferred, and a triaryl copper cation is more preferred. In addition, as the copper cation, a cation represented by the following formula (103) is preferred. [Chemical Formula 39]

在式(103)中,R8 ~R10 分別獨立地表示烴基。 R8 ~R10 分別獨立地為烷基或芳基為較佳,碳數1~10的烷基或碳數6~12的芳基為更佳,碳數6~12的芳基為進一步較佳,苯基為進一步較佳。 R8 ~R10 可具有取代基,作為取代基的例子,可舉出羥基、芳基、烷氧基、芳氧基、芳基羰基、烷基羰基、烷氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基、醯氧基等。該等之中,作為取代基,具有烷基或烷氧基為較佳,具有支鏈烷基或烷氧基為更佳,具有碳數3~10的支鏈烷基或碳數1~10的烷氧基為進一步較佳。 R8 ~R10 可以為同一基團,亦可以為不同的基團,從合成適性上的觀點考慮,同一基團為較佳。In formula (103), R 8 to R 10 each independently represent a alkyl group. R 8 to R 10 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and more preferably a phenyl group. R 8 to R 10 may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, and an acyloxy group. Among these, as a substituent, an alkyl group or an alkoxy group is preferred, a branched alkyl group or an alkoxy group is more preferred, and a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is further preferred. R 8 to R 10 may be the same group or different groups. From the viewpoint of synthetic suitability, it is preferred that they are the same group.

〔錪鹽〕 在本發明中,錪鹽表示錪陽離子與陰離子的鹽。作為陰離子,可例示與上述銨鹽中的陰離子相同者,較佳態樣亦相同。[Iodine salt] In the present invention, an iodine salt refers to a salt of an iodine cation and an anion. Examples of the anion include the same anions as those in the above-mentioned ammonium salt, and the preferred embodiments are also the same.

-錪陽離子- 作為錪陽離子,二芳基錪陽離子為較佳。 又,作為錪陽離子,由下述式(104)表示之陽離子為較佳。 [化學式40] -Ion cation- As the iodine cation, a diaryl iodine cation is preferred. Also, as the iodine cation, a cation represented by the following formula (104) is preferred. [Chemical Formula 40]

在式(104)中,R11 及R12 分別獨立地表示烴基。 R11 及R12 分別獨立地為烷基或芳基為較佳,碳數1~10的烷基或碳數6~12的芳基為更佳,碳數6~12的芳基為進一步較佳,苯基為進一步較佳。 R11 及R12 可具有取代基,作為取代基的例子,可舉出羥基、芳基、烷氧基、芳氧基、芳基羰基、烷基羰基、烷氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基、醯氧基等。其中,作為取代基,具有烷基或烷氧基為較佳,具有支鏈烷基或烷氧基為更佳,具有碳數3~10的支鏈烷基或碳數1~10的烷氧基為進一步較佳。 R11 及R12 可以為同一基團,亦可以為不同的基團,從合成適性上的觀點考慮,同一基團為較佳。In formula (104), R 11 and R 12 each independently represent a alkyl group. R 11 and R 12 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and more preferably a phenyl group. R 11 and R 12 may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, and an acyloxy group. Among them, as a substituent, an alkyl group or an alkoxy group is preferred, a branched alkyl group or an alkoxy group is more preferred, and a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is further preferred. R 11 and R 12 may be the same group or different groups. From the perspective of synthetic suitability, it is preferred that they are the same group.

〔鏻鹽〕 在本發明中,鏻鹽表示鏻陽離子與陰離子的鹽。作為陰離子,可例示與上述銨鹽中的陰離子相同者,較佳態樣亦相同。[Phosphonium salt] In the present invention, phosphonium salt means a salt of a phosphonium cation and an anion. Examples of the anion include the same anions as those in the above-mentioned ammonium salts, and the preferred embodiments are also the same.

-鏻陽離子- 作為鏻陽離子,四級鏻陽離子為較佳,可舉出四烷基鏻陽離子、三芳基單烷基鏻陽離子等。 又,作為鏻陽離子,由下述式(105)表示之陽離子為較佳。 [化學式41] -Phosphonium cation- As the phosphonium cation, a quaternary phosphonium cation is preferred, and examples thereof include tetraalkylphosphonium cations and triarylmonoalkylphosphonium cations. Furthermore, as the phosphonium cation, a cation represented by the following formula (105) is preferred. [Chemical Formula 41]

在式(105)中,R13 ~R16 分別獨立地表示氫原子或烴基。 R13 ~R16 分別獨立地為烷基或芳基為較佳,碳數1~10的烷基或碳數6~12的芳基為更佳,碳數6~12的芳基為進一步較佳,苯基為進一步較佳。 R13 ~R16 可具有取代基,作為取代基的例子,可舉出羥基、芳基、烷氧基、芳氧基、芳基羰基、烷基羰基、烷氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基、醯氧基等。其中,作為取代基,具有烷基或烷氧基為較佳,具有支鏈烷基或烷氧基為更佳,具有碳數3~10的支鏈烷基或碳數1~10的烷氧基為進一步較佳。 R13 ~R16 可以為同一基團,亦可以為不同的基團,從合成適性上的觀點考慮,同一基團為較佳。In formula (105), R 13 to R 16 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a alkyl group. R 13 to R 16 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and more preferably a phenyl group. R 13 to R 16 may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, and an acyloxy group. Among them, as a substituent, an alkyl group or an alkoxy group is preferred, a branched alkyl group or an alkoxy group is more preferred, and a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is further preferred. R 13 to R 16 may be the same group or different groups. From the viewpoint of synthetic suitability, it is preferred that they are the same group.

本發明的組成物包含鎓鹽時,鎓鹽的含量相對於本發明的組成物的總固體成分為0.1~50質量%為較佳。下限為0.5質量%以上為更佳,0.85質量%以上為進一步較佳,1質量%以上為再進一步較佳。上限為30質量%以下為更佳,20質量%以下為進一步較佳,10質量%以下為再進一步較佳,可以為5質量%以下,亦可以為4質量%以下。 鎓鹽能夠使用1種或2種以上。使用2種以上時,合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。When the composition of the present invention contains an onium salt, the content of the onium salt is preferably 0.1 to 50 mass % relative to the total solid content of the composition of the present invention. The lower limit is 0.5 mass % or more, which is more preferred, 0.85 mass % or more, which is further preferred, and 1 mass % or more is further preferred. The upper limit is 30 mass % or less, which is more preferred, 20 mass % or less, which is further preferred, and 10 mass % or less is further preferred. It can be 5 mass % or less, and can also be 4 mass % or less. One or more onium salts can be used. When two or more are used, the total amount is preferably within the above range.

<熱鹼產生劑> 本發明的組成物就可以包含熱鹼產生劑。 尤其,組成物包含聚醯亞胺前驅物作為其他樹脂時,組成物包含熱鹼產生劑為較佳。 熱鹼產生劑可以為符合上述鎓鹽之化合物,亦可以為除上述鎓鹽以外的其他熱鹼產生劑。 作為其他熱鹼產生劑,可舉出非離子系熱鹼產生劑。 作為非離子系熱鹼產生劑,可舉出由式(B1)或式(B2)表示之化合物。 [化學式42] <Thermoalkali generator> The composition of the present invention may contain a thermoalkali generator. In particular, when the composition contains a polyimide precursor as another resin, it is preferable that the composition contains a thermoalkali generator. The thermoalkali generator may be a compound that satisfies the above-mentioned onium salt, or may be another thermoalkali generator other than the above-mentioned onium salt. As another thermoalkali generator, a non-ionic thermoalkali generator may be mentioned. As a non-ionic thermoalkali generator, a compound represented by formula (B1) or formula (B2) may be mentioned. [Chemical Formula 42]

在式(B1)及式(B2)中,Rb1 、Rb2 及Rb3 分別獨立地為不具有三級胺結構之有機基團、鹵素原子或氫原子。其中,Rb1 及Rb2 不會同時成為氫原子。又,Rb1 、Rb2 及Rb3 均不具有羧基。此外,在本說明書中,三級胺結構係指3價氮原子的3個鍵結鍵均與烴系的碳原子進行共價鍵結之結構。因此,在所鍵結之碳原子係形成羰基之碳原子時,亦即在與氮原子一同形成醯胺基時,不限於此。In formula (B1) and formula (B2), Rb 1 , Rb 2 and Rb 3 are independently an organic group, a halogen atom or a hydrogen atom that does not have a tertiary amine structure. However, Rb 1 and Rb 2 will not be hydrogen atoms at the same time. Moreover, Rb 1 , Rb 2 and Rb 3 do not have a carboxyl group. In addition, in this specification, a tertiary amine structure refers to a structure in which the three bonds of a trivalent nitrogen atom are covalently bonded to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon system. Therefore, when the carbon atom to which the bond is formed is a carbon atom that forms a carbonyl group, that is, when it forms an amide group together with a nitrogen atom, it is not limited to this.

式(B1)、(B2)中,Rb1 、Rb2 及Rb3 中的至少1個包含環狀結構為較佳,至少2個包含環狀結構為更佳。作為環狀結構,可以為單環及縮合環中的任一種,單環或2個單環縮合的縮合環為較佳。單環係5員環或6員環為較佳,6員環為更佳。單環係環己烷環及苯環為較佳,環己烷環為更佳。In formula (B1) and (B2), at least one of Rb1 , Rb2 and Rb3 preferably has a cyclic structure, and at least two of them more preferably have a cyclic structure. The cyclic structure may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring, and a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring of two monocyclic rings is preferred. The monocyclic ring is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring, and a 6-membered ring is more preferred. The monocyclic ring is preferably a cyclohexane ring or a benzene ring, and a cyclohexane ring is more preferred.

更具體而言,Rb1 及Rb2 係氫原子、烷基(碳數1~24為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)、烯基(碳數2~24為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)、芳基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳)或芳烷基(碳數7~25為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~12為進一步較佳)為較佳。該等基團可以在發揮本發明的效果之範圍內具有取代基。Rb1 與Rb2 可以相互鍵結而形成環。作為所形成之環,4~7員的含氮雜環為較佳。尤其,Rb1 及Rb2 係可具有取代基之直鏈、支鏈或環狀的烷基(碳數1~24為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)為較佳,可具有取代基之環烷基(碳數3~24為較佳,3~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)為更佳,可具有取代基之環己基為進一步較佳。More specifically, Rb1 and Rb2 are preferably hydrogen atoms, alkyl groups (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 18 carbon atoms, and further preferably 3 to 12 carbon atoms), alkenyl groups (preferably having 2 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 18 carbon atoms, and further preferably 3 to 12 carbon atoms), aryl groups (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and further preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms), or aralkyl groups (preferably having 7 to 25 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19 carbon atoms, and further preferably 7 to 12 carbon atoms). These groups may have substituents within the range in which the effects of the present invention are exerted. Rb1 and Rb2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. As the formed ring, a 4-7-membered nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring is preferred. In particular, Rb1 and Rb2 are preferably linear, branched or cyclic alkyl groups (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 18 carbon atoms, and further preferably 3 to 12 carbon atoms) which may have a substituent, more preferably cycloalkyl groups (preferably having 3 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 to 18 carbon atoms, and further preferably 3 to 12 carbon atoms) which may have a substituent, and further preferably cyclohexyl groups which may have a substituent.

作為Rb3 ,可舉出烷基(碳數1~24為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)、芳基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳)、烯基(碳數2~24為較佳,2~12為更佳,2~6為進一步較佳)、芳烷基(碳數7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~12為進一步較佳)、芳烯基(碳數8~24為較佳,8~20為更佳,8~16為進一步較佳)、烷氧基(碳數1~24為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)、芳氧基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~12為進一步較佳)或芳烷氧基(碳數7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~12為進一步較佳)。其中,環烷基(碳數3~24為較佳,3~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)、芳烯基、芳烷氧基為較佳。Rb3 可以在發揮本發明的效果之範圍內進一步具有取代基。As Rb 3 , there can be mentioned alkyl (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably 3 to 12 carbon atoms), aryl (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms), alkenyl (preferably having 2 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms, and more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms), aralkyl (preferably having 7 to 23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19 carbon atoms, and more preferably 7 to 12 carbon atoms), Aralkenyl (preferably having 8 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 8 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably 8 to 16 carbon atoms), alkoxy (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably 3 to 12 carbon atoms), aryloxy (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms), or aralkyloxy (preferably having 7 to 23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19 carbon atoms, and more preferably 7 to 12 carbon atoms). Among them, cycloalkyl (preferably having 3 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably 3 to 12 carbon atoms), aralkenyl, and aralkyloxy are preferred. Rb3 may further have a substituent within the range in which the effect of the present invention is exerted.

由式(B1)表示之化合物係由下述式(B1-1)或下述式(B1-2)表示之化合物為較佳。 [化學式43] The compound represented by formula (B1) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (B1-1) or the following formula (B1-2). [Chemical Formula 43]

式中,Rb11 及Rb12 和Rb31 及Rb32 的含義分別與式(B1)中的Rb1 及Rb2 相同。 Rb13 係烷基(碳數1~24為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)、烯基(碳數2~24為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)、芳基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~12為進一步較佳)、芳烷基(碳數7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~12為進一步較佳),可以在發揮本發明的效果之範圍內具有取代基。其中,Rb13 係芳烷基為較佳。In the formula, Rb11 and Rb12 and Rb31 and Rb32 have the same meanings as Rb1 and Rb2 in formula (B1), respectively. Rb13 is an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably 3 to 12 carbon atoms), an alkenyl group (preferably having 2 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably 3 to 12 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms), or an aralkyl group (preferably having 7 to 23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19 carbon atoms, and more preferably 7 to 12 carbon atoms), and may have a substituent within a range in which the effects of the present invention are exerted. Among them, Rb13 is preferably an aralkyl group.

Rb33 及Rb34 分別獨立地為氫原子、烷基(碳數1~12為較佳,1~8為更佳,1~3為進一步較佳)、烯基(碳數2~12為較佳,2~8為更佳,2~3為進一步較佳)、芳基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳)、芳烷基(碳數7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~11為進一步較佳),氫原子為較佳。 Rb33 and Rb34 are independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms), an alkenyl group (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and more preferably 2 to 3 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms), or an aralkyl group (preferably having 7 to 23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19 carbon atoms, and more preferably 7 to 11 carbon atoms), preferably a hydrogen atom.

Rb35 係烷基(碳數1~24為較佳,1~12為更佳,3~8為進一步較佳)、烯基(碳數2~12為較佳,2~10為更佳,3~8為進一步較佳)、芳基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~12為進一步較佳)、芳烷基(碳數7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~12為進一步較佳),芳基為較佳。Rb 35 is alkyl (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and further preferably 3 to 8 carbon atoms), alkenyl (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and further preferably 3 to 8 carbon atoms), aryl (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and further preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms), aralkyl (preferably having 7 to 23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19 carbon atoms, and further preferably 7 to 12 carbon atoms), and aryl is preferred.

由式(B1-1)表示之化合物係由式(B1-1a)表示之化合物亦較佳。 [化學式44] The compound represented by formula (B1-1) is also preferably a compound represented by formula (B1-1a). [Chemical Formula 44]

Rb11 及Rb12 的含義與式(B1-1)中Rb11 及Rb12 相同。 Rb15 及Rb16 係氫原子、烷基(碳數1~12為較佳,1~6為更佳,1~3為進一步較佳)、烯基(碳數2~12為較佳,2~6為更佳,2~3為進一步較佳)、芳基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳)、芳烷基(碳數7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~11為進一步較佳),氫原子或甲基為較佳。 Rb17 係烷基(碳數1~24為較佳,1~12為更佳,3~8為進一步較佳)、烯基(碳數2~12為較佳,2~10為更佳,3~8為進一步較佳)、芳基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~12為進一步較佳)、芳烷基(碳數7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~12為進一步較佳),其中芳基為較佳。 Rb11 and Rb12 have the same meanings as Rb11 and Rb12 in formula (B1-1). Rb15 and Rb16 are hydrogen atoms, alkyl groups (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms), alkenyl groups (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably 2 to 3 carbon atoms), aryl groups (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms), aralkyl groups (preferably having 7 to 23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19 carbon atoms, and more preferably 7 to 11 carbon atoms), preferably hydrogen atoms or methyl groups. Rb 17 is alkyl (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and further preferably 3 to 8 carbon atoms), alkenyl (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and further preferably 3 to 8 carbon atoms), aryl (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and further preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms), or aralkyl (preferably having 7 to 23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19 carbon atoms, and further preferably 7 to 12 carbon atoms), wherein aryl is preferred.

非離子系熱鹼產生劑的分子量為800以下為較佳,600以下為更佳,500以下為進一步較佳。作為下限,100以上為較佳,200以上為更佳,300以上為進一步較佳。The molecular weight of the non-ionic thermal alkali generator is preferably 800 or less, more preferably 600 or less, and further preferably 500 or less. As the lower limit, it is preferably 100 or more, more preferably 200 or more, and further preferably 300 or more.

在上述鎓鹽中,關於作為熱鹼產生劑的化合物的具體例或其他熱鹼產生劑的具體例,能夠舉出以下化合物。 [化學式45] [化學式46] Among the above-mentioned onium salts, as specific examples of compounds serving as thermal alkali generators or other specific examples of thermal alkali generators, the following compounds can be cited. [Chemical Formula 45] [Chemical formula 46]

[化學式47] [Chemical formula 47]

熱鹼產生劑的含量相對於本發明的組成物的總固體成分為0.1~50質量%為較佳。下限為0.5質量%以上為更佳,1質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限為30質量%以下為更佳,20質量%以下為進一步較佳。熱鹼產生劑能夠使用1種或2種以上。使用2種以上時,合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。The content of the alkali generator is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass relative to the total solid content of the composition of the present invention. The lower limit is more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and more preferably 1% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 30% by mass or less, and more preferably 20% by mass or less. The alkali generator can be used alone or in combination. When two or more types are used, the total amount is preferably within the above range.

<交聯劑> 本發明的感光性樹脂組成物包含交聯劑為較佳。 作為交聯劑,可舉出自由基交聯劑或其他交聯劑。<Crosslinking agent> The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a crosslinking agent. As the crosslinking agent, free radical crosslinking agents or other crosslinking agents can be cited.

<自由基交聯劑> 本發明的感光性樹脂組成物可以進一步具有自由基交聯劑為較佳。 自由基交聯劑係具有自由基聚合性基團之化合物。作為自由基聚合性基團,包含乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團為較佳。作為包含上述乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團,可舉出乙烯基、烯丙基、乙烯基苯基、(甲基)丙烯醯基等具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團。 該等之中,作為包含上述乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團,(甲基)丙烯醯基為較佳,從反應性的觀點考慮,(甲基)丙烯醯氧基為更佳。<Free radical crosslinking agent> The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may further preferably have a free radical crosslinking agent. The free radical crosslinking agent is a compound having a free radical polymerizable group. As the free radical polymerizable group, a group containing an ethylenic unsaturated bond is preferred. As the group containing the above-mentioned ethylenic unsaturated bond, there can be cited groups having ethylenic unsaturated bonds such as vinyl, allyl, vinylphenyl, (meth)acryloyl, etc. Among them, as the group containing the above-mentioned ethylenic unsaturated bond, (meth)acryloyl is preferred, and from the viewpoint of reactivity, (meth)acryloyloxy is more preferred.

自由基交聯劑係具有1個以上乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物即可,具有2個以上之化合物為更佳。 具有2個乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物係具有2個包含上述乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團之化合物為較佳。 又,從所獲得之圖案(硬化膜)的膜強度的觀點考慮,本發明的感光性樹脂組成物包含具有3個以上乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物作為自由基交聯劑為較佳。作為具有3個以上的上述乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物,具有3~15個乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物為較佳,具有3~10個乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物為更佳,具有3~6個乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物為進一步較佳。 又,具有3個以上的上述乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物係具有3個以上包含上述乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團之化合物為較佳,具有3~15個之化合物為更佳,具有3~10個之化合物為進一步較佳,具有3~6個之化合物為特佳。 又,從所獲得之圖案(硬化膜)的膜強度的觀點考慮,本發明的感光性樹脂組成物包含具有2個乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物和具有3個以上的上述乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物亦較佳。The radical crosslinking agent may be a compound having one or more ethylenic unsaturated bonds, and preferably a compound having two or more ethylenic unsaturated bonds. The compound having two ethylenic unsaturated bonds is preferably a compound having two groups containing the above-mentioned ethylenic unsaturated bonds. In addition, from the perspective of the film strength of the obtained pattern (cured film), it is preferred that the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains a compound having three or more ethylenic unsaturated bonds as a radical crosslinking agent. As the compound having more than 3 ethylenic unsaturated bonds, a compound having 3 to 15 ethylenic unsaturated bonds is preferred, a compound having 3 to 10 ethylenic unsaturated bonds is more preferred, and a compound having 3 to 6 ethylenic unsaturated bonds is further preferred. Furthermore, the compound having more than 3 ethylenic unsaturated bonds is preferably a compound having more than 3 groups containing the above ethylenic unsaturated bonds, a compound having 3 to 15 is more preferred, a compound having 3 to 10 is further preferred, and a compound having 3 to 6 is particularly preferred. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of the film strength of the obtained pattern (cured film), it is also preferred that the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains a compound having two ethylenically unsaturated bonds and a compound having three or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds.

自由基交聯劑的分子量為2,000以下為較佳,1,500以下為更佳,900以下為進一步較佳。自由基交聯劑的分子量的下限為100以上為較佳。The molecular weight of the radical crosslinking agent is preferably 2,000 or less, more preferably 1,500 or less, and even more preferably 900 or less. The lower limit of the molecular weight of the radical crosslinking agent is preferably 100 or more.

作為自由基交聯劑的具體例,可舉出不飽和羧酸(例如,丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸、衣康酸、巴豆酸、異巴豆酸、順丁烯二酸等)或其酯類、醯胺類,較佳為不飽和羧酸與多元醇化合物的酯及不飽和羧酸與多元胺化合物的醯胺類。又,亦可較佳地使用具有羥基、胺基、氫硫基等親核性取代基之不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能或多官能異氰酸酯類或環氧類的加成反應物、與單官能或多官能的羧酸的脫水縮合反應物等。又,具有異氰酸酯基或環氧基等親電子性取代基之不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能或多官能醇類、胺類、硫醇類的加成反應物,進而具有鹵素基或甲苯磺醯氧基等脫離性取代基之不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能或多官能醇類、胺類、硫醇類的取代反應物亦為較佳。又,作為另一例,能夠使用被不飽和膦酸、苯乙烯等乙烯基苯衍生物、乙烯醚、烯丙醚等取代之化合物群組來替代上述不飽和羧酸。作為具體例,能夠參考日本特開2016-027357號公報的0113~0122段的記載,該等內容編入本說明書中。As specific examples of free radical crosslinking agents, unsaturated carboxylic acids (e.g., acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, maleic acid, etc.) or their esters and amides can be cited, preferably esters of unsaturated carboxylic acids and polyol compounds and amides of unsaturated carboxylic acids and polyamine compounds. In addition, addition reaction products of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides having nucleophilic substituents such as hydroxyl groups, amino groups, and thiohydrides with monofunctional or polyfunctional isocyanates or epoxides, and dehydration condensation reaction products with monofunctional or polyfunctional carboxylic acids can also be preferably used. Moreover, the addition reaction products of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides with electrophilic substituents such as isocyanate groups or epoxy groups and monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohols, amines, and thiols, and the substitution reaction products of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides with dissociative substituents such as halogen groups or tosyloxy groups and monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohols, amines, and thiols are also preferred. Moreover, as another example, the above-mentioned unsaturated carboxylic acid can be replaced by a compound group substituted with unsaturated phosphonic acid, vinylbenzene derivatives such as styrene, vinyl ether, allyl ether, etc. As a specific example, the description of paragraphs 0113 to 0122 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2016-027357 can be referred to, and the contents are incorporated into this specification.

又,自由基交聯劑係在常壓下具有100℃以上的沸點之化合物亦較佳。作為其例,可舉出聚乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基乙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、己二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(丙烯醯氧基丙基)醚、三(丙烯醯氧基乙基)異三聚氰酸酯、甘油或三羥甲基乙烷等在多官能醇中加成環氧乙烷或環氧丙烷後進行(甲基)丙烯酸酯化之化合物、日本特公昭48-041708號公報、日本特公昭50-006034號公報、日本特開昭51-037193號各公報中記載之(甲基)丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯類、日本特開昭48-064183號、日本特公昭49-043191號、日本特公昭52-030490號各公報中記載之聚酯丙烯酸酯類,作為環氧樹脂與(甲基)丙烯酸的反應產物的環氧丙烯酸酯類等多官能的丙烯酸酯或甲基丙烯酸酯;以及該等混合物。又,日本特開2008-292970號公報的0254~0257段中記載之化合物亦較佳。又,亦能夠舉出使多官能羧酸與(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯等具有環狀醚基及乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物進行反應而獲得之多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。In addition, the free radical crosslinking agent is preferably a compound having a boiling point of 100°C or more under normal pressure. Examples thereof include polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, trihydroxymethylethane tri(meth)acrylate, neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate, neopentyletrol tri(meth)acrylate, neopentyletrol tetra(meth)acrylate, dipentyletrol penta(meth)acrylate, dipentyletrol hexa(meth)acrylate, hexylene glycol (meth)acrylate, trihydroxymethylpropane tri(acryloxypropyl) ether, tri(acryloxyethyl) isocyanurate, glycerol or trihydroxymethylethane, etc., which are obtained by adding ethylene oxide or propylene oxide to a polyfunctional alcohol and then (meth)acrylating the mixture. Acid-esterified compounds, (meth)acrylic acid urethanes described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 48-041708, Japanese Patent Publication No. 50-006034, Japanese Patent Publication No. 51-037193, Japanese Patent Publication No. 48-064183, Japanese Patent Publication No. 49-043191, Japanese Patent Publication No. 52-030490, polyfunctional acrylates or methacrylates such as epoxy acrylates which are reaction products of epoxy resins and (meth)acrylic acid; and mixtures thereof. In addition, compounds described in paragraphs 0254 to 0257 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2008-292970 are also preferred. In addition, polyfunctional (meth)acrylates obtained by reacting a polyfunctional carboxylic acid with a compound having a cyclic ether group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond such as glycidyl (meth)acrylate can also be mentioned.

又,作為除了上述以外的較佳之自由基交聯劑,亦能夠使用日本特開2010-160418號公報、日本特開2010-129825號公報、日本專利第4364216號公報等中記載之具有茀環且具有2個以上的具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團的化合物、卡多(cardo)樹脂。Furthermore, as preferred radical crosslinking agents other than the above, compounds having a fluorene ring and two or more groups having ethylenically unsaturated bonds, and cardo resins described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open Nos. 2010-160418, 2010-129825, and 4364216, can also be used.

進而,作為其他例子,亦能夠舉出日本特公昭46-043946號公報、日本特公平01-040337號公報、日本特公平01-040336號公報中記載之特定的不飽和化合物、日本特開平02-025493號公報中記載之乙烯基膦酸系化合物等。又,亦能夠使用日本特開昭61-022048號公報中記載之包含全氟烷基之化合物。進而,亦能夠使用“Journal of the Adhesion Society of Japan”vol.20,No.7,300~308頁(1984年)中作為光硬化性單體及寡聚物所介紹者。Furthermore, as other examples, specific unsaturated compounds described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 46-043946, Japanese Patent Publication No. 01-040337, Japanese Patent Publication No. 01-040336, and vinylphosphonic acid compounds described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 02-025493 can be cited. In addition, compounds containing perfluoroalkyl groups described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 61-022048 can also be used. Furthermore, those introduced as photocurable monomers and oligomers in "Journal of the Adhesion Society of Japan" vol. 20, No. 7, pp. 300-308 (1984) can also be used.

除了上述以外,亦能夠較佳地使用日本特開2015-034964號公報的0048~0051段中記載之化合物、國際公開第2015/199219號的0087~0131段中記載之化合物,該等內容編入本說明書中。In addition to the above, the compounds described in paragraphs 0048 to 0051 of JP-A-2015-034964 and the compounds described in paragraphs 0087 to 0131 of WO-2015/199219 can also be preferably used, and the contents thereof are incorporated into the present specification.

又,在日本特開平10-062986號公報中作為式(1)及式(2)與其具體例一同記載之如下化合物亦能夠用作自由基交聯劑,該化合物係在多官能醇中加成環氧乙烷或環氧丙烷後進行(甲基)丙烯酸酯化而成的化合物。In addition, the following compounds described as formula (1) and formula (2) together with specific examples thereof in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 10-062986 can also be used as radical crosslinking agents. These compounds are obtained by adding ethylene oxide or propylene oxide to a polyfunctional alcohol and then subjecting the resulting mixture to (meth)acrylic esterification.

進而,日本特開2015-187211號公報的0104~0131段中記載之化合物亦能夠用作自由基交聯劑,該等內容編入本說明書中。Furthermore, the compounds described in paragraphs 0104 to 0131 of JP-A-2015-187211 can also be used as free radical crosslinking agents, and these contents are incorporated into this specification.

作為自由基交聯劑,二新戊四醇三丙烯酸酯(作為市售品為KAYARAD D-330;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製)、二新戊四醇四丙烯酸酯(作為市售品為KAYARAD D-320;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製、A-TMMT:Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製)、二新戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯(作為市售品為KAYARAD D-310;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製)、二新戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯(作為市售品為KAYARAD DPHA;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製、A-DPH;Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製)及該等(甲基)丙烯醯基經由乙二醇殘基或丙二醇殘基鍵結之結構為較佳。亦能夠使用該等寡聚物類型。As the radical crosslinking agent, dipentatriol triacrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentatriol tetraacrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD D-320; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., A-TMMT: manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), dipentatriol penta(meth)acrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD D-310; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentatriol hexa(meth)acrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD DPHA; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., A-DPH; manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) and the structures in which the (meth)acryloyl groups are bonded via ethylene glycol residues or propylene glycol residues are preferred. These oligomer types can also be used.

作為自由基交聯劑的市售品,例如可舉出Sartomer Company, Inc製的作為具有4個伸乙氧基鏈之4官能丙烯酸酯的SR-494、作為具有4個乙烯氧基鏈之2官能甲基丙烯酸酯的Sartomer Company, Inc製SR-209、231、239、Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製的作為具有6個伸戊氧基鏈之6官能丙烯酸酯的DPCA-60、作為具有3個異伸丁氧基鏈之3官能丙烯酸酯的TPA-330、胺基甲酸酯寡聚物UAS-10、UAB-140(NIPPON PAPER INDUSTRIES CO.,LTD.製)、NK ESTER M-40G、NK ESTER 4G、NK ESTER M-9300、NK ESTER A-9300、UA-7200(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd製)、DPHA-40H(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製)、UA-306H、UA-306T、UA-306I、AH-600、T-600、AI-600(Kyoeisha chemical Co.,Ltd.製)、BLEMMER PME400(NOF CORPORATION.製)等。As commercially available free radical crosslinking agents, for example, SR-494 manufactured by Sartomer Company, Inc., which is a tetrafunctional acrylate having four ethoxy chains, SR-209, 231, 239 manufactured by Sartomer Company, Inc., which are bifunctional methacrylates having four vinyloxy chains, DPCA-60 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., which is a hexafunctional acrylate having six pentoxy chains, TPA-330, which is a trifunctional acrylate having three isobutyloxy chains, urethane oligomers UAS-10 and UAB-140 (manufactured by NIPPON PAPER INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.), NK ESTER M-40G, NK ESTER 4G, NK ESTER M-9300, NK ESTER A-9300, UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), DPHA-40H (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, AH-600, T-600, AI-600 (manufactured by Kyoeisha chemical Co., Ltd.), BLEMMER PME400 (manufactured by NOF CORPORATION. ) etc.

作為自由基交聯劑,如日本特公昭48-041708號公報、日本特開昭51-037193號公報、日本特公平02-032293號公報、日本特公平02-016765號公報中記載之胺基甲酸酯丙烯酸酯類、日本特公昭58-049860號公報、日本特公昭56-017654號公報、日本特公昭62-039417號公報、日本特公昭62-039418號公報中記載之具有環氧乙烷系骨架之胺基甲酸酯化合物類亦較佳。進而,作為自由基交聯劑,亦能夠使用日本特開昭63-277653號公報、日本特開昭63-260909號公報、日本特開平01-105238號公報中記載之於分子內具有胺基結構或硫化物結構之化合物。As free radical crosslinking agents, urethane acrylates described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 48-041708, Japanese Patent Publication No. 51-037193, Japanese Patent Publication No. 02-032293, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 02-016765, and urethane compounds having an ethylene oxide skeleton described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 58-049860, Japanese Patent Publication No. 56-017654, Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-039417, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-039418 are also preferred. Furthermore, as the radical crosslinking agent, compounds having an amino structure or a sulfide structure in the molecule described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 63-277653, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 63-260909, and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 01-105238 can also be used.

自由基交聯劑可以為具有羧基、磷酸基等酸基之自由基交聯劑。具有酸基之自由基交聯劑中,脂肪族多羥基化合物與不飽和羧酸的酯為較佳,使脂肪族多羥基化合物的未反應的羥基與非芳香族羧酸酐反應而使其具有酸基之自由基交聯劑為更佳。特佳為使脂肪族多羥基化合物的未反應的羥基與非芳香族羧酸酐反應而使其具有酸基之自由基交聯劑中,脂肪族多羥基化合物係化合物新戊四醇或二新戊四醇。作為市售品,例如,可舉出M-510、M-520等作為TOAGOSEI CO.,Ltd.製多元酸改質丙烯酸類寡聚物。The free radical crosslinking agent can be a free radical crosslinking agent having an acid group such as a carboxyl group or a phosphoric acid group. Among the free radical crosslinking agents having an acid group, the ester of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid is preferred, and the free radical crosslinking agent in which the unreacted hydroxyl group of the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is reacted with a non-aromatic carboxylic anhydride to give it an acid group is more preferred. Particularly preferred is a free radical crosslinking agent in which the unreacted hydroxyl group of the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is reacted with a non-aromatic carboxylic anhydride to give it an acid group, wherein the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is a compound such as neopentyl triol or dipentyl triol. As commercially available products, for example, M-510, M-520, etc. can be cited as polyacid-modified acrylic oligomers manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., Ltd.

具有酸基之自由基交聯劑的較佳酸值為0.1~40mgKOH/g,特佳為5~30mgKOH/g。自由基交聯劑的酸值只要在上述範圍內,則製造上的操作性優異,進而顯影性優異。又,聚合性良好。此外,從進行鹼顯影時的顯影速度的觀點考慮,具有酸基之自由基交聯劑的較佳酸值為0.1~300mgKOH/g,尤其較佳為1~100mgKOH/g。上述酸值按照JIS K 0070:1992的記載進行測定。The preferred acid value of the free radical crosslinking agent having an acid group is 0.1 to 40 mgKOH/g, and the particularly preferred acid value is 5 to 30 mgKOH/g. As long as the acid value of the free radical crosslinking agent is within the above range, the operability in manufacturing is excellent, and the developing property is excellent. In addition, the polymerizability is good. In addition, from the perspective of the developing speed during alkaline development, the preferred acid value of the free radical crosslinking agent having an acid group is 0.1 to 300 mgKOH/g, and the particularly preferred acid value is 1 to 100 mgKOH/g. The above acid value is measured in accordance with the description of JIS K 0070:1992.

從抑制伴隨圖案(硬化膜)的彈性模數控制而產生之翹曲的觀點考慮,本發明的感光性樹脂組成物能夠將單官能自由基交聯劑較佳地用作自由基交聯劑。作為單官能自由基交聯劑,可較佳地使用正丁基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2-乙基己基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2-羥乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、丁氧基乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、卡必醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、環己基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、芐基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、苯氧基乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、N-羥甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、環氧丙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚乙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯等(甲基)丙烯酸衍生物、N-乙烯基吡咯啶酮、N-乙烯基己內醯胺等N-乙烯基化合物類、烯丙基環氧丙醚、鄰苯二甲酸二烯丙酯、偏苯三酸三烯丙酯等烯丙基化合物類等。作為單官能自由基交聯劑,為了抑制曝光前的揮發,在常壓下具有100℃以上的沸點之化合物亦較佳。又,從圖案的解析度和膜的伸縮性的觀點考慮,使用2官能的甲基丙烯酸酯或丙烯酸酯亦較佳。 作為具體化合物,能夠使用三乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、三乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、四乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、四乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、PEG200二丙烯酸酯、PEG200二甲基丙烯酸酯、PEG600二丙烯酸酯、PEG600二甲基丙烯酸酯、聚四乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、聚四乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、3-甲基-1,5-戊二醇二丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇二丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、二羥甲基-三環癸烷二丙烯酸酯、二羥甲基-三環癸烷二甲基丙烯酸酯、雙酚A的EO加成物二丙烯酸酯、雙酚A的EO加成物二甲基丙烯酸酯、雙酚A的PO加成物二丙烯酸酯、雙酚A的EO加成物二甲基丙烯酸酯、甲基丙烯酸2-羥基-3-丙烯醯氧基丙酯、異三聚氰酸EO改質二丙烯酸酯、異三聚氰酸改質二甲基丙烯酸酯、其他具有胺甲酸乙酯鍵之2官能丙烯酸酯、具有胺甲酸乙酯鍵之2官能甲基丙烯酸酯。該等可以根據需要混合使用2種以上。From the viewpoint of suppressing the warping accompanying the control of the elastic modulus of the pattern (cured film), the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention can preferably use a monofunctional radical crosslinking agent as the radical crosslinking agent. As the monofunctional free radical crosslinking agent, (meth)acrylic acid derivatives such as n-butyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, butoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, carbitol (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, benzyl (meth)acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, N-hydroxymethyl (meth)acrylamide, glycidyl (meth)acrylate, polyethylene glycol mono (meth)acrylate, polypropylene glycol mono (meth)acrylate, N-vinyl compounds such as N-vinyl pyrrolidone and N-vinyl caprolactam, allyl compounds such as allyl glycidyl ether, diallyl phthalate, and triallyl trimellitate can be preferably used. As a monofunctional free radical crosslinking agent, in order to suppress volatility before exposure, a compound having a boiling point of 100°C or more at normal pressure is also preferred. In addition, from the perspective of pattern resolution and film stretchability, it is also preferred to use a bifunctional methacrylate or acrylate. As a specific compound, triethylene glycol diacrylate, triethylene glycol dimethacrylate, tetraethylene glycol dimethacrylate, tetraethylene glycol diacrylate, PEG200 diacrylate, PEG200 dimethacrylate, PEG600 diacrylate, PEG600 dimethacrylate, polyethylene glycol diacrylate, polyethylene glycol dimethacrylate, neopentyl glycol diacrylate, neopentyl glycol dimethacrylate, 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol diacrylate, 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate, 1,6-hexanediol dimethacrylate, dihydroxymethyl-tricyclodecane diacrylate, dihydroxymethyl-tricyclodecane dimethacrylate, bisphenol A EO adduct diacrylate, bisphenol A EO adduct dimethacrylate, bisphenol A PO adduct diacrylate, bisphenol A EO adduct dimethacrylate, methacrylate 2-hydroxy-3-acryloyloxypropyl, isocyanuric acid EO modified diacrylate, isocyanuric acid modified dimethacrylate, other bifunctional acrylates having urethane bonds, and bifunctional methacrylates having urethane bonds. Two or more of these may be used in combination as needed.

含有自由基交聯劑時,其含量相對於本發明的感光性樹脂組成物的總固體成分,超過0質量%且60質量%以下為較佳。下限為5質量%以上為更佳。上限為50質量%以下為更佳,30質量%以下為進一步較佳。When a free radical crosslinking agent is contained, its content is preferably more than 0 mass % and less than 60 mass % relative to the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention. The lower limit is more preferably 5 mass % or more. The upper limit is more preferably 50 mass % or less, and even more preferably 30 mass % or less.

自由基交聯劑可以單獨使用1種,亦可以混合使用2種以上。同時使用2種以上時,其合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。The free radical crosslinking agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more are used simultaneously, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.

<其他交聯劑> 本發明的感光性樹脂組成物包含與上述自由基交聯劑不同的其他交聯劑為較佳。 在本發明中,其他交聯劑表示除上述自由基交聯劑以外的交聯劑,在分子內具有複數個藉由上述感光劑的感光而促進(在與組成物中的其他化合物或其反應生成物之間形成共價鍵之)反應之基團之化合物為較佳,在分子內具有複數個藉由酸或鹼的作用促進(在與組成物中的其他化合物或其反應生成物之間形成共價鍵之)反應之基團之化合物為更佳。 上述酸或鹼係在第一區域曝光製程、第二區域曝光製程等曝光製程中從作為感光劑的光酸產生劑或光鹼產生劑產生之酸或鹼為較佳。 作為其他交聯劑,具有選自包括羥甲基及烷氧基甲基之群組中之至少1種基團之化合物為較佳,具有選自包括羥甲基及烷氧基甲基之群組中之至少1種基團直接鍵結於氮原子之結構之化合物為更佳。 作為其他交聯劑,例如可舉出具有使三聚氰胺、乙炔脲、脲、伸烷基脲、苯并胍胺等含胺基化合物與甲醛進行反應或使甲醛與醇進行反應並用羥甲基或烷氧基甲基取代上述胺基的氫原子之結構之化合物。該等化合物的製造方法並沒有特別限定,只要為具有與藉由上述方法製造的化合物相同結構之化合物即可。又,可以為該等化合物的羥甲基彼此自縮合而成之寡聚物。 作為上述之含胺基化合物,將使用三聚氰胺之交聯劑稱為三聚氰胺系交聯劑,將使用乙炔脲、脲或伸烷基脲之交聯劑稱為脲系交聯劑,將使用伸烷基脲之交聯劑稱為伸烷基脲系交聯劑,將使用苯并胍胺之交聯劑稱為苯并胍胺系交聯劑。 該等之中,本發明的感光性樹脂組成物包含選自包括脲系交聯劑及三聚氰胺系交聯劑之群組中之至少1種化合物為較佳,包含選自包括後述之乙炔脲系交聯劑及三聚氰胺系交聯劑之群組中之至少1種化合物為更佳。<Other crosslinking agents> The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention preferably contains other crosslinking agents different from the above-mentioned free radical crosslinking agents. In the present invention, other crosslinking agents refer to crosslinking agents other than the above-mentioned free radical crosslinking agents. Compounds having multiple groups in the molecule that are promoted by the photosensitivity of the above-mentioned photosensitive agent (forming covalent bonds with other compounds in the composition or their reaction products) are preferred, and compounds having multiple groups in the molecule that are promoted by the action of acids or bases (forming covalent bonds with other compounds in the composition or their reaction products) are more preferred. The acid or base is preferably an acid or base generated from a photoacid generator or a photoalkali generator as a photosensitive agent in the exposure process such as the first area exposure process and the second area exposure process. As other crosslinking agents, compounds having at least one group selected from the group including hydroxymethyl and alkoxymethyl are preferred, and compounds having a structure in which at least one group selected from the group including hydroxymethyl and alkoxymethyl is directly bonded to a nitrogen atom are more preferred. As other crosslinking agents, for example, compounds having a structure in which an amino-containing compound such as melamine, acetylene urea, urea, alkyl urea, benzoguanamine, etc. reacts with formaldehyde or reacts with formaldehyde with an alcohol and replaces the hydrogen atom of the above amino group with a hydroxymethyl or alkoxymethyl group can be cited. The production method of these compounds is not particularly limited, as long as they are compounds having the same structure as the compounds produced by the above method. In addition, they may be oligomers formed by self-condensation of hydroxymethyl groups of these compounds. As the above-mentioned amino-containing compounds, the crosslinking agent using melamine is called a melamine-based crosslinking agent, the crosslinking agent using acetylene urea, urea or alkyl urea is called a urea-based crosslinking agent, the crosslinking agent using alkyl urea is called an alkyl urea-based crosslinking agent, and the crosslinking agent using benzoguanamine is called a benzoguanamine-based crosslinking agent. Among them, the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention preferably comprises at least one compound selected from the group consisting of urea-based crosslinking agents and melamine-based crosslinking agents, and more preferably comprises at least one compound selected from the group consisting of acetylene urea-based crosslinking agents and melamine-based crosslinking agents described later.

作為三聚氰胺系交聯劑的具體例,可舉出六甲氧基甲基三聚氰胺、六乙氧基甲基三聚氰胺、六丙氧基甲基三聚氰胺、六丁氧基丁基三聚氰胺等。Specific examples of the melamine-based crosslinking agent include hexamethoxymethylmelamine, hexaethoxymethylmelamine, hexapropoxymethylmelamine, hexabutoxybutylmelamine, and the like.

作為脲系交聯劑的具體例,例如,可舉出單羥甲基化乙炔脲、二羥甲基化乙炔脲、三羥甲基化乙炔脲、四羥甲基化乙炔脲、單甲氧基甲基化乙炔脲,二甲氧基甲基化乙炔脲、三甲氧基甲基化乙炔脲、四甲氧基甲基化乙炔脲、單甲氧基甲基化乙炔脲、二甲氧基甲基化乙炔脲、三甲氧基甲基化乙炔脲、四乙氧基甲基化乙炔脲、單丙氧基甲基化乙炔脲、二丙氧基甲基化乙炔脲、三丙氧基甲基化乙炔脲、四丙氧基甲基化乙炔脲、單丁氧基甲基化乙炔脲、二丁氧基甲基化乙炔脲、三丁氧基甲基化乙炔脲或四丁氧基甲基化乙炔脲等乙炔脲系交聯劑; 雙甲氧基甲基脲、雙乙氧基甲基脲、雙丙氧基甲基脲、雙丁氧基甲基脲等脲系交聯劑、 單羥甲基化乙烯脲或二羥甲基化乙烯脲、單甲氧基甲基化乙烯脲、二甲氧基甲基化乙烯脲、單乙氧基甲基化乙烯脲、二乙氧基甲基化乙烯脲、單丙氧基甲基化乙烯脲、二丙氧基甲基化乙烯脲、單丁氧基甲基化乙烯脲或二丁氧基甲基化乙烯脲等乙烯脲系交聯劑、 單羥甲基化丙烯脲、二羥甲基化丙烯脲、單甲氧基甲基化丙烯脲、二甲氧基甲基化丙烯脲、單二乙氧基甲基化丙烯脲、二乙氧基甲基化丙烯脲、單丙氧基甲基化丙烯脲、二丙氧基甲基化丙烯脲、單丁氧基甲基化丙烯脲或二丁氧基甲基化丙烯脲等丙烯脲系交聯劑、 1,3-二(甲氧基甲基)4,5-二羥基-2-咪唑啶酮、1,3-二(甲氧基甲基)-4,5-二甲氧基-2-咪唑啶酮等。Specific examples of the urea crosslinking agent include monohydroxymethylated acetylene urea, dihydroxymethylated acetylene urea, trihydroxymethylated acetylene urea, tetrahydroxymethylated acetylene urea, monomethoxymethylated acetylene urea, dimethoxymethylated acetylene urea, trimethoxymethylated acetylene urea, tetramethoxymethylated acetylene urea, monomethoxymethylated acetylene urea, dimethoxymethylated acetylene urea, trimethoxymethylated acetylene urea, tetraethoxymethylated acetylene urea. , monopropoxymethylated acetylene urea, dipropoxymethylated acetylene urea, tripropoxymethylated acetylene urea, tetrapropoxymethylated acetylene urea, monobutoxymethylated acetylene urea, dibutoxymethylated acetylene urea, tributoxymethylated acetylene urea or tetrabutoxymethylated acetylene urea and other acetylene urea-based crosslinking agents; Urea-based crosslinking agents such as dimethoxymethyl urea, diethoxymethyl urea, dipropoxymethyl urea, dibutoxymethyl urea, monohydroxymethylated Ethylene urea or dihydroxymethylated ethylene urea, monomethoxymethylated ethylene urea, dimethoxymethylated ethylene urea, monoethoxymethylated ethylene urea, diethoxymethylated ethylene urea, monopropoxymethylated ethylene urea, dipropoxymethylated ethylene urea, monobutoxymethylated ethylene urea or dibutoxymethylated ethylene urea and other ethylene urea crosslinking agents, monohydroxymethylated propylene urea, dihydroxymethylated propylene urea, monomethoxymethylated propylene urea, dimethoxymethylated propylene urea, monodiethoxymethylated propylene urea, diethoxymethylated propylene urea, monopropoxymethylated propylene urea, dipropoxymethylated propylene urea, monobutoxymethylated propylene urea or dibutoxymethylated propylene urea and other propylene urea crosslinking agents, 1,3-bis(methoxymethyl)4,5-dihydroxy-2-imidazolidinone, 1,3-bis(methoxymethyl)-4,5-dimethoxy-2-imidazolidinone, etc.

作為苯并胍胺系交聯劑的具體例,例如,可舉出單羥甲基化苯并胍胺、二羥甲基化苯并胍胺、三羥甲基化苯并胍胺、四羥甲基化苯并胍胺、單甲氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、二甲氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、三甲氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、四甲氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、單甲氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、二甲氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、三甲氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、四乙氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、單丙氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、二丙氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、三丙氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、四丙氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、單丁氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、二丁氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、三丁氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、四丁氧基甲基化苯并胍胺等。Specific examples of the benzoguanamine-based crosslinking agent include monohydroxymethylated benzoguanamine, dihydroxymethylated benzoguanamine, trihydroxymethylated benzoguanamine, tetrahydroxymethylated benzoguanamine, monomethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, dimethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, trimethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, tetramethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, monomethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, dimethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, trimethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, tetraethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, monopropoxymethylated benzoguanamine, dipropoxymethylated benzoguanamine, tripropoxymethylated benzoguanamine, tetrapropoxymethylated benzoguanamine, monobutoxymethylated benzoguanamine, dibutoxymethylated benzoguanamine, tributoxymethylated benzoguanamine, and tetrabutoxymethylated benzoguanamine.

此外,作為具有選自包括羥甲基及烷氧基甲基之群組中之至少1種基團之化合物,亦能夠較佳地使用將選自包括羥甲基及烷氧基甲基之群組中之至少1種基團直接鍵結於芳香環(較佳為苯環)之化合物。 作為該種化合物的具體例,可舉出對苯二甲醇、雙(羥甲基)甲酚、雙(羥甲基)二甲氧基苯、雙(羥甲基)二苯醚、雙(羥甲基)二苯甲酮、羥甲基苯甲酸羥甲基苯、雙(羥甲基)聯苯、二甲基雙(羥甲基)聯苯、雙(甲氧基甲基)苯、雙(甲氧基甲基)甲酚、雙(甲氧基甲基)二甲氧基苯、雙(甲氧基甲基)二苯醚、雙(甲氧基甲基)二苯甲酮、甲氧基甲基苯甲酸甲氧基甲基苯、雙(甲氧基甲基)聯苯、二甲基雙(甲氧基甲基)聯苯、4,4’,4’’-亞乙基三[2,6-雙(甲氧基甲基)苯酚]、5,5’-[2,2,2‐三氟‐1‐(三氟甲基)亞乙基]雙[2‐羥基‐1,3‐對苯二甲醇]、3,3’,5,5’-四(甲氧基甲基)-1,1’-聯苯-4,4’-二醇等。In addition, as the compound having at least one group selected from the group including a hydroxymethyl group and an alkoxymethyl group, a compound in which at least one group selected from the group including a hydroxymethyl group and an alkoxymethyl group is directly bonded to an aromatic ring (preferably a benzene ring) can also be preferably used. Specific examples of such compounds include terephthalic acid, bis(hydroxymethyl)cresol, bis(hydroxymethyl)dimethoxybenzene, bis(hydroxymethyl)diphenyl ether, bis(hydroxymethyl)benzophenone, hydroxymethylbenzene hydroxymethylbenzoate, bis(hydroxymethyl)biphenyl, dimethylbis(hydroxymethyl)biphenyl, bis(methoxymethyl)benzene, bis(methoxymethyl)cresol, bis(methoxymethyl)dimethoxybenzene, bis(methoxymethyl)diphenyl ether, bis(methoxymethyl)diphenyl ketone, methoxymethylbenzene methoxybenzoate, bis(methoxymethyl)biphenyl, dimethylbis(methoxymethyl)biphenyl, 4,4',4''-ethylenetri[2,6-bis(methoxymethyl)phenol], 5,5'-[2,2,2-trifluoro-1-(trifluoromethyl)ethylene]bis[2-hydroxy-1,3-phenylenediol], 3,3',5,5'-tetrakis(methoxymethyl)-1,1'-biphenyl-4,4'-diol, etc.

作為其他交聯劑,可以使用市售品,作為較佳之市售品,可舉出46DMOC、46DMOEP(以上為ASAHI YUKIZAI CORPORATION製)、DML-PC、DML-PEP、DML-OC、DML-OEP、DML-34X、DML-PTBP、DML-PCHP、DML-OCHP、DML-PFP、DML-PSBP、DML-POP、DML-MBOC、DML-MBPC、DML-MTrisPC、DML-BisOC-Z、DML-BisOCHP-Z、DML-BPC、DMLBisOC-P、DMOM-PC、DMOM-PTBP、DMOM-MBPC、TriML-P、TriML-35XL、TML-HQ、TML-BP、TML-pp-BPF、TML-BPE、TML-BPA、TML-BPAF、TML-BPAP、TMOM-BP、TMOM-BPE、TMOM-BPA、TMOM-BPAF、TMOM-BPAP、HML-TPPHBA、HML-TPHAP、HMOM-TPPHBA、HMOM-TPHAP(以上為Honshu Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製)、NIKALAC(註冊商標,以下相同)MX-290、NIKALACMX-280、NIKALACMX-270、NIKALACMX-279、NIKALACMW-100LM、NIKALACMX-750LM(以上為SANWA CHEMICAL CO.,LTD製)等。As other crosslinking agents, commercial products can be used. Preferred commercial products include 46DMOC, 46DMOEP (all manufactured by ASAHI YUKIZAI CORPORATION), DML-PC, DML-PEP, DML-OC, DML-OEP, DML-34X, DML-PTBP, DML-PCHP, DML-OCHP, DML-PFP, DML-PSBP, DML-POP, DML-MBOC, DML-MBPC, DML-MTrisPC, DML-BisOC-Z, DML-BisOCHP-Z, DML-BPC, DMLBisOC-P, DMOM-PC, DMOM- PTBP, DMOM-MBPC, TriML-P, TriML-35XL, TML-HQ, TML-BP, TML-pp-BPF, TML-BPE, TML-BPA, TML-BPAF, TML-BPAP, TMOM-BP, TMOM-BPE, TMOM-BPA, TMOM-BPAF, TMOM-BPAP, HML-TPPHBA, HML-TPHAP, HMOM-TPPHBA, HMOM-TPHAP (all manufactured by Honshu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), NIKALAC (registered trademark, hereinafter the same) MX-290, NIKALACMX-280, NIKALACMX-270, NIKALACMX-279, NIKALACMW-100LM, NIKALACMX-750LM (all manufactured by SANWA CHEMICAL CO., LTD.), etc.

又,本發明的感光性樹脂組成物包含選自包括環氧化合物、氧雜環丁烷化合物及苯并㗁𠯤化合物之群組中之至少1種化合物作為其他交聯劑亦較佳。In addition, the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention preferably contains at least one compound selected from the group consisting of epoxy compounds, cyclohexane compounds and benzophenone compounds as other crosslinking agents.

〔環氧化合物(具有環氧基之化合物)〕 作為環氧化合物,係在一分子中具有2個以上的環氧基之化合物為較佳。環氧基在200℃以下進行交聯反應,並且由於不發生源自交聯之脫水反應而不易引起膜收縮。因此,藉由含有環氧化合物,可有效地抑制感光性樹脂組成物的低溫硬化及翹曲。[Epoxy compounds (compounds having epoxy groups)] As epoxy compounds, compounds having two or more epoxy groups in one molecule are preferred. Epoxy groups undergo crosslinking reaction below 200°C, and since dehydration reaction due to crosslinking does not occur, it is not easy to cause film shrinkage. Therefore, by containing epoxy compounds, low-temperature curing and warping of photosensitive resin compositions can be effectively suppressed.

環氧化合物含有聚環氧乙烷基為較佳。藉此,彈性模數進一步降低,並且能夠抑制翹曲。聚環氧乙烷基表示環氧乙烷的重複單元數為2以上者,重複單元數為2~15為較佳。The epoxy compound preferably contains a polyethylene oxide group. This further reduces the elastic modulus and suppresses warping. The polyethylene oxide group means that the number of repeating units of ethylene oxide is 2 or more, and preferably the number of repeating units is 2 to 15.

作為環氧化合物的例子,可舉出雙酚A型環氧樹脂;雙酚F型環氧樹脂;丙二醇二環氧丙基醚、新戊二醇二環氧丙基醚、乙二醇二環氧丙基醚、丁二醇二環氧丙基醚、己二醇二環氧丙基醚、三羥甲基丙烷三環氧丙基醚等伸烷基二醇型環氧樹脂或多元醇烴型環氧樹脂;聚丙二醇二環氧丙基醚等聚伸烷基二醇型環氧樹脂;聚甲基(環氧丙氧基丙基)矽氧烷等含環氧基矽酮等,但並不限定於該等。具體而言,可舉出EPICLON(註冊商標)850-S、EPICLON(註冊商標)HP-4032、EPICLON(註冊商標)HP-7200、EPICLON(註冊商標)HP-820、EPICLON(註冊商標)HP-4700、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-4710、EPICLON(註冊商標)HP-4770、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-859CRP、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-1514、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-4880、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-4850-150、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-4850-1000、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-4816、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-4822、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-830LVP、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-8183、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-8169、EPICLON(註冊商標)N-660、EPICLON(註冊商標)N-665-EXP-S、EPICLON(註冊商標)N-740、RIKARESIN(註冊商標)BEO-20E(以上為商品名,DIC Corporation製)、RIKARESIN(註冊商標)BEO-60E、RIKARESIN(註冊商標)HBE-100、RIKARESIN(註冊商標)DME-100、RIKARESIN(註冊商標)L-200(以上為商品名,New Japan Chemical Co.,Ltd.)、EP-4003S、EP-4000S、EP-4088S、EP-3950S(以上為商品名,ADEKA CORPORATION製)、CELLOXIDE 2021P、2081、2000、3000、EHPE3150、EPOLEAD GT400、Serviners B0134、B0177(以上為商品名,DAICEL CORPORATION製)、NC-3000、NC-3000-L、NC-3000-H、NC-3000-FH-75M、NC-3100、CER-3000-L、NC-2000-L、XD-1000、NC-7000L、NC-7300L、EPPN-501H、EPPN-501HY、EPPN-502H、EOCN-1020、EOCN-102S、EOCN-103S、EOCN-104S、CER-1020、EPPN-201、BREN-S、BREN-10S(以上為商品名,Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製)等。Examples of epoxy compounds include bisphenol A type epoxy resins; bisphenol F type epoxy resins; propylene glycol diglycidyl ether, neopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether, ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, butanediol diglycidyl ether, hexanediol diglycidyl ether, trihydroxymethylpropane triglycidyl ether and other alkylene glycol type epoxy resins or polyol hydrocarbon type epoxy resins; polypropylene glycol diglycidyl ether and other polyalkylene glycol type epoxy resins; epoxy-containing silicones such as polymethyl (glycidoxypropyl) siloxane, etc., but are not limited to these. Specifically, the following can be cited: EPICLON (registered trademark) 850-S, EPICLON (registered trademark) HP-4032, EPICLON (registered trademark) HP-7200, EPICLON (registered trademark) HP-820, EPICLON (registered trademark) HP-4700, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-4710, EPICLON (registered trademark) HP-4770, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-859CRP, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-1514, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-4880, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-485 0-150, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-4850-1000, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-4816, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-4822, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-830LVP, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-8183, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-8169, EPICLON (registered trademark) N-660, EPICLON (registered trademark) N-665-EXP-S, EPICLON (registered trademark) N-740, RIKARESIN (registered trademark) BEO-20E (the above are product names, DIC Corporation), RIKARESIN (registered trademark) BEO-60E, RIKARESIN (registered trademark) HBE-100, RIKARESIN (registered trademark) DME-100, RIKARESIN (registered trademark) L-200 (these are trade names, New Japan Chemical Co., Ltd.), EP-4003S, EP-4000S, EP-4088S, EP-3950S (these are trade names, ADEKA CORPORATION), CELLOXIDE 2021P, 2081, 2000, 3000, EHPE3150, EPOLEAD GT400, Serviners B0134, B0177 (these are trade names, DAICEL CORPORATION), NC-3000, NC-3000-L, NC-3000-H, NC-3000-FH-75M, NC-3100, CER-3000-L, NC-2000-L, XD-1000, NC-7000L, NC-7300L, EPPN-501H, EPPN-501HY, EPPN-502H, EOCN-1020, EOCN-102S, EOCN-103S, EOCN-104S, CER-1020, EPPN-201, BREN-S, BREN-10S (the above are trade names, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), etc.

〔氧雜環丁烷化合物(具有氧雜環丁基之化合物)〕 作為氧雜環丁烷化合物,能夠舉出在一分子中具有2個以上的氧雜環丁烷環之化合物、3-乙基-3-羥甲基氧雜環丁烷、1,4-雙{[(3-乙基-3-氧雜環丁基)甲氧基]甲基}苯、3-乙基-3-(2-乙基己基甲基)氧雜環丁烷、1,4-苯二羧酸-雙[(3-乙基-3-氧雜環丁基)甲基]酯等。作為具體例,能夠較佳地使用TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製ARON OXETANE系列(例如,OXT-121、OXT-221、OXT-191、OXT-223),該等可以單獨使用,或者可以混合2種以上。[Oxycyclobutane compounds (compounds having an oxycyclobutyl group)] Examples of the oxycyclobutane compounds include compounds having two or more oxycyclobutane rings in one molecule, 3-ethyl-3-hydroxymethyloxycyclobutane, 1,4-bis{[(3-ethyl-3-oxycyclobutyl)methoxy]methyl}benzene, 3-ethyl-3-(2-ethylhexylmethyl)oxycyclobutane, and 1,4-benzenedicarboxylic acid-bis[(3-ethyl-3-oxycyclobutyl)methyl]ester. As a specific example, ARON OXETANE series (for example, OXT-121, OXT-221, OXT-191, OXT-223) manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD. can be preferably used, and these may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

〔苯并㗁𠯤化合物(具有苯并㗁唑基之化合物)〕 苯并㗁𠯤化合物因源自開環加成反應之交聯反應而在硬化時不產生脫氣,進而減少熱收縮而抑制產生翹曲,因此較佳。[Benzotriazole compounds (compounds having benzoxazolyl groups)] Benzotriazole compounds are preferred because they do not produce degassing during curing due to the cross-linking reaction derived from the ring-opening addition reaction, thereby reducing thermal shrinkage and inhibiting the occurrence of warping.

作為苯并㗁𠯤化合物的較佳例,可舉出B-a型苯并㗁𠯤、B-m型苯并㗁𠯤、P-d型苯并㗁𠯤、F-a型苯并㗁𠯤(以上為商品名,Shikoku Chemicals Corporation製)、聚羥基苯乙烯樹脂的苯并㗁𠯤加成物、酚醛清漆型二氫苯并㗁𠯤化合物。該等可以單獨使用,或者可以混合2種以上。Preferred examples of the benzophenone compound include B-a type benzophenone, B-m type benzophenone, P-d type benzophenone, F-a type benzophenone (these are trade names, manufactured by Shikoku Chemicals Corporation), benzophenone adducts of polyhydroxystyrene resins, and novolac type dihydrobenzophenone compounds. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

其他交聯劑的含量相對於本發明的感光性樹脂組成物的總固體成分為0.1~30質量%為較佳,0.1~20質量%為更佳,0.5~15質量%為進一步較佳,1.0~10質量%為特佳。其他交聯劑可以僅含有1種,亦可以含有2種以上。含有2種以上其他熱交聯劑時,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。The content of other crosslinking agents is preferably 0.1 to 30 mass % relative to the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, more preferably 0.1 to 20 mass %, further preferably 0.5 to 15 mass %, and particularly preferably 1.0 to 10 mass %. Other crosslinking agents may contain only one or more. When containing two or more other thermal crosslinking agents, their total content is preferably within the above range.

<具有磺醯胺結構之化合物、具有硫脲結構之化合物> 從提高所獲得之圖案(硬化膜)對基材的密接性的觀點考慮,本發明的感光性樹脂組成物進一步包含選自包括具有磺醯胺結構之化合物及具有硫脲結構之化合物之群組中之至少1種化合物為較佳。<Compounds with sulfonamide structure, compounds with thiourea structure> From the perspective of improving the adhesion of the obtained pattern (cured film) to the substrate, it is preferred that the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention further comprises at least one compound selected from the group consisting of compounds with sulfonamide structure and compounds with thiourea structure.

〔具有磺醯胺結構之化合物〕 磺醯胺結構係由下述式(S-1)表示之結構。 [化學式48] 在式(S-1)中,R表示氫原子或有機基團,R可以與其他結構鍵結而形成環結構,*分別獨立地表示與其他結構的鍵結部位。 上述R係與下述式(S-2)中的R2 相同的基團為較佳。 具有磺醯胺結構之化合物可以為具有2個以上磺醯胺結構之化合物,具有1個磺醯胺結構之化合物為較佳。[Compounds having a sulfonamide structure] The sulfonamide structure is represented by the following formula (S-1). [Chemical formula 48] In formula (S-1), R represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group, and R may bond with other structures to form a ring structure, and * independently represents the bonding site with other structures. It is preferred that the above R is the same group as R2 in the following formula (S-2). The compound having a sulfonamide structure may be a compound having two or more sulfonamide structures, and a compound having one sulfonamide structure is preferred.

具有磺醯胺結構之化合物係由下述式(S-2)表示之化合物為較佳。 [化學式49] 在式(S-2)中,R1 、R2 及R3 分別獨立地表示氫原子或1價有機基團,R1 、R2 及R3 中的2個以上可以相互鍵結而形成環結構。 R1 、R2 及R3 分別獨立地表示1價有機基團為較佳。 作為R1 、R2 及R3 的例子,可舉出氫原子或烷基、環烷基、烷氧基、烷基醚基、烷基矽基、烷氧基矽基、芳基、芳基醚基、羧基、羰基、烯丙基、乙烯基、雜環基、或者將該等組合2個以上而成之基團等。 作為上述烷基,碳數1~10的烷基為較佳,碳數1~6的烷基為更佳。作為上述烷基,例如,可舉出甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、異丙基、2-乙基己基等。 作為上述環烷基,碳數5~10的環烷基為較佳,碳數6~10的環烷基為更佳。作為上述環烷基,例如,可舉出環丙基、環丁基、環戊基及環己基等。 作為上述烷氧基,碳數1~10的烷氧基為較佳,碳數1~5的烷氧基為更佳。作為上述烷氧基,可舉出甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、丁氧基及戊氧基等。 作為上述烷氧基矽基,碳數1~10的烷氧基矽基為較佳,碳數1~4的烷氧基矽基為更佳。作為上述烷氧基矽基,可舉出甲氧基矽基、乙氧基矽基、丙氧基矽基及丁氧基矽基等。 作為上述芳基,碳數6~20的芳基為較佳,碳數6~12的芳基為更佳。上述芳基可具有烷基等取代基。作為上述芳基,可舉出苯基、甲苯基、二甲苯基及萘基等。 作為上述雜環基,可舉出從三唑環、吡咯環、呋喃環、噻吩環、咪唑環、㗁唑環、噻唑環、吡唑環、異㗁唑環、異噻唑環、四唑環、吡啶環、嗒𠯤環、嘧啶環、吡𠯤環、哌啶環、哌𠯤環、口末啉環、二氫哌喃環、四氫哌喃環、三𠯤環等雜環結構去除1個氫原子之基團等。The compound having a sulfonamide structure is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (S-2). [Chemical Formula 49] In formula (S-2), R 1 , R 2 and R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and two or more of R 1 , R 2 and R 3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure. It is preferred that R 1 , R 2 and R 3 each independently represent a monovalent organic group. Examples of R 1 , R 2 and R 3 include a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkyl ether group, an alkyl silyl group, an alkoxy silyl group, an aryl group, an aryl ether group, a carboxyl group, a carbonyl group, an allyl group, a vinyl group, a heterocyclic group, or a group in which two or more of these groups are combined. As the above-mentioned alkyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferred, and an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferred. Examples of the alkyl group include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, isopropyl, and 2-ethylhexyl. Examples of the cycloalkyl group include cycloalkyl groups having 5 to 10 carbon atoms, and cycloalkyl groups having 6 to 10 carbon atoms are more preferred. Examples of the cycloalkyl group include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclohexyl. Examples of the alkoxy group include alkoxy groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and alkoxy groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms are more preferred. Examples of the alkoxy group include methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, and pentyloxy. Examples of the alkoxysilyl group include alkoxysilyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and alkoxysilyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms are more preferred. Examples of the alkoxysilyl group include methoxysilyl, ethoxysilyl, propoxysilyl, and butoxysilyl. Examples of the aryl group include 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and 6 to 12 carbon atoms. The aryl group may have a substituent such as an alkyl group. Examples of the aryl group include phenyl, tolyl, xylyl, and naphthyl. Examples of the heterocyclic group include a group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from a heterocyclic structure such as a triazole ring, a pyrrole ring, a furan ring, a thiophene ring, an imidazole ring, a pyrazole ring, a thiazole ring, a pyrazole ring, an iso-pyrazole ring, an isothiazole ring, a tetrazole ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyridine ring, a piperidine ring, a piperidine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a dihydropyran ring, a tetrahydropyran ring, and a trihydropyran ring.

該等之中,R1 係芳基且R2 及R3 分別獨立地為氫原子或烷基之化合物為較佳。Among these, the compounds wherein R 1 is an aryl group and R 2 and R 3 are independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group are preferred.

作為具有磺醯胺結構之化合物的例子,可舉出苯磺醯胺、二甲基苯磺醯胺、N-丁基苯磺醯胺、磺胺、鄰甲苯磺醯胺、對甲苯磺醯胺、羥基萘基磺醯胺、萘基-1-磺醯胺、萘基-2-磺醯胺、間硝基苯磺醯胺、對氯苯磺醯胺、甲磺醯胺、N,N-二甲基甲磺醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙磺醯胺、N,N-二乙基甲磺醯胺、N-甲氧基甲磺醯胺、N-十二基甲磺醯胺、N-環己基-1-丁磺醯胺、2-胺基乙磺醯胺等。Examples of compounds having a sulfonamide structure include benzenesulfonamide, dimethylbenzenesulfonamide, N-butylbenzenesulfonamide, sulfonamide, o-toluenesulfonamide, p-toluenesulfonamide, hydroxynaphthylsulfonamide, naphthyl-1-sulfonamide, naphthyl-2-sulfonamide, m-nitrobenzenesulfonamide, p-chlorobenzenesulfonamide, methanesulfonamide, N,N-dimethylmethanesulfonamide, N,N-dimethylethylsulfonamide, N,N-diethylmethanesulfonamide, N-methoxymethanesulfonamide, N-dodecylmethanesulfonamide, N-cyclohexyl-1-butanesulfonamide, and 2-aminoethylsulfonamide.

〔具有硫脲結構之化合物〕 硫脲結構係由下述式(T-1)表示之結構。 [化學式50] 在式(T-1)中,R4 及R5 分別獨立地表示氫原子或1價有機基團,R4 及R5 可以鍵結而形成環,R4 可以與*所鍵結之其他結構鍵結而形成環結構,R5 可以與*所鍵結之其他結構鍵結而形成環結構,*分別獨立地表示與其他結構的鍵結部位。[Compounds having a thiourea structure] The thiourea structure is represented by the following formula (T-1). [Chemical formula 50] In formula (T-1), R4 and R5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, R4 and R5 may bond to form a ring, R4 may bond to other structures bonded by * to form a ring structure, R5 may bond to other structures bonded by * to form a ring structure, and * each independently represents a bonding site to other structures.

R4 及R5 分別獨立地為氫原子為較佳。 作為R4 及R5 的例子,可舉出氫原子或烷基、環烷基、烷氧基、烷基醚基、烷基矽基、烷氧基矽基、芳基、芳基醚基、羧基、羰基、烯丙基、乙烯基、雜環基或將該等組合2個以上而成之基團等。 作為上述烷基,碳數1~10的烷基為較佳,碳數1~6的烷基為更佳。作為上述烷基,例如,可舉出甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、異丙基、2-乙基己基等。 作為上述環烷基,碳數5~10的環烷基為較佳,碳數6~10的環烷基為更佳。作為上述環烷基,例如,可舉出環丙基、環丁基、環戊基及環己基等。 作為上述烷氧基,碳數1~10的烷氧基為較佳,碳數1~5的烷氧基為更佳。作為上述烷氧基,可舉出甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、丁氧基及戊氧基等。 作為上述烷氧基矽基,碳數1~10的烷氧基矽基為較佳,碳數1~4的烷氧基矽基為更佳。作為上述烷氧基矽基,可舉出甲氧基矽基、乙氧基矽基、丙氧基矽基及丁氧基矽基等。 作為上述芳基,碳數6~20的芳基為較佳,碳數6~12的芳基為更佳。上述芳基可具有烷基等取代基。作為上述芳基,可舉出苯基、甲苯基、二甲苯基及萘基等。 作為上述雜環基,可舉出從三唑環、吡咯環、呋喃環、噻吩環、咪唑環、㗁唑環、噻唑環、吡唑環、異㗁唑環、異噻唑環、四唑環、吡啶環、嗒𠯤環、嘧啶環、吡𠯤環、哌啶環、哌𠯤環、口末啉環、二氫哌喃環、四氫哌喃環、三𠯤環等雜環結構去除1個氫原子之基團等。 具有硫脲結構之化合物可以為具有2個以上硫脲結構之化合物,但具有1個硫脲結構之化合物為較佳。 R4 and R5 are preferably independently a hydrogen atom. Examples of R4 and R5 include a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkyl ether group, an alkyl silyl group, an alkoxy silyl group, an aryl group, an aryl ether group, a carboxyl group, a carbonyl group, an allyl group, a vinyl group, a heterocyclic group, or a group in which two or more of these groups are combined. As the above-mentioned alkyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferred, and an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferred. As the above-mentioned alkyl group, for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, an isopropyl group, a 2-ethylhexyl group, etc. are cited. As the above-mentioned cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 10 carbon atoms is preferred, and a cycloalkyl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferred. As the above-mentioned cycloalkyl group, for example, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl can be mentioned. As the above-mentioned alkoxy group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferred, and an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is more preferred. As the above-mentioned alkoxy group, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, a butoxy group and a pentyloxy group can be mentioned. As the above-mentioned alkoxysilyl group, an alkoxysilyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferred, and an alkoxysilyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is more preferred. As the above-mentioned alkoxysilyl group, a methoxysilyl group, an ethoxysilyl group, a propoxysilyl group and a butoxysilyl group can be mentioned. As the above-mentioned aryl group, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is preferred, and an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms is more preferred. The above-mentioned aryl group may have a substituent such as an alkyl group. Examples of the aryl group include phenyl, tolyl, xylyl, and naphthyl. Examples of the heterocyclic group include groups obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from a heterocyclic structure such as a triazole ring, a pyrrole ring, a furan ring, a thiophene ring, an imidazole ring, a pyrazole ring, a thiazole ring, a pyrazole ring, an iso-pyrazole ring, an isothiazole ring, a tetrazole ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyridine ring, a piperidine ring, a piperidine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a dihydropyran ring, a tetrahydropyran ring, and a trihydropyran ring. The compound having a thiourea structure may be a compound having two or more thiourea structures, but a compound having one thiourea structure is preferred.

具有硫脲結構之化合物係由下述式(T-2)表示之化合物為較佳。 [化學式51] 在式(T-2)中,R4 ~R7 分別獨立地表示氫原子或1價有機基團,R4 ~R7 中的至少2個可以相互鍵結而形成環結構。The compound having a thiourea structure is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (T-2). [Chemical Formula 51] In formula (T-2), R 4 to R 7 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and at least two of R 4 to R 7 may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure.

在式(T-2)中,R4 及R5 的含義與式(T-1)中的R4 及R5 相同,較佳態樣亦相同。 在式(T-2)中,R6 及R7 分別獨立地為1價有機基團為較佳。 在式(T-2)中,R6 及R7 中的1價有機基團的較佳態樣與式(T-1)中的R4 及R5 的1價有機基團的較佳態樣相同。In formula (T-2), R4 and R5 have the same meanings as R4 and R5 in formula (T-1), and preferred embodiments are also the same. In formula (T-2), R6 and R7 are preferably independently monovalent organic groups. In formula (T-2), preferred embodiments of monovalent organic groups in R6 and R7 are the same as preferred embodiments of monovalent organic groups in R4 and R5 in formula (T-1).

作為具有硫脲結構之化合物的例子,可舉出N-乙醯基硫脲、N-烯丙基硫脲、N-烯丙基-N’-(2-羥基乙基)硫脲、1-金剛烷基硫脲、N-苯甲醯基硫脲、N,N’-二苯硫脲、1-苄基-苯硫脲、1,3-二丁基硫脲、1,3-二異丙基硫脲、1,3-二環己基硫脲、1-(3-(三甲氧基矽基)丙基)-3-甲基硫脲、三甲基硫脲、四甲基硫脲、N,N-二苯硫脲、乙烯硫脲(2-咪唑啉硫酮)、卡比馬唑(Carbimazole)、1,3-二甲基-2-硫代乙內醯脲等。Examples of compounds having a thiourea structure include N-acetylthiourea, N-allylthiourea, N-allyl-N'-(2-hydroxyethyl)thiourea, 1-adamantylthiourea, N-benzoylthiourea, N,N'-diphenylthiourea, 1-benzyl-phenylthiourea, 1,3-dibutylthiourea, 1,3-diisopropylthiourea, 1,3-dicyclohexylthiourea, 1-(3-(trimethoxysilyl)propyl)-3-methylthiourea, trimethylthiourea, tetramethylthiourea, N,N-diphenylthiourea, ethylenethiourea (2-imidazolinethione), carbimazole, and 1,3-dimethyl-2-thiohydantoin.

〔含量〕 相對於本發明的感光性樹脂組成物的總質量之具有磺醯胺結構之化合物及具有硫脲結構之化合物的合計含量為0.05~10質量%為較佳,0.1~5質量%為更佳,0.2~3質量%為進一步較佳。 本發明的感光性樹脂組成物可以僅包含1種選自包括具有磺醯胺結構之化合物及具有硫脲結構之化合物之群組中之化合物,亦可以包含2種以上。僅包含1種時,該化合物的含量在上述範圍內,包含2種以上時,其合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。[Content] The total content of the compound having a sulfonamide structure and the compound having a thiourea structure relative to the total mass of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably 0.05 to 10 mass %, more preferably 0.1 to 5 mass %, and further preferably 0.2 to 3 mass %. The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain only one compound selected from the group including compounds having a sulfonamide structure and compounds having a thiourea structure, or may contain two or more. When only one compound is contained, the content of the compound is within the above range, and when two or more compounds are contained, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.

<遷移抑制劑> 本發明的感光性樹脂組成物可以進一步包含遷移抑制劑為較佳。藉由包含遷移抑制劑,能夠有效地抑制源自金屬層(金屬配線)之金屬離子轉移到光硬化性層內。<Migration inhibitor> The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may preferably further contain a migration inhibitor. By containing the migration inhibitor, it is possible to effectively inhibit the migration of metal ions from the metal layer (metal wiring) into the photocurable layer.

作為遷移抑制劑,並沒有特別限制,可舉出具有雜環(吡咯環、呋喃環、噻吩環、咪唑環、㗁唑環、噻唑環、吡唑環、異㗁唑環、異噻唑環、四唑環、吡啶環、嗒𠯤環、嘧啶環、吡𠯤環、哌啶環、 哌𠯤環、口末啉環、2H-吡喃環及6H-吡喃環、三𠯤環)之化合物、具有硫脲類及氫硫基之化合物、受阻酚系化合物、水楊酸衍生物系化合物、醯肼衍生物系化合物。尤其,能夠較佳地使用1,2,4-三唑、苯并三唑、5-甲基苯并三唑、4-甲基苯并三唑等三唑系化合物、1H-四唑、5-苯基四唑等四唑系化合物。The migration inhibitor is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include compounds having a heterocyclic ring (pyrrole ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, imidazole ring, oxadiazole ring, thiazole ring, pyrazole ring, isoxadiazole ring, isothiazole ring, tetrazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyridine ring, piperidine ring, piperidine ring, pyrimidine ring, 2H-pyran ring, 6H-pyran ring, triazole ring), compounds having thiourea and thiohydrin, hindered phenol compounds, salicylic acid derivative compounds, and hydrazide derivative compounds. In particular, triazole compounds such as 1,2,4-triazole, benzotriazole, 5-methylbenzotriazole, and 4-methylbenzotriazole, and tetrazole compounds such as 1H-tetrazole and 5-phenyltetrazole can be preferably used.

或者,亦能夠使用捕捉鹵素離子等陰離子之離子捕捉劑。Alternatively, an ion scavenger that captures anions such as halogen ions may be used.

作為其他遷移抑制劑,能夠使用日本特開2013-015701號公報的0094段中記載之防鏽劑、日本特開2009-283711號公報的0073~0076段中記載之化合物、日本特開2011-059656號公報的0052段中記載之化合物、日本特開2012-194520號公報的0114、0116段及0118段中記載之化合物、國際公開第2015/199219號的0166段中記載之化合物等。As other migration inhibitors, the rustproofing agent described in paragraph 0094 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2013-015701, the compounds described in paragraphs 0073 to 0076 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2009-283711, the compound described in paragraph 0052 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2011-059656, the compounds described in paragraphs 0114, 0116 and 0118 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2012-194520, the compound described in paragraph 0166 of International Publication No. 2015/199219, etc. can be used.

作為遷移抑制劑的具體例,能夠舉出下述化合物。As specific examples of the migration inhibitor, the following compounds can be cited.

[化學式52] [Chemical formula 52]

感光性樹脂組成物具有遷移抑制劑時,遷移抑制劑的含量相對於感光性樹脂組成物的總固體成分為0.01~5.0質量%為較佳,0.05~2.0質量%為更佳,0.1~1.0質量%為進一步較佳。When the photosensitive resin composition contains a migration inhibitor, the content of the migration inhibitor is preferably 0.01 to 5.0 mass %, more preferably 0.05 to 2.0 mass %, and even more preferably 0.1 to 1.0 mass % relative to the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition.

遷移抑制劑可以為僅1種,亦可以為2種以上。遷移抑制劑為2種以上時,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。The number of migration inhibitors may be one or more. When the number of migration inhibitors is two or more, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.

<聚合抑制劑> 本發明的感光性樹脂組成物包含聚合抑制劑為較佳。<Polymerization inhibitor> The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerization inhibitor.

作為聚合抑制劑,例如,可較佳地使用氫醌、鄰甲氧基苯酚、對甲氧基苯酚、二-三級丁基-對甲酚、五倍子酚、對三級丁基鄰苯二酚、1,4-苯醌、二苯基-對苯醌、4,4’-硫代雙(3-甲基-6-三級丁基苯酚)、2,2’-亞甲基雙(4-甲基-6-三級丁基苯酚)、啡噻𠯤、N-亞硝基二苯胺、N-苯基萘基胺、乙二胺四乙酸、1,2-環己烷二胺四乙酸、乙二醇醚二胺四乙酸、2,6-二-三級丁基-4-甲基苯酚、5-亞硝基-8-羥喹啉、1-亞硝基-2-萘酚、2-亞硝基-1-萘酚、2-亞硝基-5-(N-乙基-N-磺丙基胺基)苯酚、N-亞硝基苯基羥基胺第一鈰鹽、N-亞硝基-N-(1-萘基)羥基胺銨鹽、雙(4-羥基-3,5-三級丁基)苯基甲烷、1,3,5-三(4-三級丁基-3-羥基-2,6-二甲基苄基)-1,3,5-三𠯤-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-三酮、4‐羥基-2,2,6,6-四甲基哌啶1-氧自由基、1,1-二苯基-2-苦肼基、二丁基二硫代胺基甲酸銅(II)、硝基苯、N-亞硝基-N-苯基羥基胺鋁鹽、N-亞硝基-N-苯基羥基胺銨鹽等。又,亦能夠使用日本特開2015-127817號公報的0060段中記載之聚合抑制劑及國際公開第2015/125469號的0031~0046段中記載之化合物。As the polymerization inhibitor, for example, hydroquinone, o-methoxyphenol, p-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, gallol, p-tert-butyl-o-catechol, 1,4-benzoquinone, diphenyl-p-benzoquinone, 4,4'-thiobis(3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 2,2'-methylenebis(4-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), phenathiophene, N-nitrosodiphenylamine, N-phenylnaphthylamine, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, 1,2-cyclohexanediaminetetraacetic acid, glycol ether diaminetetraacetic acid, 2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-methylphenol, 5-nitroso-8-hydroxyquinoline, 1-nitroso-2-naphthol, 2-nitroso-1-naphthol, 2-nitroso- Nitro-5-(N-ethyl-N-sulfopropylamino)phenol, N-nitrosophenylhydroxylamine first barium salt, N-nitroso-N-(1-naphthyl)hydroxylamine ammonium salt, bis(4-hydroxy-3,5-tert-butyl)phenylmethane, 1,3,5-tris(4-tert-butyl-3-hydroxy-2,6-dimethylbenzyl)-1,3,5- Trioxane-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-trione, 4-hydroxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidinyl 1-oxyl radical, 1,1-diphenyl-2-picrylhydrazyl, dibutyldithiocarbamate copper (II), nitrobenzene, N-nitroso-N-phenylhydroxylamine aluminum salt, N-nitroso-N-phenylhydroxylamine ammonium salt, etc. In addition, the polymerization inhibitor described in paragraph 0060 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2015-127817 and the compounds described in paragraphs 0031 to 0046 of International Publication No. 2015/125469 can also be used.

又,能夠使用下述化合物(Me為甲基)。Furthermore, the following compounds (Me is methyl group) can be used.

[化學式53] [Chemical formula 53]

本發明的感光性樹脂組成物具有聚合抑制劑時,聚合抑制劑的含量相對於本發明的感光性樹脂組成物的總固體成分,0.01~20.0質量%為較佳,0.01~5質量%為更佳,0.02~3質量%為進一步較佳,0.05~2.5質量%為特佳。When the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains a polymerization inhibitor, the content of the polymerization inhibitor is preferably 0.01 to 20.0 mass %, more preferably 0.01 to 5 mass %, further preferably 0.02 to 3 mass %, and particularly preferably 0.05 to 2.5 mass % relative to the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention.

聚合抑制劑可以為僅1種,亦可以為2種以上。聚合抑制劑為2種以上時,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。The polymerization inhibitor may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When the polymerization inhibitor is used in combination of two or more, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.

<金屬接著性改良劑> 本發明的感光性樹脂組成物包含用於提高與使用於電極或配線等之金屬材料的接著性之金屬接著性改良劑為較佳。作為金屬接著性改良劑,可舉出矽烷偶合劑、鋁系接著助劑、鈦系接著助劑、具有磺醯胺結構之化合物及具有硫脲結構之化合物、磷酸衍生物化合物、β酮酸酯化合物、胺基化合物等。<Metal Adhesion Improver> The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a metal adhesion improver for improving adhesion to metal materials used in electrodes or wiring. Examples of metal adhesion improvers include silane coupling agents, aluminum-based adhesion promoters, titanium-based adhesion promoters, compounds with sulfonamide structures, compounds with thiourea structures, phosphoric acid derivative compounds, β-ketoester compounds, and amino compounds.

作為矽烷偶合劑的例子,可舉出國際公開第2015/199219號的0167段中記載之化合物、日本特開2014-191002號公報的0062~0073段中記載之化合物、國際公開第2011/080992號的0063~0071段中記載之化合物、日本特開2014-191252號公報的0060~0061段中記載之化合物、日本特開2014-041264號公報的0045~0052段中記載之化合物、國際公開第2014/097594號的0055段中記載之化合物。又,如日本特開2011-128358號公報的0050~0058段中記載,使用不同的2種以上的矽烷偶合劑亦為較佳。又,矽烷偶合劑使用下述化合物亦較佳。以下式中,Et表示乙基。Examples of silane coupling agents include compounds described in paragraph 0167 of International Publication No. 2015/199219, compounds described in paragraphs 0062 to 0073 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-191002, compounds described in paragraphs 0063 to 0071 of International Publication No. 2011/080992, compounds described in paragraphs 0060 to 0061 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-191252, compounds described in paragraphs 0045 to 0052 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-041264, and compounds described in paragraph 0055 of International Publication No. 2014/097594. Furthermore, as described in paragraphs 0050 to 0058 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-128358, it is also preferable to use two or more different silane coupling agents. Furthermore, it is also preferable to use the following compounds as silane coupling agents. In the following formula, Et represents an ethyl group.

[化學式54-1] [Chemical formula 54-1]

又,作為金屬接著性改良劑,亦能夠使用日本特開2014-186186號公報的0046~0049段中記載之化合物、日本特開2013-072935號公報的0032~0043段中記載之硫化物系化合物。作為其他矽烷偶合劑,例如,可舉出乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、乙烯基三乙氧基矽烷、2-(3,4-環氧基環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、對苯乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、N-2-(胺乙基)-3-胺丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、N-2-(胺乙基)-3-胺丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-胺丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-胺丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-三乙氧基矽基-N-(1,3-二甲基-亞丁基)丙胺、N-苯基-3-胺丙基三甲氧基矽烷、三-(三甲氧基矽基丙基)異氰脲酸酯、3-脲丙基三烷氧基矽烷、3-巰基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-巰基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-異氰酸酯丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-三甲氧基矽基丙基琥珀酸酐。該等能夠單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。 作為鋁系接著助劑,例如,能夠舉出三(乙醯乙酸乙酯)鋁、三(乙醯丙酮)鋁、乙醯乙酸乙酯二異丙基鋁等。Furthermore, as the metal adhesion improver, the compounds described in paragraphs 0046 to 0049 of JP-A-2014-186186 and the sulfide compounds described in paragraphs 0032 to 0043 of JP-A-2013-072935 can also be used. As other silane coupling agents, for example, vinyl trimethoxysilane, vinyl triethoxysilane, 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyl trimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyl methyl dimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyl trimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyl methyl diethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyl triethoxysilane, p-phenylenediyl trimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyl methyl dimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyl trimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyl methyl diethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyl triethoxysilane, 3 -Acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, N-2-(aminoethyl)-3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, N-2-(aminoethyl)-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, 3-triethoxysilyl-N-(1,3-dimethyl-butylene)propylamine, N-phenyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, tris-(trimethoxysilylpropyl)isocyanurate, 3-ureapropyltrialkoxysilane, 3-butylenepropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-butylenepropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-isocyanatepropyltriethoxysilane, 3-trimethoxysilylpropylsuccinic anhydride. These can be used alone or in combination of two or more. As aluminum-based bonding agents, for example, tri(ethyl acetylacetate)aluminum, tri(acetylacetone)aluminum, diisopropylaluminum ethyl acetylacetate, etc. can be cited.

金屬接著性改良劑的含量相對於特定樹脂100質量份,較佳為0.1~30質量份,更佳為在0.5~15質量份的範圍內,進一步較佳為在0.5~5質量份的範圍內。藉由設為上述下限值以上,圖案與金屬層的接著性變良好,藉由設為上述上限值以下,圖案的耐熱性、機械特性變良好。金屬接著性改良劑可以為僅1種,亦可以為2種以上。使用2種以上時,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。The content of the metal adhesion improver is preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably in the range of 0.5 to 15 parts by mass, and further preferably in the range of 0.5 to 5 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the specific resin. By setting it to above the above lower limit, the adhesion between the pattern and the metal layer becomes good, and by setting it to below the above upper limit, the heat resistance and mechanical properties of the pattern become good. The metal adhesion improver can be only one kind or two or more kinds. When two or more kinds are used, it is better that the total is within the above range.

<敏化劑> 本發明的感光性樹脂組成物可以包含敏化劑。敏化劑吸收特定的活性放射線而成為電子激發狀態。成為電子激發狀態之敏化劑與熱自由基聚合起始劑、光自由基聚合起始劑等接觸,藉此產生電子轉移、能量轉移、發熱等作用。藉此,熱自由基聚合起始劑、光自由基聚合起始劑引起化學變化而分解,並生成自由基、酸或鹼。 作為敏化劑,例如,可舉出米其勒酮、4,4’-雙(二乙胺基)二苯甲酮、2,5-雙(4’-二乙胺基亞苄基)環戊烷、2,6-雙(4’-二乙胺基亞苄基)環己酮、2,6-雙(4’-二乙胺基亞苄基)-4-甲基環己酮、4,4’-雙(二甲基胺基)查耳酮、4,4’-雙(二乙胺基)查耳酮、對二甲基胺基苯亞烯丙基二氫茚酮、對二甲基胺基亞苄基二氫茚酮、2-(對二甲基胺基苯基聯苯)-苯并噻唑、2-(對二甲基胺基苯基伸乙烯基)苯并噻唑、2-(對二甲基胺基苯基伸乙烯基)異萘基噻唑、1,3-雙(4’-二甲基胺基亞苄基)丙酮、1,3-雙(4’-二乙胺基亞苄基)丙酮、3,3’-羰基-雙(7-二乙胺基香豆素)、3-乙醯基-7-二甲基胺基香豆素、3-乙氧基羰基-7-二甲基胺基香豆素、3-苄氧基羰基-7-二甲基胺基香豆素、3-甲氧基羰基-7-二乙胺基香豆素、3-乙氧基羰基-7-二乙胺基香豆素(7-(二乙胺基)香豆素-3-羧酸乙酯)、N-苯基-N’-乙基乙醇胺、N-苯基二乙醇胺、N-對甲苯二乙醇胺、N-苯基乙醇胺、4-口末啉基二苯甲酮、二甲基胺基苯甲酸異戊酯、二乙胺基苯甲酸異戊酯、2-巰基苯并咪唑、1-苯基-5-巰基四唑、2-巰基苯并噻唑、2-(對二甲基胺基苯乙烯)苯并㗁唑、2-(對二甲基胺基苯乙烯)苯并噻唑、2-(對二甲基胺基苯乙烯)萘(1,2-d)噻唑、2-(對二甲基胺基苯甲醯基)苯乙烯、二苯乙醯胺、苯甲醯苯胺、N-甲基乙醯苯胺、3’,4’-二甲基乙醯苯胺等。 又,作為敏化劑,亦可以使用敏化色素。 關於敏化色素的詳細內容,能夠參考日本特開2016-027357號公報的0161~0163段的記載,該內容編入本說明書中。<Sensitizer> The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain a sensitizer. The sensitizer absorbs specific active radiation and becomes an electronically excited state. The sensitizer in the electronically excited state comes into contact with a thermal radical polymerization initiator, a photoradical polymerization initiator, etc., thereby generating electron transfer, energy transfer, heat, etc. As a result, the thermal radical polymerization initiator and the photoradical polymerization initiator cause chemical changes and decompose, and generate free radicals, acids or bases. As the sensitizer, for example, michler's ketone, 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone, 2,5-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzylidene)cyclopentane, 2,6-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzylidene)cyclohexanone, 2,6-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzylidene)-4-methylcyclohexanone, 4,4'-bis(dimethylamino)chalcone, 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)chalcone, p-dimethylaminophenylallylidenedihydroindanone, p-dimethyl aminobenzylidene dihydroindanone, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenylbiphenyl)-benzothiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenylvinylene)benzothiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenylvinylene)isonaphthylthiazole, 1,3-bis(4'-dimethylaminobenzylidene)acetone, 1,3-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzylidene)acetone, 3,3'-carbonyl-bis(7-diethylaminocoumarin), 3-acetyl-7-dimethylaminocoumarin, 3-ethyl Oxycarbonyl-7-dimethylaminocoumarin, 3-benzyloxycarbonyl-7-dimethylaminocoumarin, 3-methoxycarbonyl-7-diethylaminocoumarin, 3-ethoxycarbonyl-7-diethylaminocoumarin (7-(diethylamino)coumarin-3-carboxylic acid ethyl ester), N-phenyl-N'-ethylethanolamine, N-phenyldiethanolamine, N-p-toluenediethanolamine, N-phenylethanolamine, 4-methylbenzophenone, isoamyl dimethylaminobenzoate, Isoamyl diethylaminobenzoate, 2-benzimidazole, 1-phenyl-5-benzyltetrazolyl, 2-benzthiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminostyrene)benzoxazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminostyrene)benzothiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminostyrene)naphthalene (1,2-d)thiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminobenzyl)styrene, diphenylacetylamide, benzanilide, N-methylacetylanilide, 3',4'-dimethylacetylanilide, etc. In addition, a sensitizing dye can also be used as a sensitizer. For details of the sensitizing dye, reference can be made to paragraphs 0161 to 0163 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2016-027357, which is incorporated into this specification.

本發明的感光性樹脂組成物包含敏化劑時,敏化劑的含量相對於本發明的感光性樹脂組成物的總固體成分為0.01~20質量%為較佳,0.1~15質量%為更佳,0.5~10質量%為進一步較佳。敏化劑可以單獨使用1種,亦可以同時使用2種以上。When the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains a sensitizer, the content of the sensitizer is preferably 0.01 to 20 mass %, more preferably 0.1 to 15 mass %, and even more preferably 0.5 to 10 mass % relative to the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention. The sensitizer may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

<其他添加劑> 本發明的感光性樹脂組成物在可獲得本發明的效果之範圍內,能夠根據需要配合各種添加物,例如,界面活性劑、鏈轉移劑、高級脂肪酸衍生物、無機粒子、硬化劑、硬化觸媒、填充劑、抗氧化劑、紫外線吸收劑、凝聚抑制劑等。配合該等添加劑時,將其合計配合量設為感光性樹脂組成物的固體成分的3質量%以下為較佳。 〔界面活性劑〕 從進一步提高塗佈性的觀點考慮,本發明的感光性樹脂組成物中可以添加各種界面活性劑。作為界面活性劑,能夠使用氟系界面活性劑、非離子系界面活性劑、陽離子系界面活性劑、陰離子系界面活性劑、矽酮系界面活性劑等各種界面活性劑。又,下述界面活性劑亦較佳。在下述式中,表示主鏈的重複單元之括號表示各重複單元的含量(莫耳%),表示側鏈的重複單元之括號表示各重複單元的重複數。 [化學式54-2] 又,界面活性劑亦能夠使用國際公開第2015/199219號的0159~0165段中記載之化合物。 作為氟系界面活性劑,例如,可舉出MEGAFACE F171、MEGAFACE F172、MEGAFACE F173、MEGAFACE F176、MEGAFACE F177、MEGAFACE F141、MEGAFACE F142、MEGAFACE F143、MEGAFACE F144、MEGAFACE R30、MEGAFACE F437、MEGAFACE F475、MEGAFACE F479、MEGAFACE F482、MEGAFACE F554、MEGAFACE F780、RS-72-K(以上為DIC Corporation製)、Fluorad FC430、Fluorad FC431、Fluorad FC171、Novec FC4430、Novec FC4432(以上為3M Japan Limited製)、Surflon S-382、Surflon SC-101、Surflon SC-103、Surflon SC-104、Surflon SC-105、Surflon SC1068、Surflon SC-381、Surflon SC-383、Surflon S393、Surflon KH-40(以上為ASAHI GLASS CO.,LTD.製)、PF636、PF656、PF6320、PF6520、PF7002(OMNOVA Solutions Inc.製)等。氟系界面活性劑能夠使用日本特開2015-117327號公報的0015~0158段中記載之化合物、日本特開2011-132503號公報的0117~0132段中記載之化合物。作為氟系界面活性劑,亦能夠使用嵌段聚合物,作為具體例,例如可舉出日本特開2011-089090號公報中記載之化合物。 氟系界面活性劑亦能夠較佳地使用包含如下重複單元之含氟高分子化合物:源自具有氟原子之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物之重複單元和源自具有2個以上(較佳為5個以上)的伸烷氧基(較佳為伸乙氧基、伸丙氧基)之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物之重複單元。 關於氟系界面活性劑,亦能夠將在側鏈具有乙烯性不飽和基之含氟聚合物用作氟系界面活性劑。作為具體例,可舉出日本特開2010-164965號公報的0050~0090段及0289~0295段中記載之化合物,例如DIC Corporation製的MEGAFACE RS-101、RS-102、RS-718K等。 氟系界面活性劑中的含氟率為3~40質量%為較佳,更佳為5~30質量%,特佳為7~25質量%。含氟率在該範圍內之氟系界面活性劑在塗佈膜的厚度的均勻性和省液性方面有效,在組成物中的溶解性亦良好。 作為矽酮系界面活性劑,例如可舉出Toray Silicone DC3PA、Toray Silicone SH7PA、Toray Silicone DC11PA、Toray Silicone SH21PA、Toray Silicone SH28PA、Toray Silicone SH29PA、Toray Silicone SH30PA、Toray Silicone SH8400(以上為Dow Corning Toray Co.,Ltd.製)、TSF-4440、TSF-4300、TSF-4445、TSF-4460、TSF-4452(以上為Momentive Performance Materials Inc.製)、KP-341、KF-6001、KF-6002(以上為Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,Ltd.製)、BYK307、BYK323、BYK330(以上為BYK Chemie GmbH製)等。 作為烴系界面活性劑,例如,可舉出Pionin A-76、Newkalgen FS-3PG、Pionin B-709、Pionin B-811-N、Pionin D-1004、Pionin D-3104、Pionin D-3605、Pionin D-6112、Pionin D-2104-D、Pionin D-212、Pionin D-931、Pionin D-941、Pionin D-951、Pionin E-5310、Pionin P-1050-B、Pionin P-1028-P、Pionin P-4050-T等(以上為TAKEMOTO OIL & FAT CO.,LTD製)等。 作為非離子型界面活性劑,可舉出丙三醇、三羥甲基丙烷、三羥甲基乙烷以及該等乙氧基化物及丙氧基化物(例如,丙三醇丙氧基化物、丙三醇乙氧基化物等)、聚氧乙烯月桂基醚、聚氧乙烯硬酯醚、聚氧乙烯油基醚、聚氧乙烯辛基苯基醚、聚氧乙烯壬基苯基醚、聚乙二醇二月桂酸酯、聚乙二醇二硬脂酸酯、山梨糖醇酐脂肪酸酯、Pluronic L10、L31、L61、L62、10R5、17R2、25R2(BASF公司製)、TETRONIC 304、701、704、901、904、150R1(BASF公司製)、SOLSPERSE 20000(Boyd & Moore Executive Search.製)、NCW-101、NCW-1001、NCW-1002(Wako Pure Chemical Industries,Ltd.製)、Pionin D-6112、D-6112-W、D-6315(TAKEMOTO OIL & FAT CO.,LTD製)、Olfin E1010、Surfynol 104、400、440(Nissin Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製)等。 作為陽離子型界面活性劑,具體而言,可舉出有機矽氧烷聚合物KP-341(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,Ltd.製)、(甲基)丙烯酸系(共)聚合物POLYFLOW No.75、No.77、No.90、No.95(Kyoeisha chemical Co.,Ltd.製)、W001(Yusho Co.,Ltd.)等。 作為陰離子型界面活性劑,具體而言,可舉出W004、W005、W017(Yusho Co.,Ltd.)、SANDET BL(SANYO KASEI Co.Ltd.製)等。 本發明的感光性樹脂組成物具有界面活性劑時,界面活性劑的含量相對於本發明的感光性樹脂組成物的總固體成分為0.001~2.0質量%為較佳,更佳為0.005~1.0質量%。界面活性劑可以為僅1種,亦可以為2種以上。界面活性劑為2種以上時,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。<Other additives> The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention can be formulated with various additives as needed within the scope of obtaining the effects of the present invention, such as surfactants, chain transfer agents, higher fatty acid derivatives, inorganic particles, hardeners, hardening catalysts, fillers, antioxidants, ultraviolet absorbers, aggregation inhibitors, etc. When these additives are formulated, it is preferred that the total amount thereof is set to 3% by weight or less of the solid content of the photosensitive resin composition. [Surfactant] From the perspective of further improving the coating properties, various surfactants can be added to the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention. As the surfactant, various surfactants such as fluorine-based surfactants, nonionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, anionic surfactants, silicone-based surfactants, etc. can be used. In addition, the following surfactants are also preferred. In the following formula, the parentheses representing the repeating units of the main chain represent the content (mol %) of each repeating unit, and the parentheses representing the repeating units of the side chains represent the number of repetitions of each repeating unit. [Chemical Formula 54-2] Furthermore, the surfactant may also include compounds described in paragraphs 0159 to 0165 of International Publication No. 2015/199219. Examples of the fluorine-based surfactant include MEGAFACE F171, MEGAFACE F172, MEGAFACE F173, MEGAFACE F176, MEGAFACE F177, MEGAFACE F141, MEGAFACE F142, MEGAFACE F143, MEGAFACE F144, MEGAFACE R30, MEGAFACE F437, MEGAFACE F475, MEGAFACE F479, MEGAFACE F482, MEGAFACE F554, MEGAFACE F780, RS-72-K (all manufactured by DIC Corporation), Fluorad FC430, Fluorad FC431, Fluorad FC171, Novec FC4430, Novec FC4432 (all manufactured by 3M Japan Limited), Surflon S-382, Surflon SC-101, Surflon SC-103, Surflon SC-104, Surflon SC-105, Surflon SC1068, Surflon SC-381, Surflon SC-383, Surflon S393, Surflon KH-40 (all manufactured by ASAHI GLASS CO., LTD.), PF636, PF656, PF6320, PF6520, PF7002 (manufactured by OMNOVA Solutions Inc.), etc. As the fluorine-based surfactant, the compounds described in paragraphs 0015 to 0158 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2015-117327 and the compounds described in paragraphs 0117 to 0132 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2011-132503 can be used. As a fluorine-based surfactant, a block polymer can also be used. As a specific example, the compound described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2011-089090 can be cited. As a fluorine-based surfactant, a fluorine-containing polymer compound containing the following repeating units can also be preferably used: a repeating unit derived from a (meth)acrylate compound having a fluorine atom and a repeating unit derived from a (meth)acrylate compound having two or more (preferably five or more) alkoxy groups (preferably ethoxy groups and propoxy groups). As for the fluorine-based surfactant, a fluorine-containing polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain can also be used as a fluorine-based surfactant. As specific examples, compounds described in paragraphs 0050 to 0090 and paragraphs 0289 to 0295 of Japanese Patent Application No. 2010-164965 can be cited, such as MEGAFACE RS-101, RS-102, and RS-718K manufactured by DIC Corporation. The fluorine content in the fluorine-based surfactant is preferably 3 to 40% by mass, more preferably 5 to 30% by mass, and particularly preferably 7 to 25% by mass. The fluorine-based surfactant having a fluorine content within this range is effective in terms of uniformity of thickness of the coating film and liquid saving, and also has good solubility in the composition. Examples of the silicone-based surfactant include Toray Silicone DC3PA, Toray Silicone SH7PA, Toray Silicone DC11PA, Toray Silicone SH21PA, Toray Silicone SH28PA, Toray Silicone SH29PA, Toray Silicone SH30PA, and Toray Silicone SH8400 (all manufactured by Dow Corning Toray Co., Ltd.), TSF-4440, TSF-4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4460, and TSF-4452 (all manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials Inc.), KP-341, KF-6001, and KF-6002 (all manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), and BYK307, BYK323, and BYK330 (all manufactured by BYK Chemie GmbH). Examples of hydrocarbon surfactants include Pionin A-76, Newkalgen FS-3PG, Pionin B-709, Pionin B-811-N, Pionin D-1004, Pionin D-3104, Pionin D-3605, Pionin D-6112, Pionin D-2104-D, Pionin D-212, Pionin D-931, Pionin D-941, Pionin D-951, Pionin E-5310, Pionin P-1050-B, Pionin P-1028-P, and Pionin P-4050-T (all manufactured by TAKEMOTO OIL & FAT CO., LTD.). As the nonionic surfactant, there can be mentioned glycerol, trihydroxymethylpropane, trihydroxymethylethane and ethoxylates and propoxylates thereof (e.g., glycerol propoxylate, glycerol ethoxylate, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid ester, Pluronic L10, L31, L61, L62, 10R5, 17R2, 25R2 (manufactured by BASF), TETRONIC 304, 701, 704, 901, 904, 150R1 (manufactured by BASF), SOLSPERSE 20000 (Boyd & Moore Executive Search.), NCW-101, NCW-1001, NCW-1002 (Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.), Pionin D-6112, D-6112-W, D-6315 (TAKEMOTO OIL & FAT CO., LTD.), Olfin E1010, Surfynol 104, 400, 440 (Nissin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. . (made) etc. As cationic surfactants, specifically, organosiloxane polymer KP-341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), (meth)acrylic (co)polymer POLYFLOW No.75, No.77, No.90, No.95 (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), W001 (manufactured by Yusho Co., Ltd.), etc. can be cited. As anionic surfactants, specifically, W004, W005, W017 (manufactured by Yusho Co., Ltd.), SANDET BL (manufactured by Sanyo Kasei Co., Ltd.), etc. can be cited. When the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains a surfactant, the content of the surfactant is preferably 0.001 to 2.0 mass % relative to the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, and more preferably 0.005 to 1.0 mass %. The surfactant may be only one kind or two or more kinds. When there are two or more kinds of surfactants, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.

〔鏈轉移劑〕 本發明的感光性樹脂組成物可以含有鏈轉移劑。鏈轉移劑例如在高分子詞典第三版(高分子學會(The Society of Polymer Science,Japan)編,2005年)683-684頁中有定義。作為鏈轉移劑,例如使用在分子內具有SH、PH、SiH及GeH之化合物群組。該等向低活性自由基供給氫而生成自由基,或者可藉由經氧化之後去質子而生成自由基。尤其,能夠較佳地使用硫醇化合物。[Chain transfer agent] The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain a chain transfer agent. Chain transfer agents are defined, for example, in the third edition of the Polymer Dictionary (edited by The Society of Polymer Science, Japan, 2005) pages 683-684. As chain transfer agents, for example, a group of compounds having SH, PH, SiH and GeH in the molecule is used. These generate free radicals by donating hydrogen to low-activity free radicals, or by deprotonating after oxidation. In particular, thiol compounds can be preferably used.

又,鏈轉移劑亦能夠使用國際公開第2015/199219號的0152~0153段中記載之化合物。In addition, the chain transfer agent may also include compounds described in paragraphs 0152 to 0153 of International Publication No. 2015/199219.

本發明的感光性樹脂組成物具有鏈轉移劑時,鏈轉移劑的含量相對於本發明的感光性樹脂組成物的總固體成分100質量份為0.01~20質量份為較佳,1~10質量份為更佳,1~5質量份為進一步較佳。鏈轉移劑可以為僅1種,亦可以為2種以上。鏈轉移劑為2種以上時,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。When the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains a chain transfer agent, the content of the chain transfer agent is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 1 to 10 parts by mass, and even more preferably 1 to 5 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention. The chain transfer agent may be only one or two or more. When there are two or more chain transfer agents, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.

〔高級脂肪酸衍生物〕 為了防止因氧導致的聚合阻礙,本發明的感光性樹脂組成物中可以添加二十二酸或二十二酸醯胺之類的高級脂肪酸衍生物而使其在塗佈後的乾燥過程中偏在於感光性樹脂組成物的表面。[Higher fatty acid derivatives] In order to prevent polymerization hindrance caused by oxygen, higher fatty acid derivatives such as behenic acid or behenic acid amide may be added to the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention so that they are localized on the surface of the photosensitive resin composition during the drying process after coating.

又,高級脂肪酸衍生物亦能夠使用國際公開第2015/199219號的0155段中記載之化合物。Furthermore, the higher fatty acid derivatives may also include compounds described in paragraph 0155 of International Publication No. 2015/199219.

本發明的感光性樹脂組成物含有高級脂肪酸衍生物時,高級脂肪酸衍生物的含量相對於本發明的感光性樹脂組成物的總固體成分為0.1~10質量%為較佳。高級脂肪酸衍生物可以為僅1種,亦可以為2種以上。高級脂肪酸衍生物為2種以上時,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。 〔無機粒子〕 本發明的樹脂組成物可以包含無機粒子。作為無機粒子,具體而言,能夠包含碳酸鈣、磷酸鈣、二氧化矽、高嶺土、滑石、二氧化鈦、氧化鋁、硫酸鋇、氟化鈣、氟化鋰、沸石、硫化鉬、玻璃等。 作為無機粒子的平均粒徑,0.01~2.0μm為較佳,0.02~1.5μm為更佳,0.03~1.0μm為進一步較佳,0.04~0.5μm為特佳。 含有大量的無機粒子有可能會導致硬化膜的機械特性劣化。又,若無機粒子的平均粒徑大於2.0μm,則有時解析度會因曝光光的散射而下降。 〔紫外線吸收劑〕 本發明的組成物可以包含紫外線吸收劑。作為紫外線吸收劑,能夠使用水楊酸酯系、二苯甲酮系、苯并三唑系、取代丙烯腈系、三𠯤系等紫外線吸收劑。 作為水楊酸酯系紫外線吸收劑的例子,可舉出水楊酸苯酯、水楊酸對辛基苯酯、水楊酸對丁基苯酯等,作為二苯甲酮系紫外線吸收劑的例子,可舉出2,2’-二羥基-4-甲氧基二苯甲酮、2,2’-二羥基-4,4’-二甲氧基二苯甲酮、2,2’,4,4’-四羥基二苯甲酮、2-羥基-4-甲氧基二苯甲酮、2,4-二羥基二苯甲酮、2-羥基-4-辛氧基二苯甲酮等。又,作為苯并三唑系紫外線吸收劑的例子,2-(2’-羥基-3’,5’-二-三級丁基苯基)-5-氯苯并三唑、2-(2’-羥基-3’-三級丁基-5’-甲基苯基)-5-氯苯并三唑、2-(2’-羥基-3’-三級戊基-5’-異丁基苯基)-5-氯苯并三唑、2-(2’-羥基-3’-異丁基-5’-甲基苯基)-5-氯苯并三唑、2-(2’-羥基-3’-異丁基-5’-丙基苯基)-5-氯苯并三唑、2-(2’-羥基-3’,5’-二-三級丁基苯基)苯并三唑、2-(2’-羥基-5’-甲基苯基)苯并三唑、2-[2’-羥基-5’-(1,1,3,3-四甲基)苯基]苯并三唑等。 作為取代丙烯腈系紫外線吸收劑的例子,可舉出2-氰基-3,3-二苯基丙烯酸乙酯、2-氰基-3,3-二苯基丙烯酸2-乙基己酯等。進而,作為三𠯤系紫外線吸收劑的例子,可舉出2-[4-[(2-羥基-3-十二烷基氧基丙基)氧基]-2-羥基苯基]-4,6-雙(2,4-二甲基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤、2-[4-[(2-羥基-3-三癸氧基丙基)氧基]-2-羥基苯基]-4,6-雙(2,4-二甲基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤、2-(2,4-二羥基苯基)-4,6-雙(2,4-二甲基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤等單(羥基苯基)三𠯤化合物;2,4-雙(2-羥基-4-丙氧基苯基)-6-(2,4-二甲基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤、2,4-雙(2-羥基-3-甲基-4-丙氧基苯基)-6-(4-甲基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤、2,4-雙(2-羥基-3-甲基-4-己氧基苯基)-6-(2,4-二甲基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤等雙(羥基苯基)三𠯤化合物;2,4-雙(2-羥基-4-丁氧基苯基)-6-(2,4-二丁氧基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤、2,4,6-三(2-羥基-4-辛氧基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤、2,4,6-三[2-羥基-4-(3-丁氧基-2-羥基丙氧基)苯基]-1,3,5-三𠯤等三(羥基苯基)三𠯤化合物等。 在本發明中,上述各種紫外線吸收劑可以單獨使用1種,亦可以組合使用2種以上。 本發明的組成物可以包含紫外線吸收劑,亦可以不包含,但包含時,紫外線吸收劑的含量相對於本發明的組成物的總固體成分質量,0.001質量%以上且1質量%以下為較佳,0.01質量%以上且0.1質量%以下為更佳。 〔有機鈦化合物〕 本實施形態的樹脂組成物可以含有有機鈦化合物。藉由樹脂組成物含有有機鈦化合物,即使在低溫下硬化,亦能夠形成耐藥品性優異之樹脂層。 作為能夠使用的有機鈦化合物,可舉出有機基團經由共價鍵或離子鍵與鈦原子鍵結者。 在以下I)~VII)中示出有機鈦化合物的具體例。 I)鈦螯合化合物:其中,從負型感光性樹脂組成物的保存穩定性優異且可獲得良好的硬化圖案考慮,具有2個以上烷氧基之鈦螯合化合物為更佳。具體例為鈦雙(三乙醇胺)二異丙氧基鈦、二(正丁氧基)雙(2,4-戊二酸酯)鈦、二異丙氧基雙(2,4-戊二酸酯)鈦、二異丙氧基雙(四甲基庚二酸酯)鈦、二異丙氧基雙(乙醯乙酸乙酯)鈦等。 II)四烷氧基鈦化合物:例如為四(正丁氧基)鈦、四乙氧基鈦、四(2-乙基己氧基)鈦、四異丁氧基鈦、四異丙氧基鈦、四甲氧基鈦、四甲氧基丙氧基鈦、四甲基苯氧基鈦、四(正壬氧基)鈦、四(正丙氧基)鈦、四硬脂氧基鈦、四[雙{2,2-(烯丙氧基甲基)丙氧基}]鈦等。 III)二茂鈦化合物:例如為五甲基環戊二烯三甲氧基鈦、雙(η5-2,4-環戊二烯-1-基)雙(2,6-二氟苯基)鈦、雙(η5-2,4-環戊二烯-1-基)雙(2,6-二氟-3-(1H-吡咯-1-基)苯基)鈦等。 IV)單烷氧基鈦化合物:例如為三(磷酸二辛酯)異丙氧基鈦、三(苯磺酸十二烷基酯)異丙氧基鈦等。 V)氧化鈦化合物:例如為雙(戊二酸酯)氧化鈦、雙(四甲基庚二酸酯)氧化鈦、酞菁氧化鈦等。 VI)四乙醯丙酮鈦化合物:例如為四乙醯丙酮鈦等。 VII)鈦酸酯偶合劑:例如為異丙基三十二烷基苯磺醯基鈦酸酯等。 其中,作為有機鈦化合物,從發揮更良好的耐藥品性的觀點考慮,選自包括上述I)鈦螯合化合物、II)四烷氧基鈦化合物及III)二茂鈦化合物之群組中之至少1種化合物為較佳。尤其,二異丙氧基雙(乙醯乙酸乙酯)鈦、四(正丁氧基)鈦及雙(η5-2,4-環戊二烯-1-基)雙(2,6-二氟-3-(1H-吡咯-1-基)苯基)鈦為較佳。 配合有機鈦化合物時,其配合量相對於環化樹脂的前驅物100質量份,0.05~10質量份為較佳,更佳為0.1~2質量份。配合量為0.05質量份以上時,所獲得之硬化圖案顯示出良好的耐熱性及耐藥品性,另一方面,10質量份以下時,組成物的保存穩定性優異。 〔抗氧化劑〕 本發明的組成物可以包含抗氧化劑。作為添加劑含有抗氧化劑,藉此能夠提高硬化後的膜的延展特性、與金屬材料的密接性。作為抗氧化劑,可舉出酚化合物、亞磷酸酯化合物、硫醚化合物等。作為酚化合物,能夠使用習知為酚系抗氧化劑之任意酚化合物。作為較佳之酚化合物,可舉出受阻酚化合物。在與酚性羥基相鄰之部位(鄰位)具有取代基之化合物為較佳。作為前述取代基,碳數1~22的經取代或未經取代的烷基為較佳。又,關於抗氧化劑,在同一分子內具有苯酚基和亞磷酸酯基之化合物亦較佳。又,抗氧化劑亦能夠較佳地使用磷系抗氧化劑。作為磷系抗氧化劑,可舉出三[2-[[2,4,8,10-四(1,1-二甲基乙基)二苯并[d,f][1,3,2]二氧雜膦雜環庚二烯-6-基]氧基]乙基]胺、三[2-[(4,6,9,11-四-三級丁基二苯并[d,f][1,3,2]二氧雜膦雜環庚二烯-2-基)氧基]乙基]胺、雙(2,4-二-三級丁基-6-甲基苯基)亞磷酸乙酯等。作為抗氧化劑的市售品,例如,可舉出ADEKA STAB AO-20、ADEKA STAB AO-30、ADEKA STAB AO-40、ADEKA STAB AO-50、ADEKA STAB AO-50F、ADEKA STAB AO-60、ADEKA STAB AO-60G、ADEKA STAB AO-80、ADEKA STAB AO-330(以上為ADEKA CORPORATION製)等。又,抗氧化劑亦能夠使用日本專利第6268967號公報的0023~0048段中記載之化合物。 又,本發明的組成物可根據需要含有潛在抗氧化劑。作為潛在抗氧化劑,可舉出作為抗氧化劑而發揮作用之部位被保護基保護之化合物,該化合物中,保護基藉由在100~250℃下加熱或在酸/鹼觸媒的存在下以80~200℃加熱而脫離,藉此作為抗氧化劑發揮作用。作為潛在抗氧化劑,可舉出在國際公開第2014/021023號、國際公開第2017/030005號、日本特開2017-008219號公報中記載之化合物。作為潛在抗氧化劑的市售品,可舉出ADEKA ARKLS GPA-5001(ADEKA CORPORATION製)等。作為較佳之抗氧化劑的例子,可舉出2,2-硫雙(4-甲基-6-三級丁基苯酚)、2,6-二-三級丁基苯酚及由下述通式(3)表示之化合物。 [化學式54-3] 在通式(3)中,R5 表示氫原子或碳數2以上的烷基,R6 表示碳數2以上的伸烷基。R7 表示碳數2以上的伸烷基、包含選自包括O原子及N原子中的至少1個之1~4價有機基團。k表示1~4的整數。 由通式(3)表示之化合物抑制樹脂的脂肪族基、酚性羥基的氧化劣化。又,藉由對金屬材料的防鏽作用,能夠抑制金屬氧化。 為了能夠對樹脂和金屬材料同時起作用,k為2~4的整數為更佳。作為R7 ,可舉出烷基、環烷基、烷氧基、烷基醚基、烷基矽基、烷氧基矽基、芳基、芳基醚基、羧基、羰基、烯丙基、乙烯基、雜環基、-O-、-NH-、-NHNH-、將該等組合者等,可以進一步具有取代基。其中,從在顯影液中的溶解性和金屬密接性的觀點考慮,具有烷基醚、-NH-為較佳,從與樹脂的相互作用和基於金屬錯合物形成之金屬密接性的觀點考慮,-NH-為更佳。 由下述通式(3)表示之化合物可舉出以下化合物作為例子,但並不限於下述結構。 [化學式54-4] [化學式54-5] [化學式54-6] [化學式54-7] 抗氧化劑的添加量相對於樹脂,0.1~10質量份為較佳,0.5~5質量份為更佳。添加量少於0.1質量份時,不易獲得硬化後的膜的延展特性和提高對金屬材料的密接性的效果,又,多於10質量份時,由於與感光劑的相互作用,有可能導致樹脂組成物的靈敏度下降。抗氧化劑可以僅使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。使用2種以上時,該等的合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。When the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains a higher fatty acid derivative, the content of the higher fatty acid derivative is preferably 0.1 to 10 mass % relative to the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention. The higher fatty acid derivative may be only one kind or may be two or more kinds. When there are two or more kinds of higher fatty acid derivatives, it is preferred that their total is within the above range. [Inorganic particles] The resin composition of the present invention may contain inorganic particles. Specifically, the inorganic particles may include calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate, silicon dioxide, kaolin, talc, titanium dioxide, aluminum oxide, barium sulfate, calcium fluoride, lithium fluoride, zeolite, molybdenum sulfide, glass, and the like. The average particle size of the inorganic particles is preferably 0.01 to 2.0 μm, more preferably 0.02 to 1.5 μm, further preferably 0.03 to 1.0 μm, and particularly preferably 0.04 to 0.5 μm. A large amount of inorganic particles may deteriorate the mechanical properties of the cured film. If the average particle size of the inorganic particles is greater than 2.0 μm, the resolution may decrease due to scattering of the exposure light. [Ultraviolet absorber] The composition of the present invention may contain an ultraviolet absorber. As the ultraviolet absorber, ultraviolet absorbers such as salicylate-based, benzophenone-based, benzotriazole-based, substituted acrylonitrile-based, and tris(III)-based can be used. Examples of salicylate-based ultraviolet absorbers include phenyl salicylate, p-octylphenyl salicylate, and p-butylphenyl salicylate, and examples of benzophenone-based ultraviolet absorbers include 2,2'-dihydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone, 2,2'-dihydroxy-4,4'-dimethoxybenzophenone, 2,2',4,4'-tetrahydroxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone, 2,4-dihydroxybenzophenone, and 2-hydroxy-4-octyloxybenzophenone. Examples of benzotriazole-based ultraviolet absorbers include 2-(2'-hydroxy-3',5'-di-tert-butylphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2-(2'-hydroxy-3'-tert-butyl-5'-methylphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2-(2'-hydroxy-3'-tert-pentyl-5'-isobutylphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2-(2'-hydroxy-3'-isobutylphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole, and 2-(2'-hydroxy-3'-isobutylphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole. 2-(2'-hydroxy-3'-isobutyl-5'-propylphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2-(2'-hydroxy-3',5'-di-tert-butylphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-(2'-hydroxy-5'-methylphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-[2'-hydroxy-5'-(1,1,3,3-tetramethyl)phenyl]benzotriazole, etc. Examples of substituted acrylonitrile-based ultraviolet absorbers include ethyl 2-cyano-3,3-diphenylacrylate and 2-ethylhexyl 2-cyano-3,3-diphenylacrylate. Furthermore, as examples of tribasic ultraviolet absorbers, there are 2-[4-[(2-hydroxy-3-dodecyloxypropyl)oxy]-2-hydroxyphenyl]-4,6-bis(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-1,3,5-tribasic, 2-[4-[(2-hydroxy-3-tridecyloxypropyl)oxy]-2-hydroxyphenyl]-4,6 -bis(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-1,3,5-trisinium, 2-(2,4-dihydroxyphenyl)-4,6-bis(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-1,3,5-trisinium and other mono(hydroxyphenyl)trisinium compounds; 2,4-bis(2-hydroxy-4-propoxyphenyl)-6-(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-1,3,5-trisinium, Bis(hydroxyphenyl)triol compounds such as 2,4-bis(2-hydroxy-3-methyl-4-propoxyphenyl)-6-(4-methylphenyl)-1,3,5-triol, 2,4-bis(2-hydroxy-3-methyl-4-hexyloxyphenyl)-6-(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-1,3,5-triol; 2,4-bis(2-hydroxy-4- Tris(hydroxyphenyl)tris(iota) compounds such as 2,4-dibutoxyphenyl)-6-(2,4-dibutoxyphenyl)-1,3,5-tris(iota), 2,4,6-tris(2-hydroxy-4-octyloxyphenyl)-1,3,5-tris(iota), and 2,4,6-tris[2-hydroxy-4-(3-butoxy-2-hydroxypropoxy)phenyl]-1,3,5-tris(iota). In the present invention, the above-mentioned various ultraviolet absorbers may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The composition of the present invention may or may not contain an ultraviolet absorber, but when contained, the content of the ultraviolet absorber is preferably 0.001 mass % or more and 1 mass % or less, and more preferably 0.01 mass % or more and 0.1 mass % or less, relative to the total solid content mass of the composition of the present invention. [Organic titanium compound] The resin composition of the present embodiment may contain an organic titanium compound. By containing an organic titanium compound in the resin composition, a resin layer with excellent chemical resistance can be formed even when hardened at a low temperature. As organic titanium compounds that can be used, those in which an organic group is bonded to a titanium atom via a covalent bond or an ionic bond can be cited. Specific examples of organic titanium compounds are shown in the following I) to VII). I) Titanium chelate compounds: Among them, titanium chelate compounds having two or more alkoxy groups are more preferred, considering that the negative photosensitive resin composition has excellent storage stability and can obtain a good hardened pattern. Specific examples are titanium bis(triethanolamine)diisopropoxytitanium, di(n-butoxy)bis(2,4-pentanedioate)titanium, diisopropoxybis(2,4-pentanedioate)titanium, diisopropoxybis(tetramethylpimelate)titanium, diisopropoxybis(ethyl acetylacetate)titanium, etc. II) Tetraalkoxytitanium compounds: for example, tetra(n-butoxy)titanium, tetraethoxytitanium, tetra(2-ethylhexyloxy)titanium, tetraisobutoxytitanium, tetraisopropoxytitanium, tetramethoxytitanium, tetramethoxypropoxytitanium, tetramethylphenoxytitanium, tetra(n-nonyloxy)titanium, tetra(n-propoxy)titanium, tetrastearyloxytitanium, tetrakis[bis{2,2-(allyloxymethyl)propoxy}]titanium, etc. III) Titanium cyclopentadiene compounds: for example, pentamethylcyclopentadiene trimethoxytitanium, bis(η5-2,4-cyclopentadien-1-yl)bis(2,6-difluorophenyl)titanium, bis(η5-2,4-cyclopentadien-1-yl)bis(2,6-difluoro-3-(1H-pyrrol-1-yl)phenyl)titanium, etc. IV) Monoalkoxy titanium compounds: for example, tri(dioctyl phosphate)isopropoxytitanium, tri(dodecyl benzenesulfonate)isopropoxytitanium, etc. V) Titanium oxide compounds: for example, bis(glutarate) oxide, bis(tetramethylpimelate) oxide, phthalocyanine oxide, etc. VI) Titanium tetraacetylacetonate compounds: for example, titanium tetraacetylacetonate, etc. VII) Titanium ester coupling agent: for example, isopropyl tridodecylbenzenesulfonyl titanium ester, etc. Among them, as an organic titanium compound, from the perspective of exerting better drug resistance, at least one compound selected from the group including I) titanium chelate compounds, II) tetraalkoxy titanium compounds and III) dioctenyl titanium compounds is preferred. In particular, diisopropoxybis(ethyl acetylacetate)titanium, tetra(n-butoxy)titanium and bis(η5-2,4-cyclopentadien-1-yl)bis(2,6-difluoro-3-(1H-pyrrol-1-yl)phenyl)titanium are preferred. When an organic titanium compound is added, its amount is preferably 0.05 to 10 parts by mass, and more preferably 0.1 to 2 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the precursor of the cyclized resin. When the amount is 0.05 parts by mass or more, the obtained hardened pattern shows good heat resistance and chemical resistance. On the other hand, when the amount is 10 parts by mass or less, the storage stability of the composition is excellent. [Antioxidant] The composition of the present invention may contain an antioxidant. By containing an antioxidant as an additive, the ductility characteristics of the film after hardening and the adhesion to the metal material can be improved. As the antioxidant, phenol compounds, phosphite compounds, thioether compounds, etc. can be cited. As the phenol compound, any phenol compound known as a phenolic antioxidant can be used. As preferred phenolic compounds, hindered phenolic compounds can be cited. Compounds having a substituent at a position adjacent to a phenolic hydroxyl group (adjacent position) are preferred. As the substituent, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms is preferred. In addition, as an antioxidant, a compound having a phenol group and a phosphite group in the same molecule is also preferred. In addition, as an antioxidant, a phosphorus-based antioxidant can also be preferably used. As the phosphorus-based antioxidant, there can be mentioned tris[2-[[2,4,8,10-tetrakis(1,1-dimethylethyl)dibenzo[d,f][1,3,2]dioxaphosphinocycloheptadien-6-yl]oxy]ethyl]amine, tris[2-[(4,6,9,11-tetrakis-tert-butyldibenzo[d,f][1,3,2]dioxaphosphinocycloheptadien-2-yl)oxy]ethyl]amine, bis(2,4-di-tert-butyl-6-methylphenyl)ethyl phosphite, and the like. As commercially available antioxidants, for example, ADEKA STAB AO-20, ADEKA STAB AO-30, ADEKA STAB AO-40, ADEKA STAB AO-50, ADEKA STAB AO-50F, ADEKA STAB AO-60, ADEKA STAB AO-60G, ADEKA STAB AO-80, ADEKA STAB AO-330 (all manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION) and the like can be cited. In addition, as antioxidants, compounds described in paragraphs 0023 to 0048 of Japanese Patent No. 6268967 can also be used. In addition, the composition of the present invention can contain a potential antioxidant as needed. As potential antioxidants, compounds in which the site that functions as an antioxidant is protected by a protecting group can be cited, and in which the protecting group is removed by heating at 100 to 250°C or heating at 80 to 200°C in the presence of an acid/base catalyst, thereby functioning as an antioxidant. As potential antioxidants, compounds described in International Publication No. 2014/021023, International Publication No. 2017/030005, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 2017-008219 can be cited. As commercially available products of potential antioxidants, ADEKA ARKLS GPA-5001 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION) and the like can be cited. As examples of preferred antioxidants, there can be cited 2,2-thiobis(4-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 2,6-di-tert-butylphenol and compounds represented by the following general formula (3). [Chemical Formula 54-3] In the general formula (3), R5 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms, and R6 represents an alkylene group having 2 or more carbon atoms. R7 represents an alkylene group having 2 or more carbon atoms and a monovalent to tetravalent organic group containing at least one selected from an O atom and a N atom. k represents an integer of 1 to 4. The compound represented by the general formula (3) inhibits the oxidative degradation of the aliphatic group and the phenolic hydroxyl group of the resin. In addition, by the anti-rust effect on metal materials, metal oxidation can be inhibited. In order to be able to act on both the resin and the metal material, it is more preferable that k is an integer of 2 to 4. As R 7 , there can be mentioned an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkyl ether group, an alkyl silyl group, an alkoxy silyl group, an aryl group, an aryl ether group, a carboxyl group, a carbonyl group, an allyl group, a vinyl group, a heterocyclic group, -O-, -NH-, -NHNH-, combinations thereof, etc., which may further have a substituent. Among them, from the viewpoint of solubility in a developer and metal adhesion, an alkyl ether group or -NH- is preferred, and from the viewpoint of interaction with a resin and metal adhesion based on metal complex formation, -NH- is more preferred. The compounds represented by the following general formula (3) can be exemplified by the following compounds, but are not limited to the following structures. [Chemical Formula 54-4] [Chemical formula 54-5] [Chemical formula 54-6] [Chemical formula 54-7] The amount of antioxidant added is preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by weight, and more preferably 0.5 to 5 parts by weight, relative to the resin. When the amount added is less than 0.1 parts by weight, it is difficult to obtain the ductility characteristics of the cured film and the effect of improving the adhesion to metal materials. When the amount added is more than 10 parts by weight, the sensitivity of the resin composition may decrease due to the interaction with the photosensitive agent. Only one antioxidant may be used, or two or more antioxidants may be used. When two or more antioxidants are used, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.

<關於其他含有物質的限制> 從塗佈面性狀的觀點考慮,本發明的感光性樹脂組成物的含水量小於5質量%為較佳,小於1質量%為更佳,小於0.6質量%為進一步較佳。 作為維持含水量之方法,可舉出保管條件下的濕度的調整、保管時的收容容器的空隙率降低等。<Restrictions on other contained substances> From the perspective of coating surface properties, the water content of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably less than 5 mass %, more preferably less than 1 mass %, and even more preferably less than 0.6 mass %. Methods for maintaining the water content include adjusting the humidity under storage conditions and reducing the porosity of the storage container during storage.

從絕緣性的觀點考慮,本發明的感光性樹脂組成物的金屬含量小於5質量ppm(parts per million(百萬分率))為較佳,小於1質量ppm為更佳,小於0.5質量ppm為進一步較佳。作為金屬,可舉出鈉、鉀、鎂、鈣、鐵、鉻、鎳等。包含複數種金屬時,該等金屬的合計在上述範圍內為較佳。From the viewpoint of insulation, the metal content of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably less than 5 mass ppm (parts per million), more preferably less than 1 mass ppm, and further preferably less than 0.5 mass ppm. Examples of the metal include sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium, iron, chromium, nickel, and the like. When a plurality of metals are included, the total of the metals is preferably within the above range.

又,作為減少意外包含在本發明的感光性樹脂組成物中的金屬雜質之方法,能夠舉出如下方法:作為構成本發明的感光性樹脂組成物之原料而選擇金屬含量較少的原料,對構成本發明的感光性樹脂組成物之原料進行過濾器過濾,用聚四氟乙烯等對裝置內進行內襯而在盡可能抑制污染的條件下進行蒸餾等方法。Furthermore, as a method for reducing metal impurities accidentally contained in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, the following methods can be cited: selecting a raw material with a low metal content as a raw material constituting the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, filtering the raw material constituting the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention with a filter, lining the inside of a device with polytetrafluoroethylene or the like and performing distillation under conditions that suppress contamination as much as possible, etc.

若考慮作為半導體材料的用途,且從配線腐蝕性的觀點考慮,本發明的感光性樹脂組成物中,鹵素原子的含量小於500質量ppm為較佳,小於300質量ppm為更佳,小於200質量ppm為進一步較佳。其中,以鹵素離子的狀態存在者小於5質量ppm為較佳,小於1質量ppm為更佳,小於0.5質量ppm為進一步較佳。作為鹵素原子,可舉出氯原子及溴原子。氯原子及溴原子或氯離子及溴離子的合計分別在上述範圍內為較佳。 作為調整鹵素原子的含量的方法,可較佳地舉出離子交換處理等。Considering the use as a semiconductor material and from the viewpoint of wiring corrosion, the content of halogen atoms in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably less than 500 mass ppm, more preferably less than 300 mass ppm, and further preferably less than 200 mass ppm. Among them, the content of halogen atoms in the form of halogen ions is preferably less than 5 mass ppm, more preferably less than 1 mass ppm, and further preferably less than 0.5 mass ppm. As halogen atoms, chlorine atoms and bromine atoms can be cited. It is preferred that the total of chlorine atoms and bromine atoms or chlorine ions and bromine ions are respectively within the above ranges. As a method for adjusting the content of halogen atoms, ion exchange treatment can be preferably cited.

作為本發明的感光性樹脂組成物的收容容器,能夠使用以往公知的收容容器。又,作為收容容器,以抑制雜質混入原材料、感光性樹脂組成物中為目的,使用由6種6層樹脂構成容器內壁之多層瓶、將6種樹脂形成為7層結構之瓶亦為較佳。作為該種容器,例如可舉出日本特開2015-123351號公報中記載之容器。As a container for storing the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, a conventionally known container can be used. In addition, as a container, in order to suppress the mixing of impurities into the raw materials and the photosensitive resin composition, it is also preferable to use a multi-layer bottle having an inner wall of the container composed of six types of six layers of resins or a bottle having a seven-layer structure formed of six types of resins. As such a container, for example, the container described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2015-123351 can be cited.

<感光性樹脂組成物的用途> 本發明的感光性樹脂組成物用於形成再配線層用層間絕緣膜為較佳。 又,亦能夠用於形成半導體元件的絕緣膜或形成應力緩衝膜等。<Use of photosensitive resin composition> The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably used to form an interlayer insulating film for a redistribution layer. In addition, it can also be used to form an insulating film for a semiconductor element or to form a stress buffer film, etc.

<感光性樹脂組成物的製備> 本發明的感光性樹脂組成物能夠藉由混合上述各成分來製備。混合方法並沒有特別限定,能夠藉由以往公知的方法來進行。<Preparation of photosensitive resin composition> The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention can be prepared by mixing the above-mentioned components. The mixing method is not particularly limited and can be performed by a conventionally known method.

又,以去除感光性樹脂組成物中的灰塵或微粒等異物為目的,進行使用過濾器之過濾為較佳。過濾器孔徑為1μm以下為較佳,0.5μm以下為更佳,0.1μm以下為進一步較佳。另一方面,從生產性的觀點考慮,5μm以下為較佳,3μm以下為更佳,1μm以下為進一步較佳。過濾器的材質係聚四氟乙烯、聚乙烯或尼龍為較佳。過濾器可以使用藉由有機溶劑預先清洗者。過濾器的過濾製程中,可以並聯或串聯複數種過濾器而使用。使用複數種過濾器時,可以組合使用孔徑或材質不同的過濾器。又,可以對各種材料進行複數次過濾。過濾複數次時,可以為循環過濾。又,可以在加壓之後進行過濾。在加壓之後進行過濾時,進行加壓之壓力為0.05MPa以上且0.3MPa以下為較佳。另一方面,從生產性的觀點考慮,0.01MPa以上且1.0MPa以下為較佳,0.03MPa以上且0.9MPa以下為更佳,0.05MPa以上且0.7MPa以下為進一步較佳。 除了使用過濾器之過濾以外,亦可以進行使用吸附材料之雜質去除處理。亦可以組合過濾器過濾和使用吸附材料之雜質去除處理。作為吸附材料,能夠使用公知的吸附材料。例如,可舉出矽膠、沸石等無機系吸附材料、活性碳等有機系吸附材料。 [實施例]Furthermore, for the purpose of removing foreign matter such as dust or particles in the photosensitive resin composition, it is preferred to perform filtering using a filter. The pore size of the filter is preferably 1 μm or less, 0.5 μm or less is more preferred, and 0.1 μm or less is further preferred. On the other hand, from the perspective of productivity, 5 μm or less is more preferred, 3 μm or less is more preferred, and 1 μm or less is further preferred. The material of the filter is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene or nylon. The filter can be used after being pre-cleaned with an organic solvent. In the filtering process of the filter, multiple filters can be used in parallel or in series. When using multiple filters, filters with different pore sizes or materials can be used in combination. In addition, various materials can be filtered multiple times. When filtering multiple times, it can be cycle filtering. In addition, filtering can be performed after pressurization. When filtering after pressurization, the pressure of pressurization is preferably 0.05MPa or more and 0.3MPa or less. On the other hand, from the perspective of productivity, 0.01MPa or more and 1.0MPa or less is better, 0.03MPa or more and 0.9MPa or less is better, and 0.05MPa or more and 0.7MPa or less is even better. In addition to filtering using a filter, impurity removal using an adsorbent can also be performed. Filter filtering and impurity removal using an adsorbent can also be combined. As the adsorbent, known adsorbents can be used. For example, inorganic adsorbents such as silica gel and zeolite, and organic adsorbents such as activated carbon can be cited. [Example]

以下,舉出實施例對本發明進行進一步詳細的說明。以下實施例中示出之材料、使用量、比例、處理內容、處理步驟等只要不脫離本發明的宗旨,則能夠適當進行變更。因此,本發明的範圍並不限定於以下所示之具體例。只要沒有特別說明,則“份”、“%”為質量基準。The present invention is further described in detail below by way of examples. The materials, usage amounts, ratios, processing contents, processing steps, etc. shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed as long as they do not deviate from the purpose of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below. Unless otherwise specified, "parts" and "%" are based on mass.

<合成例1> 〔聚醯亞胺前驅物PIP-1的合成〕 在具備攪拌機、冷凝器及帶內部溫度計的平底接頭(joint)之乾燥反應器中,一邊去除水分,一邊使4,4’-二鄰苯二甲酸酐9.49g(32.25mmol)、氧代二鄰苯二甲酸二酐10.0g(32.25mmol)懸浮於二甘二甲醚140mL中。持續添加甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯16.8g(129mmol)、氫醌0.05g、純水0.05g及吡啶10.7g(135mmol),在60℃的溫度下攪拌了18小時。接著,將混合物冷卻至-20℃之後,經90分鐘滴加了亞硫醯氯16.1g(135.5mmol)。獲得了吡啶鹽酸鹽的白色沉澱物。接著,將混合物加溫至室溫,攪拌2小時後,添加吡啶9.7g(123mmol)及N-甲基吡咯啶酮(NMP)25mL,藉此獲得了透明溶液。接著,對所獲得之透明溶液經1小時以滴加的方式添加了使4,4’-二胺基二苯醚11.8g(58.7mmol)溶解於NMP100mL中者。接著,添加甲烷5.6g(17.5mmol)和3,5-二-三級丁基-4-羥甲苯0.05g,將混合物攪拌了2小時。接著,使聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂在4升水中沉澱,以500rpm的速度將水-聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂混合物攪拌了15分鐘。藉由過濾獲得聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂,在4升水中再次攪拌30分鐘並再次進行了過濾。接著,將所獲得之聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂在減壓下,以45℃乾燥3天,藉此獲得了聚醯亞胺前驅物PIP-1。<Synthesis Example 1> [Synthesis of polyimide precursor PIP-1] In a dry reactor equipped with a stirrer, a condenser and a flat-bottomed joint with an internal thermometer, 9.49 g (32.25 mmol) of 4,4'-diphthalic anhydride and 10.0 g (32.25 mmol) of oxydiphthalic dianhydride were suspended in 140 mL of diethylene glycol dimethyl ether while removing water. 16.8 g (129 mmol) of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 0.05 g of hydroquinone, 0.05 g of pure water and 10.7 g (135 mmol) of pyridine were added successively and stirred at 60°C for 18 hours. Next, the mixture was cooled to -20°C, and 16.1 g (135.5 mmol) of sulfinyl chloride was added dropwise over 90 minutes. A white precipitate of pyridine hydrochloride was obtained. Next, the mixture was warmed to room temperature, stirred for 2 hours, and then 9.7 g (123 mmol) of pyridine and 25 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP) were added to obtain a transparent solution. Next, 11.8 g (58.7 mmol) of 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether dissolved in 100 mL of NMP was added dropwise over 1 hour to the obtained transparent solution. Next, 5.6 g (17.5 mmol) of methane and 0.05 g of 3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxytoluene were added, and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours. Next, the polyimide precursor resin was precipitated in 4 liters of water, and the water-polyimide precursor resin mixture was stirred at 500 rpm for 15 minutes. The polyimide precursor resin was obtained by filtration, and was stirred again in 4 liters of water for 30 minutes and filtered again. Then, the obtained polyimide precursor resin was dried at 45° C. under reduced pressure for 3 days, thereby obtaining polyimide precursor PIP-1.

<合成例2> 〔聚醯亞胺前驅物PIP-2的合成〕 在上述合成例1中,將4,4’-二胺基二苯醚變更為等莫耳量的1,6-二胺基己烷,除此以外,以與合成例1相同的方法獲得了聚醯亞胺前驅物PIP-2。<Synthesis Example 2> [Synthesis of polyimide precursor PIP-2] In the above-mentioned Synthesis Example 1, except that 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether was replaced with an equimolar amount of 1,6-diaminohexane, the polyimide precursor PIP-2 was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1.

<合成例3> 〔聚醯亞胺前驅物PIP-3的合成〕 混合20.0g(64.5mmol)的4,4’-氧代二鄰苯二甲酸二酐(將4,4’-氧代二鄰苯二甲酸在140℃下乾燥12小時的物質)、18.6g(129mmol)的甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯、0.05g的氫醌、10.7g的吡啶及140g的二甘二甲醚(二乙二醇二甲醚),在60℃的溫度下攪拌18小時,藉此製造了4,4’-氧代二鄰苯二甲酸與甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯的二酯。接著,將反應混合物冷卻至-10℃,將溫度保持在-10±4℃的同時經10分鐘添加了16.12g(135.5mmol)的SOCl2 。用50mL的N-甲基吡咯啶酮稀釋之後,在室溫下將反應混合物攪拌了2小時。接著,將11.08g(58.7mmol)的4,4’-氧基二苯胺溶解於100mL的N-甲基吡咯啶酮中的溶液在20~23℃下經20分鐘滴加至反應混合物中。接著,將反應混合物在室溫下攪拌了1夜。接著,放入5升水中,使聚醯亞胺前驅物沉澱,以5,000rpm的速度將水-聚醯亞胺前驅物混合物攪拌了15分鐘。濾取聚醯亞胺前驅物,放入4升水中再次攪拌30分鐘,再次進行了濾取。接著,將所獲得之聚醯亞胺前驅物在減壓下,以45℃乾燥3天,藉此獲得了聚醯亞胺前驅物PIP-3。<Synthesis Example 3> [Synthesis of polyimide precursor PIP-3] 20.0 g (64.5 mmol) of 4,4'-oxydiphthalic acid dianhydride (4,4'-oxydiphthalic acid dried at 140°C for 12 hours), 18.6 g (129 mmol) of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 0.05 g of hydroquinone, 10.7 g of pyridine and 140 g of diethylene glycol dimethyl ether (diethylene glycol dimethyl ether) were mixed and stirred at 60°C for 18 hours to produce a diester of 4,4'-oxydiphthalic acid and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate. Next, the reaction mixture was cooled to -10°C, and 16.12 g (135.5 mmol) of SOCl 2 was added over 10 minutes while maintaining the temperature at -10±4°C. After diluting with 50 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone, the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Next, a solution of 11.08 g (58.7 mmol) of 4,4'-oxydiphenylamine dissolved in 100 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone was added dropwise to the reaction mixture at 20-23°C over 20 minutes. Next, the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 night. Next, 5 liters of water were added to precipitate the polyimide precursor, and the water-polyimide precursor mixture was stirred at 5,000 rpm for 15 minutes. The polyimide precursor was filtered, put into 4 liters of water and stirred for 30 minutes, and filtered again. Then, the obtained polyimide precursor was dried at 45° C. under reduced pressure for 3 days to obtain polyimide precursor PIP-3.

<合成例4> 〔聚醯亞胺PI-1的合成〕 在具備攪拌機、冷凝器及帶內部溫度計的平底接頭之乾燥反應器中,一邊去除水分,一邊將2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)六氟丙烷65.56g(179mmol)及1,3-雙(3-胺基丙基)四甲基二矽氧烷2.48g(10mmol)溶解於N-甲基吡咯啶酮(NMP)300g中。接著,添加氧代二鄰苯二甲酸二酐62.04g(200mmol),在40℃的溫度下攪拌了2小時。接著,添加甲苯50mL及3-胺基苯酚2.18g(10mmol),在40℃下攪拌了2小時。攪拌後,以200ml/min的流量流通氮的同時,將溫度升溫至180℃,並攪拌了6小時。 將上述反應液冷卻至25℃之後,添加對甲氧基苯酚0.005g,並進行溶解。向該溶液滴加甲基丙烯酸2-異氰酸基乙酯24.82g(160mmol),在25℃下攪拌2小時之後,進而在60℃下攪拌了3小時。將其冷卻至25℃,添加乙酸10g,並在25℃下攪拌了1小時。攪拌後,使其在2升水/甲醇=75/25(體積比)中沉澱,並以2,000rpm的速度攪拌了30分鐘。過濾收集所析出的聚醯亞胺樹脂,用1.5升水進行淋洗之後,將濾出物與2升甲醇混合,再次攪拌30分鐘,並再次進行了過濾。將所獲得之聚醯亞胺在減壓下,以40℃乾燥1天,藉此獲得了聚醯亞胺PI-1。<Synthesis Example 4> [Synthesis of polyimide PI-1] In a dry reactor equipped with a stirrer, a condenser, and a flat-bottomed joint with an internal thermometer, 65.56 g (179 mmol) of 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane and 2.48 g (10 mmol) of 1,3-bis(3-aminopropyl)tetramethyldisiloxane were dissolved in 300 g of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP) while removing water. Then, 62.04 g (200 mmol) of oxydiphthalic dianhydride was added, and the mixture was stirred at 40°C for 2 hours. Then, 50 mL of toluene and 2.18 g (10 mmol) of 3-aminophenol were added, and the mixture was stirred at 40°C for 2 hours. After stirring, the temperature was raised to 180°C while nitrogen was circulated at a flow rate of 200 ml/min, and the mixture was stirred for 6 hours. After the reaction solution was cooled to 25°C, 0.005 g of p-methoxyphenol was added and dissolved. 24.82 g (160 mmol) of 2-isocyanatoethyl methacrylate was added dropwise to the solution, and the mixture was stirred at 25°C for 2 hours, and then stirred at 60°C for 3 hours. The mixture was cooled to 25°C, 10 g of acetic acid was added, and the mixture was stirred at 25°C for 1 hour. After stirring, the mixture was precipitated in 2 liters of water/methanol = 75/25 (volume ratio), and stirred at 2,000 rpm for 30 minutes. The precipitated polyimide resin was collected by filtration, rinsed with 1.5 liters of water, mixed with 2 liters of methanol, stirred again for 30 minutes, and filtered again. The obtained polyimide was dried at 40° C. under reduced pressure for 1 day to obtain polyimide PI-1.

<合成例5> 〔聚苯并㗁唑前驅物PBP-1的合成〕 向具備溫度計、攪拌器、氮氣導入管之三口燒瓶中添加了73.25g(0.200mol)的六氟-2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)丙烷(Bis-AP-AF,Central Glass Co.,Ltd.製)、31.64g(0.400mol)的吡啶及293g的NMP。將其在室溫下攪拌,接著在乾冰/甲醇浴中冷卻至-15℃。將反應溫度維持在-5℃~-15℃的同時,向該溶液滴加了30.11g(0.144mol)的1,4-環己烷二羧酸二氯化物的30質量%NMP溶液、3.83g(0.016mol)的泌脂醯氯(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製)、96.25g的NMP的混合溶液。結束滴加之後,將所獲得之混合物在室溫下攪拌了16小時。 接著,將該反應液在冰/甲醇浴中冷卻至-5℃以下,將反應溫度維持在-0℃以下的同時,滴加了丁醯氯(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製)9.59g(0.090mol)和34.5g的NMP的混合液。結束滴加之後,進一步攪拌了16小時。 用NMP550g稀釋該反應液,投入至劇烈攪拌之4L脫離子水/甲醇(80/20體積比)混合物中,藉由過濾回收所析出的白色粉體,之後用脫離子水清洗。將聚合物在50℃下真空乾燥2天,藉此獲得了樹脂A-1a。 向500mL茄型燒瓶添加25.00g的樹脂A-1a、125g的NMP及125g的甲基乙基酮,在60℃下進行減壓濃縮直至內容物變成160g。對其添加0.43g(1.85mmol)的樟腦磺酸(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製)和5.12g(0.065mol)的2,3-二氫呋喃(Wako Pure Chemical Industries,Ltd.製),並在室溫下攪拌了1.5小時。在所獲得之溶液中添加三乙胺0.37g和NMP150g,並進行了稀釋。 將所獲得之溶液投入至劇烈攪拌之2L脫離子水/甲醇(80/20體積比)混合物中,藉由過濾回收所析出的白色粉體,之後用脫離子水清洗。將聚合物在50℃下真空乾燥2天,藉此獲得了聚苯并㗁唑(PBO)前驅物PBP-1。<Synthesis Example 5> [Synthesis of polybenzoxazole precursor PBP-1] Into a three-necked flask equipped with a thermometer, a stirrer, and a nitrogen inlet tube, 73.25 g (0.200 mol) of hexafluoro-2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)propane (Bis-AP-AF, manufactured by Central Glass Co., Ltd.), 31.64 g (0.400 mol) of pyridine, and 293 g of NMP were added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature and then cooled to -15°C in a dry ice/methanol bath. While maintaining the reaction temperature at -5°C to -15°C, 30.11 g (0.144 mol) of a 30% by mass NMP solution of 1,4-cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid dichloride, 3.83 g (0.016 mol) of butylated chlorine (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), and a mixed solution of 96.25 g of NMP were added dropwise to the solution. After the addition, the obtained mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. Then, the reaction solution was cooled to below -5°C in an ice/methanol bath, and while maintaining the reaction temperature below -0°C, a mixed solution of 9.59 g (0.090 mol) of butylated chlorine (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and 34.5 g of NMP was added dropwise. After the addition was completed, the mixture was further stirred for 16 hours. The reaction solution was diluted with 550 g of NMP and added to a 4 L mixture of deionized water/methanol (80/20 by volume) under vigorous stirring. The precipitated white powder was recovered by filtration and then washed with deionized water. The polymer was vacuum dried at 50°C for 2 days to obtain resin A-1a. 25.00 g of resin A-1a, 125 g of NMP and 125 g of methyl ethyl ketone were added to a 500 mL eggplant-shaped flask and concentrated under reduced pressure at 60°C until the content became 160 g. 0.43 g (1.85 mmol) of camphorsulfonic acid (Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and 5.12 g (0.065 mol) of 2,3-dihydrofuran (Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) were added thereto, and stirred at room temperature for 1.5 hours. 0.37 g of triethylamine and 150 g of NMP were added to the obtained solution, and diluted. The obtained solution was poured into a 2 L deionized water/methanol (80/20 volume ratio) mixture that was stirred vigorously, and the precipitated white powder was recovered by filtration and then washed with deionized water. The polymer was vacuum dried at 50°C for 2 days, thereby obtaining polybenzoxazole (PBO) precursor PBP-1.

<實施例及比較例> 在各實施例中,分別混合下述表1~表3中記載之成分,藉此獲得了各感光性樹脂組成物。又,在比較例中,混合下述表3中記載之成分,藉此獲得了比較用組成物。 具體而言,將表1~表3中記載之成分的含量設為表1~表3的“質量份”中記載之量。又,在各組成物中,將溶劑的含量設為組成物的固體成分濃度成為表1~表3中記載之值。 使所獲得之感光性樹脂組成物及比較用組成物通過過濾器孔徑為0.8μm的聚四氟乙烯製過濾器來進行了加壓過濾。 又,在表1~表3中,“-”的記載表示組成物不含有該成分。<Examples and Comparative Examples> In each example, the components listed in Tables 1 to 3 below were mixed to obtain each photosensitive resin composition. In the comparative example, the components listed in Table 3 below were mixed to obtain a comparative composition. Specifically, the contents of the components listed in Tables 1 to 3 were set to the amounts listed in "parts by mass" in Tables 1 to 3. In each composition, the content of the solvent was set to a value that the solid component concentration of the composition became the value listed in Tables 1 to 3. The obtained photosensitive resin composition and the comparative composition were pressure filtered through a polytetrafluoroethylene filter having a filter pore size of 0.8 μm. In Tables 1 to 3, the entry "-" indicates that the composition does not contain the component.

[表1]    實施例 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 組成 樹脂 種類 PIP-1 PIP-1 PIP-1 PIP-1 PIP-1 PIP-1 PIP-1 PIP-1 質量份 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 自由基 交聯劑 種類 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 質量份 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 種類 - - - - - - - - 質量份 - - - - - - - - 感光劑 種類 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 質量份 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 矽烷偶合劑 種類 D-1 D-1 D-1 D-1 D-1 D-1 D-1 D-1 質量份 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 種類 D-2 D-2 D-2 D-2 D-2 D-2 D-2 D-2 質量份 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 聚合抑制劑 種類 E-1 E-1 E-1 E-1 E-1 E-1 E-1 E-1 質量份 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 種類 E-3 E-3 E-3 E-3 E-3 E-3 E-3 E-3 質量份 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 敏化劑 種類 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 質量份 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 種類 F-2 F-2 F-2 F-2 F-2 F-2 F-2 F-2 質量份 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 遷移抑制劑 種類 - - - - - - - - 質量份 - - - - - - - - 酸交聯劑 種類 - - - - - - - - 質量份 - - - - - - - - 熱酸產生劑 種類 - - - - - - - - 質量份 - - - - - - - - 添加劑 種類 - - - - - - - - 質量份 - - - - - - - - 熱鹼產生劑 種類 - - - - - - - - 質量份 - - - - - - - - 界面活性劑 種類 - - - - - - - - 質量份 - - - - - - - - 溶劑 種類 S-1 S-1 S-1 S-1 S-1 S-1 S-1 S-1 比率 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 種類 S-2 S-2 S-2 S-2 S-2 S-2 S-2 S-2 比率 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 固體成分濃度 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 過程 膜厚(μm) 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 曝光波長(nm) 355 355 355 355 355 355 355 375 曝光次數 四重 雙重 七重 四重 四重 四重 四重 四重 間隔(秒) 各10 10 各10 各20 5/10/15 各10 各10 各10 雷射輸出(W) 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 1.2 1.8 0.6 顯影液 A A A A A A A A 硬化溫度(℃) 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 硬化時間(min) 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 評價 圖案形狀評價 A B A A A A A A 解析度評價 A B A A A A B A [Table 1] Embodiment 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Composition Resin Type PIP-1 PIP-1 PIP-1 PIP-1 PIP-1 PIP-1 PIP-1 PIP-1 Quality 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 Free radical crosslinking agent Type B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 Quality 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 Type - - - - - - - - Quality - - - - - - - - Photosensitizer Type C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 Quality 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Silane coupling agent Type D-1 D-1 D-1 D-1 D-1 D-1 D-1 D-1 Quality 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Type D-2 D-2 D-2 D-2 D-2 D-2 D-2 D-2 Quality 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Polymerization inhibitor Type E-1 E-1 E-1 E-1 E-1 E-1 E-1 E-1 Quality 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 Type E-3 E-3 E-3 E-3 E-3 E-3 E-3 E-3 Quality 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 Sensitizer Type F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 Quality 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Type F-2 F-2 F-2 F-2 F-2 F-2 F-2 F-2 Quality 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Migration inhibitors Type - - - - - - - - Quality - - - - - - - - Acid crosslinking agent Type - - - - - - - - Quality - - - - - - - - Thermal acid generator Type - - - - - - - - Quality - - - - - - - - Additives Type - - - - - - - - Quality - - - - - - - - Thermoalkali generator Type - - - - - - - - Quality - - - - - - - - Surfactant Type - - - - - - - - Quality - - - - - - - - Solvent Type S-1 S-1 S-1 S-1 S-1 S-1 S-1 S-1 ratio 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 Type S-2 S-2 S-2 S-2 S-2 S-2 S-2 S-2 ratio 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Solid content concentration 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 Process Film thickness (μm) 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Exposure wavelength (nm) 355 355 355 355 355 355 355 375 Impressions Fourfold Double Seventh level Fourfold Fourfold Fourfold Fourfold Fourfold Interval (seconds) 10 each 10 10 each 20 each 5/10/15 10 each 10 each 10 each Laser output (W) 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 1.2 1.8 0.6 Developer A A A A A A A A Hardening temperature (℃) 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 Hardening time (min) 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 Reviews Pattern shape evaluation A B A A A A A A Resolution evaluation A B A A A A B A

[表2]    實施例 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 組成 樹脂 種類 PIP-1 PI-1 PBP-1 PIP-1 PIP-2 PIP-3 PIP-1 PIP-1 質量份 80 54 100 80 80 32 80 80 自由基 交聯劑 種類 B-1 B-2    B-1 B-1 B-4 B-2 B-1 質量份 7 3    7 7 6.88 7 7 種類 - B-3 - - - - - - 質量份 - 28 - - - - - - 感光劑 種類 C-1 C-3 C-4 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-2 質量份 3 5 3 3 3 1.04 3 3 矽烷偶合劑 種類 D-1 D-3 D-5 D-1 D-1 D-4 D-1 D-1 質量份 1 1 3 1 1 0.70 1 1 種類 D-2 - - D-2 D-2 - D-2 D-2 質量份 1 - - 1 1 - 1 1 聚合抑制劑 種類 E-1 E-4 - E-1 E-1 E-5 E-1 E-1 質量份 0.2 0.02 - 0.2 0.2 0.08 0.2 0.2 種類 E-3 - - E-3 E-3 - E-3 E-3 質量份 0.5 - - 0.5 0.5 - 0.5 0.5 敏化劑 種類 F-1 - - F-1 F-1 - F-1 F-1 質量份 2 - - 2 2 - 2 2 種類 F-2 - - F-2 F-2 - F-2 F-2 質量份 5 - - 5 5 - 5 5 遷移抑制劑 種類 - - - - - G-1 - - 質量份 - - - - - 0.12 - - 酸交聯劑 種類 - H-1 - - - - - - 質量份 - 9 - - - - - - 熱酸產生劑 種類 - I-1 - - - - - - 質量份 - 3 - - - - - - 添加劑 種類 - J-1 - - - - - - 質量份 - 1 - - - - - - 熱鹼產生劑 種類 - - - - - K-1 - - 質量份 - - - - - 1.0 - - 界面活性劑 種類 - - L-1 - - - - - 質量份 - - 0.2 - - - - - 溶劑 種類 S-1 S-3 S-1 S-1 S-1 S-1 S-1 S-1 比率 80 80 100 80 80 80 80 80 種類 S-2 S-4 - S-2 S-2 S-4 S-2 S-2 比率 20 20 - 20 20 20 20 20 固體成分濃度 42 42 42 42 42 21 42 42 過程 膜厚(μm) 20 20 20 30 20 20 20 20 曝光波長(nm) 405 355 355 355 355 355 355 355 曝光次數 四重 四重 四重 四重 四重 四重 四重 四重 間隔(秒) 各10 各10 各10 各10 各10 各10 各10 各10 雷射輸出(W) 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 顯影液 A B B A A A A A 硬化溫度(℃) 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 硬化時間(min) 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 評價 圖案形狀評價 A B B A A A A A 解析度評價 A A A A B A A A [Table 2] Embodiment 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Composition Resin Type PIP-1 PI-1 PBP-1 PIP-1 PIP-2 PIP-3 PIP-1 PIP-1 Quality 80 54 100 80 80 32 80 80 Free radical crosslinking agent Type B-1 B-2 B-1 B-1 B-4 B-2 B-1 Quality 7 3 7 7 6.88 7 7 Type - B-3 - - - - - - Quality - 28 - - - - - - Photosensitizer Type C-1 C-3 C-4 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-2 Quality 3 5 3 3 3 1.04 3 3 Silane coupling agent Type D-1 D-3 D-5 D-1 D-1 D-4 D-1 D-1 Quality 1 1 3 1 1 0.70 1 1 Type D-2 - - D-2 D-2 - D-2 D-2 Quality 1 - - 1 1 - 1 1 Polymerization inhibitor Type E-1 E-4 - E-1 E-1 E-5 E-1 E-1 Quality 0.2 0.02 - 0.2 0.2 0.08 0.2 0.2 Type E-3 - - E-3 E-3 - E-3 E-3 Quality 0.5 - - 0.5 0.5 - 0.5 0.5 Sensitizer Type F-1 - - F-1 F-1 - F-1 F-1 Quality 2 - - 2 2 - 2 2 Type F-2 - - F-2 F-2 - F-2 F-2 Quality 5 - - 5 5 - 5 5 Migration inhibitors Type - - - - - G-1 - - Quality - - - - - 0.12 - - Acid crosslinking agent Type - H-1 - - - - - - Quality - 9 - - - - - - Thermal acid generator Type - I-1 - - - - - - Quality - 3 - - - - - - Additives Type - J-1 - - - - - - Quality - 1 - - - - - - Thermoalkali generator Type - - - - - K-1 - - Quality - - - - - 1.0 - - Surfactant Type - - L-1 - - - - - Quality - - 0.2 - - - - - Solvent Type S-1 S-3 S-1 S-1 S-1 S-1 S-1 S-1 ratio 80 80 100 80 80 80 80 80 Type S-2 S-4 - S-2 S-2 S-4 S-2 S-2 ratio 20 20 - 20 20 20 20 20 Solid content concentration 42 42 42 42 42 twenty one 42 42 Process Film thickness (μm) 20 20 20 30 20 20 20 20 Exposure wavelength (nm) 405 355 355 355 355 355 355 355 Impressions Fourfold Fourfold Fourfold Fourfold Fourfold Fourfold Fourfold Fourfold Interval (seconds) 10 each 10 each 10 each 10 each 10 each 10 each 10 each 10 each Laser output (W) 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 Developer A B B A A A A A Hardening temperature (℃) 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 Hardening time (min) 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 Reviews Pattern shape evaluation A B B A A A A A Resolution evaluation A A A A B A A A

[表3]    實施例 比較例 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 1 組成 樹脂 種類 PIP-1 PIP-1 PIP-1 PIP-1 PIP-1 PIP-1 PIP-1 PIP-1 質量份 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 自由基 交聯劑 種類 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 質量份 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 種類 - - - - - - - - 質量份 - - - - - - - - 感光劑 種類 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 質量份 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 矽烷偶合劑 種類 D-1 D-1 D-1 D-1 D-1 D-1 D-1 D-1 質量份 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 種類 - D-2 D-2 D-2 D-2 D-2 D-2 D-2 質量份 - 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 聚合抑制劑 種類 E-1 MEHQ E-1 E-1 E-1 E-1 E-1 E-1 質量份 0.2 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 種類 E-3 - E-3 E-3 E-3 E-3 E-3 E-3 質量份 0.5 - 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 敏化劑 種類 F-1 F-1 - F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 質量份 2 2 - 2 2 2 2 2 種類 F-2 F-2 F-2 F-2 F-2 F-2 F-2 F-2 質量份 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 遷移抑制劑 種類 - - G-1 - - - - - 質量份 - - 1 - - - - - 酸交聯劑 種類 - - - - - - - - 質量份 - - - - - - - - 熱酸產生劑 種類 - - - - - - - - 質量份 - - - - - - - - 添加劑 種類 - - - - - - - - 質量份 - - - - - - - - 熱鹼產生劑 種類 - - - - - - - - 質量份 - - - - - - - - 界面活性劑 種類 - - - - - - - - 質量份 - - - - - - - - 溶劑 種類 S-1 S-1 S-1 S-1 S-1 S-1 S-1 S-1 比率 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 種類 S-2 S-2 S-2 S-2 S-2 S-2 S-2 S-2 比率 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 固體成分濃度 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 過程 膜厚(μm) 20 20 20 20 20 20 10 20 曝光波長(nm) 355 355 355 355 355 HP 355 355 曝光次數 四重 四重 四重 四重 四重 四重 四重 單次 間隔(秒) 各10 各10 各10 各10 各10 各10 各10 - 雷射輸出(W) 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6/1.2 /1.8/1.8 0.6 - 0.6 0.6 顯影液 A A A A A A A A 硬化溫度(℃) 230 230 230 230 190 230 230 230 硬化時間(min) 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 評價 圖案形狀評價 A A A A A B A C 解析度評價 A A A A A B A C [Table 3] Embodiment Comparison Example 17 18 19 20 twenty one twenty two twenty three 1 Composition Resin Type PIP-1 PIP-1 PIP-1 PIP-1 PIP-1 PIP-1 PIP-1 PIP-1 Quality 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 Free radical crosslinking agent Type B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 Quality 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 Type - - - - - - - - Quality - - - - - - - - Photosensitizer Type C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 Quality 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Silane coupling agent Type D-1 D-1 D-1 D-1 D-1 D-1 D-1 D-1 Quality 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Type - D-2 D-2 D-2 D-2 D-2 D-2 D-2 Quality - 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Polymerization inhibitor Type E-1 MEHQ E-1 E-1 E-1 E-1 E-1 E-1 Quality 0.2 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 Type E-3 - E-3 E-3 E-3 E-3 E-3 E-3 Quality 0.5 - 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 Sensitizer Type F-1 F-1 - F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 Quality 2 2 - 2 2 2 2 2 Type F-2 F-2 F-2 F-2 F-2 F-2 F-2 F-2 Quality 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Migration inhibitors Type - - G-1 - - - - - Quality - - 1 - - - - - Acid crosslinking agent Type - - - - - - - - Quality - - - - - - - - Thermal acid generator Type - - - - - - - - Quality - - - - - - - - Additives Type - - - - - - - - Quality - - - - - - - - Thermoalkali generator Type - - - - - - - - Quality - - - - - - - - Surfactant Type - - - - - - - - Quality - - - - - - - - Solvent Type S-1 S-1 S-1 S-1 S-1 S-1 S-1 S-1 ratio 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 Type S-2 S-2 S-2 S-2 S-2 S-2 S-2 S-2 ratio 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Solid content concentration 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 Process Film thickness (μm) 20 20 20 20 20 20 10 20 Exposure wavelength (nm) 355 355 355 355 355 HP 355 355 Impressions Fourfold Fourfold Fourfold Fourfold Fourfold Fourfold Fourfold Single Interval (seconds) 10 each 10 each 10 each 10 each 10 each 10 each 10 each - Laser output (W) 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6/1.2 /1.8/1.8 0.6 - 0.6 0.6 Developer A A A A A A A A Hardening temperature (℃) 230 230 230 230 190 230 230 230 Hardening time (min) 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 Reviews Pattern shape evaluation A A A A A B A C Resolution evaluation A A A A A B A C

表1~表3中記載之各成分的詳細內容如下。The details of each component listed in Tables 1 to 3 are as follows.

〔樹脂〕 ・PIP-1~PIP-3:上述中合成之PIP-1~PIP-3 ・PI-1:上述中合成之PI-1 ・PBP-1:上述中合成之PBP-1[Resin] ・PIP-1~PIP-3: PIP-1~PIP-3 synthesized in the above ・PI-1: PI-1 synthesized in the above ・PBP-1: PBP-1 synthesized in the above

〔自由基交聯劑〕 ・B-1:四乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯 ・B-2:二新戊四醇六丙烯酸酯 ・B-3:LIGHT ESTER BP-6EM(KYOEISHA CHEMICAL Co.,LTD.製) ・B-4:SR209(Sartomer Japan Inc.製)[Free Radical Crosslinking Agent] ・B-1: Tetraethylene glycol dimethacrylate ・B-2: Dipentatriol hexaacrylate ・B-3: LIGHT ESTER BP-6EM (manufactured by KYOEISHA CHEMICAL Co., LTD.) ・B-4: SR209 (manufactured by Sartomer Japan Inc.)

〔感光劑〕 ・C-1:Irgacure 784(BASF公司製) ・C-2:Irgacure OXE-01(BASF公司製) ・C-3:ADEKA NCI-930(ADEKA CORPORATION製) ・C-4:下述結構的化合物 [化學式55] [Photosensitive agent] ・C-1: Irgacure 784 (manufactured by BASF) ・C-2: Irgacure OXE-01 (manufactured by BASF) ・C-3: ADEKA NCI-930 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION) ・C-4: Compound having the following structure [Chemical formula 55]

〔矽烷偶合劑〕 ・D-1:N-(3-(三乙氧基矽基)丙基)鄰甲醯胺苯甲酸 ・D-2:二苯甲酮-3,3’-雙(N-(3-三乙氧基矽基)丙基醯胺)-4,4’-二羧酸 ・D-3:IM-1000(JX Nippon Mining & Metals Corporation製) ・D-4:N-[3-(三乙氧基矽基)丙基]順丁烯二酸單醯胺 ・D-5:KBM-403(3-環氧丙氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷,Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,Ltd.製)[Silane coupling agent] ・D-1: N-(3-(triethoxysilyl)propyl)-1,2-dimethoxybenzoic acid ・D-2: Benzophenone-3,3'-bis(N-(3-triethoxysilyl)propylamide)-4,4'-dicarboxylic acid ・D-3: IM-1000 (manufactured by JX Nippon Mining & Metals Corporation) ・D-4: N-[3-(triethoxysilyl)propyl]butenedioic acid monoamide ・D-5: KBM-403 (3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.)

〔聚合抑制劑〕 ・E-1:2-亞硝基-1-萘酚 ・E-2:4-甲氧基苯酚 ・E-3:下述結構的化合物 ・E-4:4-甲氧基-1-萘酚 ・E-5:對苯醌 [化學式56] [Polymerization inhibitor] ・E-1: 2-nitroso-1-naphthol ・E-2: 4-methoxyphenol ・E-3: Compound with the following structure ・E-4: 4-methoxy-1-naphthol ・E-5: p-Benzoquinone [chemical formula 56]

〔敏化劑〕 ・F-1:7-(二乙基胺基)香豆素-3-羧酸乙酯 ・F-2:N-苯基二乙醇胺[Sensitizer] ・F-1: 7-(Diethylamino)coumarin-3-carboxylic acid ethyl ester ・F-2: N-phenyldiethanolamine

〔遷移抑制劑〕 ・G-1:1H-四唑[Migration inhibitor] ・G-1: 1H-tetrazole

〔酸交聯劑(其他交聯劑)〕 ・H-1:NIKALAC MX-270(SANWA CHEMICAL CO.,LTD製)[Acid crosslinking agent (other crosslinking agents)] ・H-1: NIKALAC MX-270 (manufactured by SANWA CHEMICAL CO., LTD.)

〔熱酸產生劑〕 ・I-1:對甲苯磺酸異丙酯[Thermal acid generator] ・I-1: Isopropyl p-toluenesulfonate

〔添加劑〕 ・J-1:1,3-二丁基硫脲[Additives] ・J-1: 1,3-Dibutylthiourea

〔熱鹼產生劑〕 ・K-1:下述結構的化合物 [化學式57] [Thermoalkali generator] ・K-1: Compound with the following structure [Chemical formula 57]

〔界面活性劑〕 ・L-1:F-554(DIC Corporation製)[Surfactant] ・L-1: F-554 (manufactured by DIC Corporation)

〔溶劑〕 ・S-1:N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮 ・S-2:乳酸乙酯 ・S-3:γ-丁內酯 ・S-4:二甲基亞碸 在表1~表3中,“比率”一欄的記載表示相對於溶劑的總質量之各溶劑的含量(質量%)。[Solvent] ・S-1: N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone ・S-2: Ethyl lactate ・S-3: γ-butyrolactone ・S-4: Dimethyl sulfoxide In Tables 1 to 3, the "Ratio" column indicates the content (mass %) of each solvent relative to the total mass of the solvent.

<評價> 〔圖案形狀的評價〕 在各實施例及比較例中,藉由旋塗法,分別將各感光性樹脂組成物或比較用組成物以層狀適用(塗佈)於矽晶圓上,藉此形成了各感光膜。 在各實施例及比較例中,將使用了上述感光膜之矽晶圓在加熱板上,以80℃乾燥3分鐘,藉此在矽晶圓上形成了表1~表3的“膜厚(μm)”一欄中記載之厚度的感光膜。 利用具有表1~表3的“雷射輸出(W)”一欄中記載之雷射輸出、“曝光波長(nm)”一欄中記載之曝光波長之半導體雷射,對所形成之矽晶圓上的感光膜進行了曝光。例如,在實施例1中,共計4次的曝光全部以雷射輸出0.6W進行。又,在實施例20中,第一區域曝光製程以0.6W的輸出進行,第二區域曝光製程以1.2W的輸出進行,第三區域曝光製程以1.8W的輸出進行,第四區域曝光製程以1.8W的輸出進行。又,在“曝光波長(nm)”一欄中記載為“HP”的例子中,利用高壓水銀燈進行了曝光。 關於曝光,以在表1~表3的“曝光次數”一欄中記載之次數、“間隔(秒)”中記載之間隔進行了曝光。例如,在實施例1中,隔著各10秒的間隔(不進行曝光的時間)進行了共計4次的曝光(4重曝光)。又,在實施例5中,將間隔變更為5秒、10秒、15秒的同時進行了共計4次的曝光。 在各實施例或比較例中,以相同的曝光量進行了各曝光製程。又,曝光中使用高壓水銀燈時,上述曝光量作為i射線的曝光量。 隔著遮罩(圖案為1:1線與空間,線寬為20μm的二元遮罩)進行了曝光。 上述曝光之後,在表1~表3的“顯影液”一欄中記載為“A”的例子中,用環戊酮進行60秒顯影,用丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(PGMEA)沖洗20秒,藉此獲得了感光膜的線與空間圖案。在表1~表3的“顯影液”一欄中記載為“B”的例子中,用2.5質量%氫氧化四甲基銨水溶液進行60秒顯影,用純水沖洗20秒,藉此獲得了曝光後的感光膜的線與空間圖案。在實施例11中,在加熱板上進行100℃/60秒的加熱後,進行了上述顯影。 之後,上述顯影後的圖案及形成有上述圖案之矽晶圓在氮氣氣氛下,以10℃/分鐘的升溫速度升溫,達到表1~表3的“硬化溫度(℃)”一欄中記載之溫度之後,維持表1~表3的“硬化時間(min)”一欄中記載之時間來進行硬化,藉此獲得了形成有圖案之矽晶圓。 關於形成有所獲得之圖案(線與空間圖案)之矽晶圓,將矽晶圓切割成與線與空間圖案垂直,藉此使圖案剖面露出。利用光學顯微鏡,以200倍的倍率觀察上述線與空間圖案的圖案剖面,進行了圖案的剖面形狀的評價。 具體而言,在各實施例及比較例中,分別測定矽晶圓的表面(基板表面)與圖案的側面所成的錐角,按照下述評價基準進行了評價。可以說錐角越接近90°,圖案形狀越優異。 -評價基準- A:錐角為85°以上且95°以下。 B:錐角為80°以上且小於85°或大於95°且小於100°。 C:錐角小於80°或100°以上。<Evaluation> [Evaluation of pattern shape] In each of the embodiments and comparative examples, each photosensitive resin composition or comparative composition was applied (coated) in layers on a silicon wafer by spin coating, thereby forming each photosensitive film. In each of the embodiments and comparative examples, the silicon wafer using the above-mentioned photosensitive film was dried on a heating plate at 80°C for 3 minutes, thereby forming a photosensitive film having a thickness described in the "Film Thickness (μm)" column of Tables 1 to 3 on the silicon wafer. The photosensitive film on the formed silicon wafer was exposed using a semiconductor laser having a laser output described in the "Laser Output (W)" column and an exposure wavelength described in the "Exposure Wavelength (nm)" column of Tables 1 to 3. For example, in Example 1, a total of 4 exposures were performed with a laser output of 0.6W. In Example 20, the first area exposure process was performed with an output of 0.6W, the second area exposure process was performed with an output of 1.2W, the third area exposure process was performed with an output of 1.8W, and the fourth area exposure process was performed with an output of 1.8W. In the example where "HP" is recorded in the "Exposure wavelength (nm)" column, exposure was performed using a high-pressure mercury lamp. Regarding exposure, exposure was performed with the number of times recorded in the "Exposure times" column of Tables 1 to 3 and the interval recorded in the "Interval (seconds)". For example, in Example 1, a total of 4 exposures (4-fold exposure) were performed at intervals of 10 seconds each (time when no exposure was performed). In Example 5, the exposure was performed 4 times in total while changing the interval to 5 seconds, 10 seconds, and 15 seconds. In each example or comparative example, each exposure process was performed with the same exposure amount. In addition, when a high-pressure mercury lamp was used for exposure, the above exposure amount was used as the exposure amount of i-ray. The exposure was performed through a mask (a binary mask with a pattern of 1:1 line and space and a line width of 20μm). After the above exposure, in the example recorded as "A" in the "Developer" column of Tables 1 to 3, cyclopentanone was used for 60 seconds of development and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) was used for 20 seconds to obtain the line and space pattern of the photosensitive film. In the example recorded as "B" in the "Developer" column of Tables 1 to 3, a 2.5 mass% tetramethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution was used for 60 seconds for development and rinsed with pure water for 20 seconds, thereby obtaining the line and space pattern of the photosensitive film after exposure. In Example 11, the above development was performed after heating on a heating plate at 100°C/60 seconds. Thereafter, the above-developed pattern and the silicon wafer formed with the above pattern were heated at a heating rate of 10°C/minute in a nitrogen atmosphere, and after reaching the temperature recorded in the "Curing Temperature (°C)" column of Tables 1 to 3, the time recorded in the "Curing Time (min)" column of Tables 1 to 3 was maintained for curing, thereby obtaining a silicon wafer formed with a pattern. The silicon wafer on which the obtained pattern (line and space pattern) was formed was cut perpendicularly to the line and space pattern to expose the pattern cross section. The pattern cross section of the line and space pattern was observed at a magnification of 200 times using an optical microscope, and the cross-sectional shape of the pattern was evaluated. Specifically, in each embodiment and comparative example, the taper angle formed by the surface of the silicon wafer (substrate surface) and the side surface of the pattern was measured, and the evaluation was performed according to the following evaluation criteria. It can be said that the closer the taper angle is to 90°, the better the pattern shape is. -Evaluation Criteria- A: The taper angle is greater than 85° and less than 95°. B: The taper angle is greater than 80° and less than 85° or greater than 95° and less than 100°. C: The cone angle is less than 80° or greater than 100°.

〔解析度評價〕 在各實施例及比較例中,以與圖案形狀的評價相同的方法,在矽晶圓上形成了表1~表3的“膜厚(μm)”一欄中記載之厚度的感光膜。 作為光罩,使用形成有5μm至25μm之間為1μm刻度的線與空間圖案之光罩,除此以外,以與圖案形狀的評價相同的方法,對所形成之矽晶圓上的感光膜進行了曝光。 在上述曝光之後,以與圖案形狀的評價相同的方法,對各感光膜進行顯影、加熱,藉此獲得了形成有圖案之矽晶圓。 利用掃描式電子顯微鏡(SEM)觀察上述顯影後的圖案,確定了最小線寬。 按照下述評價基準進行評價,將評價結果記載於表1~表3。可以說上述最小線寬越小,解析度越優異。[Resolution evaluation] In each embodiment and comparative example, a photosensitive film having a thickness described in the "Film Thickness (μm)" column of Tables 1 to 3 was formed on a silicon wafer in the same manner as in the pattern shape evaluation. As a photomask, a photomask having a line and space pattern with a scale of 1 μm between 5 μm and 25 μm was used, and the photosensitive film formed on the silicon wafer was exposed in the same manner as in the pattern shape evaluation. After the exposure, each photosensitive film was developed and heated in the same manner as in the pattern shape evaluation, thereby obtaining a silicon wafer having a pattern formed thereon. The pattern after the development was observed using a scanning electron microscope (SEM), and the minimum line width was determined. The evaluation was conducted according to the following evaluation criteria, and the evaluation results are shown in Tables 1 to 3. It can be said that the smaller the minimum line width is, the better the resolution is.

-評價基準- A:最小線寬小於10μm B:最小線寬為10μm以上且小於20μm C:未能獲得最小線寬為20μm以上或具有線寬(具有邊緣銳度)之圖案。-Evaluation Criteria- A: Minimum line width less than 10μm B: Minimum line width greater than 10μm and less than 20μm C: Failure to obtain a pattern with a minimum line width greater than 20μm or with line width (with edge sharpness).

比較例1之圖案形成方法只進行1次曝光而不具有第2曝光製程。在該種例子中,可知圖案形狀不佳。The pattern forming method of Comparative Example 1 performs only one exposure and does not have a second exposure process. In this example, it can be seen that the pattern shape is not good.

<實施例101> 藉由旋塗法,將實施例1中使用之感光性樹脂組成物以層狀適用於表面形成有銅薄層之樹脂基材的銅薄層的表面,在80℃下乾燥3分鐘,形成膜厚20μm的光硬化性層之後,利用雷射輸出0.6W的半導體雷射,隔著各10秒的間隔(不進行曝光之時間)進行了共計4次的曝光。隔著遮罩(圖案為1:1線與空間,線寬為10μm的二元遮罩),在波長365nm下進行了曝光。曝光之後,用環戊酮顯影60秒,用丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(PGMEA)沖洗20秒,藉此獲得了層的圖案。 接著,在氮氣氣氛下,以10℃/分鐘的升溫速度進行升溫,達到230℃之後,維持120分鐘來硬化,藉此形成了再配線層用層間絕緣膜。該再配線層用層間絕緣膜的絕緣性優異。 又,使用該等再配線層用層間絕緣膜製造了半導體元件之結果,確認到正常工作。<Example 101> The photosensitive resin composition used in Example 1 was applied in layers to the surface of the copper thin layer of the resin substrate having the copper thin layer formed on the surface by spin coating, and dried at 80°C for 3 minutes to form a photocurable layer with a film thickness of 20μm. Then, a semiconductor laser with a laser output of 0.6W was used to expose a total of 4 times at intervals of 10 seconds each (time without exposure). Exposure was performed at a wavelength of 365nm through a mask (a binary mask with a pattern of 1:1 line and space and a line width of 10μm). After exposure, development was performed with cyclopentanone for 60 seconds and rinsing was performed with propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) for 20 seconds to obtain a layer pattern. Then, in a nitrogen atmosphere, the temperature was raised at a rate of 10°C/min. After reaching 230°C, it was maintained for 120 minutes to harden, thereby forming an interlayer insulating film for the redistribution layer. The interlayer insulating film for the redistribution layer has excellent insulation properties. In addition, the results of manufacturing semiconductor components using the interlayer insulating film for the redistribution layer confirmed normal operation.

無。without.

無。without.

Claims (13)

一種圖案形成方法,其係包括:第一區域曝光製程,其係對由感光性樹脂組成物構成之感光膜的一部分區域亦即第一區域進行選擇性曝光;第二區域曝光製程,其係對前述第一區域曝光製程後的感光膜的一部分區域亦即第二區域進行選擇性曝光;及顯影製程,其係對前述第二區域曝光製程後的感光膜進行顯影,包含在前述第一區域中之至少一部分區域和包含在前述第二區域中之至少一部分區域為共用區域,前述感光性樹脂組成物包含選自包括聚醯亞胺、聚醯亞胺前驅物、聚苯并
Figure 109135595-A0305-02-0161-1
唑及聚苯并
Figure 109135595-A0305-02-0161-2
唑前驅物之群組中之至少1種樹脂、以及感光劑,包括在前述顯影製程之前的對感光膜的一部分區域進行曝光之製程中,作為某一曝光製程的結束至另一曝光製程的開始為止的時間且不包括其他曝光製程之時間為0.1秒以上。
A pattern forming method includes: a first area exposure process, which is to selectively expose a part of a photosensitive film composed of a photosensitive resin composition, namely a first area; a second area exposure process, which is to selectively expose a part of the photosensitive film after the first area exposure process, namely a second area; and a developing process, which is to develop the photosensitive film after the second area exposure process, wherein at least a part of the area included in the first area and at least a part of the area included in the second area are a common area, and the photosensitive resin composition includes a polyimide, a polyimide precursor, a polybenzoic acid, a polyimide precursor, a polybenzoic acid, a polybenzoic acid, a polybenzoic acid, a polybenzoic acid, a polybenzoic acid, a polybenzoic acid, a polybenzoic acid, a polybenzoic acid, a polybenzoic acid, a polybenzoic acid, a polybenzoic acid, a polybenzoic acid, a polybenzoic acid, a polybenzoic acid, a polybenzoic acid, a polybenzoic acid, a polybenzoic acid, a polybenzoic acid, a polybenzoic acid, a polybenzoic acid, a polybenzoic acid,
Figure 109135595-A0305-02-0161-1
Azoles and polybenzo
Figure 109135595-A0305-02-0161-2
At least one resin in the group of azole precursors and a photosensitive agent, including in a process of exposing a portion of the photosensitive film before the aforementioned developing process, the time from the end of a certain exposure process to the start of another exposure process and excluding the time of other exposure processes is more than 0.1 second.
如請求項1所述之圖案形成方法,其係包括:第三區域曝光製程,其係對前述第二區域曝光製程後的感光膜的一部分區域亦即第三區域進行選擇性曝光;及第四區域曝光製程,其係對前述第三區域曝光製程後的感光膜的一部分區域亦即第四區域進行選擇性曝光,前述顯影製程係對前述第四區域曝光製程後的感光膜進行顯影之製程,包含在前述第三區域中之至少一部分區域和包含在前述第一區域、前述第二區域及前述第四區域中的任一個區域中之至少一部分區域為共用區域, 且包含在前述第四區域中之至少一部分區域和包含在前述第一區域、前述第二區域及前述第三區域中的任一個區域中之至少一部分區域為共用區域。 The pattern forming method as described in claim 1 includes: a third area exposure process, which is to selectively expose a part of the photosensitive film after the second area exposure process, namely the third area; and a fourth area exposure process, which is to selectively expose a part of the photosensitive film after the third area exposure process, namely the fourth area, and the developing process is a process for developing the photosensitive film after the fourth area exposure process, at least a part of the area included in the third area and at least a part of the area included in any one of the first area, the second area and the fourth area are a common area, and at least a part of the area included in the fourth area and at least a part of the area included in any one of the first area, the second area and the third area are a common area. 如請求項1或請求項2所述之圖案形成方法,其中前述第一區域曝光製程及前述第二區域曝光製程中的曝光波長為300~450nm。 The pattern forming method as described in claim 1 or claim 2, wherein the exposure wavelength in the aforementioned first area exposure process and the aforementioned second area exposure process is 300~450nm. 如請求項1或請求項2所述之圖案形成方法,其中由前述感光性樹脂組成物構成之感光膜的膜厚為10μm以上。 A pattern forming method as described in claim 1 or claim 2, wherein the thickness of the photosensitive film formed by the aforementioned photosensitive resin composition is greater than 10 μm. 如請求項1或請求項2所述之圖案形成方法,其中將有機溶劑用作顯影液來進行前述顯影製程中的顯影。 A pattern forming method as described in claim 1 or claim 2, wherein an organic solvent is used as a developer to perform development in the aforementioned development process. 如請求項1或請求項2所述之圖案形成方法,其中包含在前述第一區域及前述第二區域這兩者中之區域的面積相對於前述第一區域的總面積的比例為50%~100%。 The pattern forming method as described in claim 1 or claim 2, wherein the area of the area included in both the aforementioned first area and the aforementioned second area is 50% to 100% relative to the total area of the aforementioned first area. 如請求項1或請求項2所述之圖案形成方法,其中前述樹脂係聚醯亞胺前驅物。 The pattern forming method as described in claim 1 or claim 2, wherein the aforementioned resin is a polyimide precursor. 如請求項1或請求項2所述之圖案形成方法,其中前述樹脂具有自由基聚合性基團。 A pattern forming method as described in claim 1 or claim 2, wherein the aforementioned resin has a free radical polymerizable group. 如請求項1或請求項2所述之圖案形成方法,其中前述感光性樹脂組成物進一步包含自由基交聯劑。 A pattern forming method as described in claim 1 or claim 2, wherein the aforementioned photosensitive resin composition further comprises a free radical crosslinking agent. 如請求項1或請求項2所述之圖案形成方法,其中前述感光性樹脂組成物進一步包含敏化劑。 The pattern forming method as described in claim 1 or claim 2, wherein the aforementioned photosensitive resin composition further comprises a sensitizer. 一種感光性樹脂組成物,其係用於形成請求項1至請求項10之任一項所述之圖案形成方法中的前述感光膜。 A photosensitive resin composition is used to form the aforementioned photosensitive film in the pattern forming method described in any one of claim 1 to claim 10. 一種積層體的製造方法,其係包括請求項1至請求項10之任一項所述之圖案形成方法。 A method for manufacturing a laminate, comprising a pattern forming method as described in any one of claims 1 to 10. 一種電子元件的製造方法,其係包括請求項1至請求項10之任一項所述之圖案形成方法或請求項12所述之積層體的製造方法。 A method for manufacturing an electronic component, comprising the pattern forming method described in any one of claim 1 to claim 10 or the method for manufacturing a laminate described in claim 12.
TW109135595A 2019-10-28 2020-10-15 Pattern forming method, photosensitive resin composition, method for manufacturing laminate, and method for manufacturing semiconductor element TWI857161B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2019-195260 2019-10-28
JP2019195260 2019-10-28

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202125122A TW202125122A (en) 2021-07-01
TWI857161B true TWI857161B (en) 2024-10-01

Family

ID=75715155

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW109135595A TWI857161B (en) 2019-10-28 2020-10-15 Pattern forming method, photosensitive resin composition, method for manufacturing laminate, and method for manufacturing semiconductor element

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (1) JP7367049B2 (en)
KR (1) KR102740861B1 (en)
CN (1) CN114514470B (en)
TW (1) TWI857161B (en)
WO (1) WO2021085072A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR20240038743A (en) * 2021-08-03 2024-03-25 닛뽄 가야쿠 가부시키가이샤 Polyimide resin, resin composition containing the polyimide resin, and cured product thereof
TW202506829A (en) * 2023-06-22 2025-02-16 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor element, semiconductor element, and resin
WO2025225649A1 (en) * 2024-04-26 2025-10-30 旭化成株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition and production method for cured relief pattern, cured film, and production method for polyimide film using same
TWI892796B (en) * 2024-08-13 2025-08-01 新應材股份有限公司 Material for forming superfine pattern, photosensitive resin composition, pattern treatment composition and formation method of superfine pattern

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TW201523140A (en) * 2013-12-11 2015-06-16 Fujifilm Corp Photosensitive resin composition, method for manufacturing cured film, cured film, liquid crystal display device and organic electroluminescence display device
TW201902991A (en) * 2017-06-06 2019-01-16 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, semiconductor device and compound
TW201938384A (en) * 2018-02-05 2019-10-01 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 Photosensitive transfer material, method for producing circuit wiring, and method for producing touch panel

Family Cites Families (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH05259018A (en) * 1992-03-11 1993-10-08 Mitsubishi Electric Corp Resist pattern forming method
JP3304250B2 (en) 1995-11-27 2002-07-22 住友ベークライト株式会社 Method for curing photosensitive resin composition
JP5007192B2 (en) * 2006-10-06 2012-08-22 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 Method for manufacturing semiconductor device
JP2009020333A (en) * 2007-07-12 2009-01-29 Canon Inc Photomask and manufacturing method thereof
JP2015103102A (en) * 2013-11-26 2015-06-04 富士フイルム株式会社 Touch panel or display panel, method for manufacturing the same, and display device
JP7151427B2 (en) * 2017-11-30 2022-10-12 東レ株式会社 Positive photosensitive resin composition, cured film, semiconductor device, and method for producing relief pattern of cured film
JP7084985B2 (en) * 2018-04-19 2022-06-15 富士フイルム株式会社 Pattern manufacturing method, optical filter manufacturing method, solid-state image sensor manufacturing method, image display device manufacturing method, photocurable composition and film

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TW201523140A (en) * 2013-12-11 2015-06-16 Fujifilm Corp Photosensitive resin composition, method for manufacturing cured film, cured film, liquid crystal display device and organic electroluminescence display device
TW201902991A (en) * 2017-06-06 2019-01-16 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, semiconductor device and compound
TW201938384A (en) * 2018-02-05 2019-10-01 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 Photosensitive transfer material, method for producing circuit wiring, and method for producing touch panel

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2021085072A1 (en) 2021-05-06
KR102740861B1 (en) 2024-12-12
JP7367049B2 (en) 2023-10-23
TW202125122A (en) 2021-07-01
KR20220052342A (en) 2022-04-27
CN114514470A (en) 2022-05-17
CN114514470B (en) 2025-08-22
JPWO2021085072A1 (en) 2021-05-06

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI841777B (en) Method for producing cured film, method for producing laminate, and method for producing electronic component
TWI875930B (en) Resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor element
TWI859372B (en) Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, semiconductor device and resin
TWI857161B (en) Pattern forming method, photosensitive resin composition, method for manufacturing laminate, and method for manufacturing semiconductor element
TWI878445B (en) Curable resin composition, resin film, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
JP7576617B2 (en) CURABLE RESIN COMPOSITION, CURED FILM, LAMINATE, METHOD FOR PRODUCING CURED FILM, AND SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE
JP7470790B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
JP7492003B2 (en) CURABLE RESIN COMPOSITION, CURED FILM, LAMINATE, METHOD FOR PRODUCING CURED FILM, AND SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE
CN114981360B (en) Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
TWI859361B (en) Pattern forming method, photocurable resin composition, laminate manufacturing method and electronic component manufacturing method
TWI869552B (en) Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
TWI835240B (en) Methods for manufacturing hardened materials, methods for manufacturing laminated bodies, methods for manufacturing semiconductor devices, and processing liquids
TWI883191B (en) Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
TWI853124B (en) Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
TWI857090B (en) Thermosetting photosensitive composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
JP2023153846A (en) Curable resin composition, method for producing a curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing a cured film, and semiconductor device
TW202311307A (en) Method for producing cured product, method for producing multilayer body, method for producing semiconductor device, and treatment solution and resin composition
TWI864226B (en) Pattern forming method, laminate manufacturing method and electronic component manufacturing method
TWI875941B (en) Resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor element
TW202244639A (en) Method for producing permanent film, method for producing multilayer body, and method for producing semiconductor device
TW202234156A (en) Resin composition, cured product, laminate, production method for cured product, semiconductor device, and compound
JP7558988B2 (en) Resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
TW202305016A (en) Cured product manufacturing method, laminate manufacturing method, semiconductor device manufacturing method, resin composition, cured product, laminate, and semiconductor device
CN117295794A (en) Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, semiconductor device, and compound
TWI908623B (en) Curable resin compositions, resin films, cured films, laminates, methods for manufacturing cured films, and semiconductor devices.